Line Hardware

Americas EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) Asia Pacific
PLP U.S.A. (World Headquarters) PLP Great Britain PLP Australia

660 Beta Drive East Portway 190 Power Street
Cleveland, Ohio 44143 Andover Glendenning NSW 2761
United States of America Hampshire SP10 3 LH Australia
Phone: 1.440.461.5200 United Kingdom Phone: 61.2.8805.0000
Fax: 1.440.442.8816 Phone: 44.1264.366234 Fax: 61.2.8805.0090
E-mail: inquiries@preformed.com
Web Address: www.preformed.com
Fax: 44.1264.356714
E-mail: plp@preformed-gb.com
Web Address: www.preformed-gb.com
E-mail: plpaus@preformed.com.au
Web Address: www.preformed.com.au POWER DISTRIBUTION
PLP Brazil
Avenida Tenente Marques, 1112
Belos PLP Poland
Ul. Gen. J. Kustronia 74
PLP China
#1 Guohuai Jie Development Zone
Line Hardware & Fittings
07750-000 Cajamar, SP 43-301 Bielsko-Biala Liangxiang, Beijing 102488
Brazil Poland China PRC
Phone: 55.11.4448.8000 Phone: 48.33.814.50.21 Phone: 86.10.89360860
Fax: 55.11.4448.8080 Fax: 48.33.814.13.52 Fax: 86.10.89360866
E-mail: plp@plp.com.br E-mail: marketing@belos-plp.com.pl E-mail: sales@plp.com.cn
Web Address: www.plp.com.br Web Address: www.belos-plp.com.pl Web Address: www.plp.com.cn
PLP Canada PLP South Africa PLP Indonesia

1711 Bishop Street 180 Ohrtmann Road Jl. Jababeka Raya Blok V/1
Cambridge, Ontario N1T 1N5 Willowton Cikarang Industrial Estate
Canada Pietermaritzburg Cikarang - Bekasi 17530
Phone: 1.519.740.6666 South Africa Indonesia
Fax: 1.519.740.7917 Phone: 27.33.3975800 Phone: 62.21.893.4866
E-mail: sales@preformed.on.ca Fax: 27.33.3877094 Fax: 62.21.893.4964
Web Address: www.preformed.on.ca E-mail: plppmb@preformedsa.co.za E-mail: teguhh@preformed.asia
Line Hardware & Fittings Product Catalogue - NZ

Web Address: www.preformedsa.co.za Web Address: www.preformed.asia/Indonesia
PLP Mexico PLP Spain PLP Malaysia

Calle la Griega No. 131 Parque Industrial Querétaro Roberto Osborne, 7 No. 3, Jalan BK 1/11, Kinrara Industrial Park
KM 28.5 Carretera Qro. S.L.P. Seville 41007 Bandar Kinrara
76200 Santa Rosa Jauregui, Querétaro Spain 47100 Puchong, Selangor
Mexico Phone: 34.95.499.72.23 Malaysia
Phone: 52.442.238.95.40 Fax: 34.95.499.81.09 Phone: 60.3.807.65922
Fax: 52.442.238.95.56 E-mail: apresa@plp-spain.com Fax: 60.3.807.64922
E-mail: ventas@plpmexico.com Web Address: www.plp-spain.com E-mail: wsyamsulbahri@preformed.asia
Web Address: www.plpmexico.com Web Address: www.preformed.asia/Malaysia
PLP Argentina PLP Thailand

Parque Industrial del Oeste
Ruta 25 cruce con Ruta 24
Moreno (1744). Provincia de Buenos Aires
296 Moo 4, Ladkrabang Industrial Estate, EPZ 3
Chalongkrung Road, Lamplatew
Ladkrabang, Bangkok 10520
Line hardware and fittings
Argentina
Phone: 54.911.3.579.3329
E-mail: hsartor@plpargentina.com.ar
Thailand
Phone: 66.2.739.4026
Fax: 66.2.326.0564
product catalogue for the
Web Address: www.plp.com.br E-mail: sales@preformed.asia
Web Address: www.preformed.asia/Thailand power utility industry
Electropar PLP New Zealand PLP Thailand Representative Office
Vietnam
Unit F, Floor 6, VTP Office Service Center
No. 8, Nguyen Hue Blvd, W. Ben Nghe
35 Lady Ruby Drive Dist 1, Ho Chi Minh City
East Tamaki, Manukau Vietnam
Phone: 84.8.3939.3927
Auckland 2013 Fax: 84.8.3824.3929
New Zealand E-mail: kimdungn@preformed.asia
Web Address: www.preformed.asia
Phone: 64.9.274.2000
Fax: 64.9.274.2001
E-mail: mail@electropar.co.nz
Web Address: www.electropar.co.nz
D i s t r i bu t i o n Ca t a l o g u e
Section
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTROPAR PLP
Electropar PLP
Introduction to
Bare Wire
Preformed Line Products (PLP) is a worldwide designer,
manufacturer and supplier of high quality cable anchoring,
protection and control hardware and systems. PLP’s
core markets are divided into four distinct categories:
communications, energy, special industries and solar
with a customer base that includes telecommunications
network operators, cable television and broadband
service providers, power utilities, corporations and
enterprise networks, government agencies and
educational institutions.
As part of the PLP Group of companies, Electropar Ltd

is a leader in the NZ power distribution, transmission
and telecommunications sectors. Offering products
from PLP’s global suite as well as products designed
and manufactured in New Zealand for overhead and
underground power networks, the quality of Electropar’s
products and services has stood the test of time since
COVEREDLIGN™ the Company was begun in 1950.
This catalogue is focussed on showcasing Electropar’s

products for low voltage and medium voltage electricity
distribution in NZ. It features items as diverse as
connectors, linesmen tools, switching and protection
devices and, of course, helical products.Test us to deliver
the right quality at the right price, right on time, anytime.
COMPACTLIGN™
Section 1
Distribution Catalogue Page: 1
PLP DISTRIBUTION PLP TRANSFORMER

Since 1947, PLP has invented and evolved the helical technology PLP’s amorphous metal distribution transformers (AMDTs) are
that is used to terminate, join, suspend and support medium highly efficient, cost-effective devices for overhead or ground
voltage distribution lines all over the world today. Whether the mounted installation, reducing no load losses by 65-75%. Via
overhead distribution system consists of insulated or bare wire a core manufactured from a ferrous, boron and silicon metal
conductors, PLP’s offering which includes GUY-GRIP® Deadends alloy, AMDTs feature more efficient magnetisation and faster
and WRAPLOCK® Ties are benchmarks for performance and flex reversal for lowered total cost of asset ownership.
reliability.
PLP TRANSMISSION PLP OVERHEAD FIBRE

PLP is a worldwide designer, manufacturer and supplier of high PLP is a global fibre infrastructure specialist having been
quality products for high voltage electric power transmission. founded on technology for supporting, protecting, terminating and
PLP has consistently demonstrated transmission industry splicing OPGW (Optical Ground Wire) and ADSS (All-Dielectric
leadership by introducing innovation: ARMOR-GRIP® and Self-Supporting) fibre optic cables. FIBERLIGN® hardware for
CUSHION-GRIP® Suspension and Support, VORTX™ Vibration overhead fibre is the market leader, delivering long term reliability
Dampers and THERMOLIGN® products for high temperature in service performance for valuable fibre assets.
transmission lines.
Section 1
Page: 2 Distribution Catalogue
Section
Electropar PLP
Introduction to
PLP COMMUNICATIONS
CLOSURES
COYOTE® Fibre Optic Closure products have consistently
pioneered advances in communications networks. Via the
segmented endplate and grommet technology, COYOTE®
Closures are not only acknowledged as reliable, the craft-friendly
fibre management technology permitting easy re-entry is among
the most respected in the telecommunications industry.
PLP ALTERNATIVE
ENERGY
PLP Solar supplies integrated turn-key engineered photovoltaic
solutions to the residential, commercial/industrial and utility
sectors. PLP has a team of highly trained electrical engineering
staff specialising in photovoltaic design, and mechanical
engineering staff specialising in solar panel racking solutions.
PLP SUBSTATION
PLP’s POWERFORMEDTM BUSLIGNTM and SUBLIGNTM
aluminium and copper substation fittings ranges include bolted,
welded and compression solutions. Designed to be used to
create high current interconnection systems in high voltage AC
and DC substations, PLP has some of the most unique and
flexible designs available. Installation is fast, easy and, most
importantly, reliable for critical substation assets.
Section 1
INTRODUCTION TO PLP
ENGINEERING SERVICES
Electropar (New Zealand) and Preformed Line

Products (Australia), both part of the global PLP group
of companies, have been market leaders and well
respected in the fields of electrical and mechanical
engineering for many years.
Both companies working together to meet the PLP offers the client experience in a uniquely
challenging demands of the overhead power broad range of design and manufacturing
industry, involving electrical, mechanical and disciplines, and both theoretical and practical
structural engineering, combined with a strict knowledge. A detailed breakdown of these
requirement to comply with relevant standards disciplines can be found on the following pages,
and quality levels, has resulted in a unique skill they stretch from design concept right through
set that integrates explicit and tacit knowledge to internationally recognised test certificates for
within the one combined engineering skill base. a fully tooled product ready for launch – and any
part of the process in between to suit the client’s
individual needs.
Section 1
Section
Where PLP does not have the expertise in house to

provide a world class service, it can draw on one of
many accredited partners to provide that service, so
that all designs and reports are academically robust -
but practical at the same time.
Section 1
COMPANIES THAT DISTRIBUTE AND
TRANSMIT ELECTRICAL POWER WILL
NEED A COMPETENT COMPONENT
DESIGN PARTNER
Electropar and Preformed Line Products (Australia)

have a long and proven history in designing new
products for the distribution and transmission
markets, including substation switching:-
PLP designs disconnectors, racks,

cabinets and other hardware to
meet the rigours of Bellcore Zone 4
seismic testing and high wind events. Aged and damaged
fittings analysis.
All services described in the booklet relate to

electrical and mechanically engineered products.
For other engineering disciplines consult PLP
(see back cover).
Section 1
Section
Special overhead line
On Site Training. fittings design and
build.
PLP composite crossarms

were developed to reduce
weight allowing for easier
and safer installation practice
whilst increasing crossarm life
beyond that of timber. Corona and electric field
analysis employing ANSYS
Maxwell®.
Section 1
LAW FIRMS RUNNING A “FAILED PRODUCT”
CASE WILL NEED A FORENSIC ANALYSIS
BASED ON PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE AS
WELL AS THEORY
PLP Engineering Services can provide a new

dimension in understanding product failures
by providing:-
in house testing for mechanical

and electrical products including
sustained load and heat cycle
testing in house calculation
reports for theoretical
failure rates

(see back cover).
Section 1
Section
raw material testing and analysis
Interpretation of
international standards
model creation and testing

failure mode and effect
analysis
Section 1
PATENT ATTORNEYS IN NEED OF PRACTICAL
PRODUCT ADVICE NEED PRACTICAL
EXPERIENCE IN WRITING A MORE
COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF CLAIMS
PLP Engineering Services has a skilled team of

electrical and mechanical designers, CAD modellers
and toolmakers on hand to prototype and test ideas,
performed under the protection of non-disclosure
agreements. These services include:-
Solidworks, Creo or Inventor -

3D fully rendered models Access to a vast library
of Australian and New
Zealand standards

(see back cover).
Section 1
Section
rapid tooling from our fully
equipped tool room
mechanical and
electrical engineering Practical assistance in
calculations checked CAD design through to line
(including limit state drawings that are patent
design) ready.
Section 1
VENTURE CAPITALISTS IN NEED OF
PRODUCT REALISATION WHEN A WORKING
PROTOTYPE IS AN ABSOLUTE MUST
PLP Engineering Services can provide a complete turnkey service
from concept to internationally approved product ready for launch,
or any part of the new product life cycle in between.
From the description of the customer problem to be solved, PLP Engineering

Services can then project manage through the product realisation process,
to provide:-
Concept failure mode and

effect analysis incorporating
concept harmony in design 3D CAD modelling to
working prototype

(see back cover).
Section 1
Section
Business to business marketing
and promotion
detail design suitable for

tooling
type testing and first article

inspection
Section 1
INDUSTRIAL DESIGNERS IN NEED OF
PRACTICAL HELP CAN PROVE A PRODUCT
WORKS FIRST
Failure Mode and Effect

Analysis.
Probabilistic
spreadsheets give a
much better insight
into the real world
than deterministic
spreadsheets – PLP
can develop and
execute these models
including probabilistic
tolerance stacking

(see back cover).
Section 1
Section
TO EVERYONE WHO
READS THIS BROCHURE
PLP Engineering Services has extensive
experience working within the following areas:-
electrical connection
expertise from milliamps and
millivolts to thousands of
amps and kilovolts.
Data centres and computer

rooms designing systems
to minimise cooling
PLP can also offer laser
requirements through the
cutting, water cutting, powder
design and deployment of
coating, metal spray, additive
cold aisle containment.
manufacturing, investment casting,
tool making, copper alloy casting,
aluminium casting, sheet metal
work, vacuum formed plastics and
develop new processes to solve
unique problems.
Section 1
MECHANICAL TESTING PERFORMED
WITH NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL
ACCREDITATION
Our the Engineering Departments are responsible not only for design
and product development, but also for ensuring quality standards are
met through NATA (ILACS recognised for mechanical testing) and ISO
accreditation.
ELECTRICAL TESTING
• AS Australian Standards
• ANSI American Standards
• BSI British Standards
• IEC International Standards
HORIZONTAL TEST FACILITY
• NATA Accredited
Thus the testing function, the QA department and MECHANICAL TESTS – TENSILE AND
the engineering responsibilities are all intertwined. COMPRESSION
Manufacturing processes are monitored, audited, • 0-300kN Vertical test facility
tested and improved, based on statistical process • 10N Minimum tensile or compression
control techniques using SPSS software. • 0-500kN Horizontal test facility to 20m test length
• Twist, wrap and torsion tests by the methods
of - AS 1222, 1531, 3607
The test laboratory employs externally calibrated • 30kN Cantilever flex test
equipment to test tensile loads from 1N to 500kN, • Clamp slip test
industrial hardness, galvanising and fatigue testing • Tension tests on products without strain rate control,
and heat cycling for overhead conductors. excluding proof stress tests in the range 0.2 to 500kN
by the methods of - AS 1154, 2947 and EGAT
DIMENSIONAL TESTS Specification Section F Sections 8.a.2 to 8.a.6 and
8.d.1 to 8.d.2 and similar standards
• Profile projector
• Vernier callipers
• Micrometers CYCLIC THERMAL TESTS
• Digital and analogue height indicators • Heat cycle of conductors with data logger capability
• MEL lasers to 240° C
• Go and No-Go guages
ULTRASONIC TESTS
MECHANICAL ENDURANCE TESTS • Ultrasonic flaw and RIF detection
• Induction shaker force rating 980N
• Frequency range 1.5-3000Hz MATERIAL STRUCTURE ANALYSIS
• Gripo grinder polisher
• Microscope
Section 1
Section
HARDNESS TESTING
VIBRATION ANALYSIS VERTICAL TEST FACILITY
HARDNESS TESTS
• Brinell at 7.35, 4.9, 9.8 and 29.4 kN
• Rockwell testing using B, C scales APPLICATION ORIENTED
• Vickers ENDURANCE TESTS
• Shore • Fatigue testing of transmission line in-span
• Barcol conductor spacers
GALVANISING THICKNESS MEASUREMENT

VIBRATION ANALYSIS
• Magnetic method
• 2 x 30.5m Test spans equipped to measure
vibration damper performance
• Vibration analysis measuring: THERMAL SHOCK
- Damper mechanical impedance • Extreme temperature change test on porcelain
- Damper fatigue insulators
- Damper efficiency
POROSITY TESTS THERMAL ENDURANCE

• Integrity testing of porcelain insulators • Prolonged elevated temperature test on spiral
vibration dampers
Section 1
ELECTRICAL TESTING PERFORMED
WITH NATIONAL OR INTERNATIONAL
ACCREDITATION
• AS Australian Standards
• ANSI American Standards
• BSI British Standards
• IEC International Standards
• NATA Accredited
HEAT CYCLE TESTS MAGNETIC LOSS TEST

• IANZ Accreditation for IEC61238 (power cables up
to 30kV) and IEC61284 (overhead lines).
IANZ is an ILAC Mutual Recognition Authorized Signatory.

EPLP can co-accredit IANZ Reports with other ILAC
Accreditations such as : NATA(Au)/ CGCRE(Br)/
CNAS(Ch)/ NABL(Id)/ KAN(In)/ SM(Ma)/ PAO(Ph)/
SANAS(SA)/ NSC(Th) / UKAS((UK).
• Lab equipment and methods can be adapted SHORT CIRCUIT TESTS

to accommodate other equivalent standards • IANZ Accreditation for IEC61238 (power
e.g. BS3288:1, AS1154.1 cables up to 30kV)
• Short circuit unit supplied by 11kV supply via
• Four heat units / instrumentation systems of two 400kVA transformers on site
varying capacity: • Max Output: 25kA@40.6V (~6s duration)
• Temperature monitoring
- Heat Unit 1 – 23kVA Max Output:
1533A@13.5V or 2000A@9.78V (Continuous)
1932A@13.5V or 2300A@9.78V (Short-term) MAGNETIC POWER LOSS TESTS
• IANZ Accreditation for IEC61284 (overhead lines)
- Heat Unit 2 – 7kVA Max Output: • Heat units 2 and 4 provide pure sine wave current supply
1000A@5.85V (Continuous) • Externally calibrated instrumentation and
1200A@5.85V (Short-term) measurement systems
- Heat Unit 3 – 75kVA Max Output:

2500A@27V (Continuous) JOINT ANALYSIS
3000A@27V (Short-term) • Analysis of ex-service joints to determine
failure mechanism(s)
- Heat Unit 4 – 25kVA Max Output: • Availability of live-line instruments and analytical tools
2500A@10V (Continuous) including Ohmstik, Voltstik, and Reluctance tester
3000A@10V (Short-term)
• Externally calibrated instrumentation and ENVIRONMENTAL ELECTRICAL TESTS

measurement systems. Data logging and electronic • Programmable environmental chamber -40°C to 100°C
control of heat units performed via National • Tensions up to 100kN
Instuments’ Labview systems • Up to 6kV
Section 1
Section
GLOBAL-MARK QA ACCREDITATION 100660
Most companies nowadays rely heavily on ISO9001 Whilst this is well and good a great deal of reliance is
Certification to reflect an organisations commitment to placed on the competency of the organisation’s facilities
quality, leadership, systems and the sound and stable and personnel to be able to comply with the guidelines
processes which can deliver consistently safe products and procedures as required by ISO9001 Certification.
or services that meet their customer’s expectations.
The QA Accreditation only ensures that the relevant
This gives PLP’s customers confidence in our ability to processes are in place. It can not in itself ensure that
deliver quality goods and saves them from having to these processes are being carried out competently
conduct time consuming and expensive second party by adequately trained staff with sufficient resources,
audits. facilities and training.
HEAT UNIT-25KVA HEAT CYCLE TEST

Certificate of Approval
This certificate confirms that the company below complies with the following standard:
Company Name Preformed Line Products Australia Pty Ltd
Company Other Name
Client ID 100660
Certification Standard AS/NZS ISO9001-2008: Quality Management Requirements
Scope of Certification Design, manufacture and stockholding of hardware fittings and assemblies
for overhead power transmission and d distribution. Manufacture and
ssemblies for aerial and optical fibre
stockholding of hardware fittings and assemblies
cable. Manufacture and stockholding ing of communication and data
ection mouldings and extrusions for
equipment. Manufacture of plastic injection
power transmission, distribution and d general industries. Design and
ing systems for electronic and similar
manufacture of metal cabinets and racking
equipment.
Type of Certification Management System
CERTIFICATE DATES:
Certification Review Date 10/02/2011
Certification Expiry Date 10/02/2014
Certificate Issue Date 19/02/2008
Certificate Last Update Date 24/02/2011
APPROVED COMPANY/SITE ADDRESS(S):
190 Power Street Glendenning 2761 NSW Australia
The use of the Accreditation Mark indicates accreditation by the Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New
Zealand in respect to those activities covered by JAS-ANZ accreditation.
Refer to www.jas-anz.org/register for verification.
This certification remains valid until the above mentioned expiry date and subject to the organisation’s continued
compliance with the certification standard, and Global-Mark’s Terms and Conditions.
This Certificate of Approval remains the property of Global-Mark Pty Ltd, Company Number: ACN.108-087-654
Certification Manager
Global-Mark Pty Ltd, Copyright 2005
NATA ACCREDITATION NO. 922
NATA accreditation provides a means of determining, The criteria for determining a facility’s competence
formally recognising and promoting the competence are based on the relevant international standard (eg
of facilities to perform specific types of testing, ISO/IEC 17025, ISO 15189, ISO/IEC 17020) and
inspection, calibration, and other related activities. include: the qualifications, training and experience of
staff; correct equipment that is properly calibrated and
Accreditation is distinct from certification, which maintained; adequate quality assurance procedures
focuses on an organisation’s overall compliance and appropriate sampling practices.
with systems and products standards rather than
technical competence. Facilities accredited by NATA Test Facilities comply with the requirements of ISO/
become members of the Association. IEC 17025:2005 including the following sections:
NATA’s accreditation is based on a peer-review • 13.01 Metals and metal products

process made possible by some 3000 volunteer • 13.44 Mechanical tests on assemblies
experts who assist with the assessment of facilities • 13.94 Coatings
and sit on NATA’s various technical committees. To
maintain accreditation, facilities must be re-assessed
regularly.
Section 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

CONDUCTORS
AAC and ACSR Conductors.......................................................................................................................... 1 28

AAAC Conductors......................................................................................................................................... 1 29
Annealed Aluminium and Copper Stranded Conductors............................................................................... 1 30
Smooth Body Conductors (SBC) and Common Conductors (AAAC)............................................................ 1 31
Sector Shaped Solid Circular Conductors..................................................................................................... 1 32
Conversion of American Gauge Wire (AWG)................................................................................................ 1 33
Guy Strand and Copper Conductors............................................................................................................. 1 34
Messenger Wire - Galvanised Steel Conductor (SC/GZ).............................................................................. 1 35
COVERED OVERHEAD CABLES
Introduction to Covered Overhead Cables - COVEREDLIGN™.................................................................... 1 36

Introduction to Covered Overhead Cables - COMPACTLIGN™.................................................................... 1 37
SECTION 2 - PREFORMED™ FITTINGS

Invention and Development........................................................................................................................... 2 41
DEADENDS
Technical Guide............................................................................................................................................. 2 42
Aluminium Deadend Grip - AFG................................................................................................................... 2 44
Multi-piece Aluminium/Steel Deadend Grip - FTG........................................................................................ 2 44
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grip to Suit Right Hand Lay Conductors - AWFG........................................ 2 47
Neoprene Coated Steel Deadend Grip - D-NDE........................................................................................... 2 48
Copper Deadend Grip - CFG........................................................................................................................ 2 49
Galvanised Steel Deadend Grip - GFG......................................................................................................... 2 50
Galvanised Steel Guy Lock - GSC................................................................................................................ 2 52
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grip to Suit Left Hand Lay Conductors - AWFG........................................... 2 53
Neoprene Coated Aluminium Alloy Deadend Grip for COMPACTLIGN™ Cables - AND.............................. 2 54
Semi-Conductive Plastic Coated Steel Deadend Grip for COVEREDLIGN™ or COMPACTLIGN™ Cables.. 2 56
INSULATOR TIES
Insulator Fit................................................................................................................................................... 2 58
Metal Line Tie/Top Tie - AWDT...................................................................................................................... 2 60
Metal Side Tie - AWST.................................................................................................................................. 2 62
Metal Double Line Tie/Top Tie - DAWDT....................................................................................................... 2 64
Metal Double Side Tie - DAWST................................................................................................................... 2 66
EZ-WRAP™ Line Tie/Top Tie - EZDT........................................................................................................... 2 68
EZ-WRAP™ Side Tie - EZST....................................................................................................................... 2 70
WRAPLOCK™ Line Tie/Top Tie - WT............................................................................................................ 2 72
PVC Plastic Line Tie/Top Tie - 15kV Rated - TT............................................................................................ 2 74
PVC Plastic Angle Side Tie - 15kV Rated - SS............................................................................................. 2 75
PVC Plastic Tangent Side Tie - 15kV Rated - SS.......................................................................................... 2 76
Semi-Conductive Plastic Line Tie/Top Tie - 35kV Rated - TT........................................................................ 2 77
Semi-Conductive Plastic Angle Side Tie - 35kV Rated - SS......................................................................... 2 78
Semi-Conductive Plastic Tangent Side Tie - 35kV Rated - SS...................................................................... 2 79
Semi-Conductive Plastic Double Line Tie/Top Tie - 35kV Rated - DTT......................................................... 2 80
Semi-Conductive Plastic Double Angle Side Tie - 35kV Rated - DSS.......................................................... 2 81
Semi-Conductive Coated Wire Line Tie/Top Tie - 35kV Rated - CT..................................................................... 2 82
Semi-Conductive Coated Wire Angle Side Tie - 35kV Rated - CST.............................................................. 2 84
ARMOUR RODS
Aluminium Armour Rod - AAR....................................................................................................................... 2 86

Copper Armour Rod - CAR........................................................................................................................... 2 88
Galvanised Steel Armour Rod - GAR............................................................................................................ 2 88
Aluminium Clad Steel Armour Rod - AWAR.................................................................................................. 2 88
Section 1
Section
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
Section Page
LINE GUARDS
Aluminium Line Guard - ALG........................................................................................................................ 2 89

Copper Line Guard - CLG............................................................................................................................. 2 89
SPLICES
Aluminium Splice - AFS................................................................................................................................. 2 91

Multi-piece Aluminium Clad Steel Splice - FTS............................................................................................. 2 92
Aluminium Clad Steel Splice - AWFS............................................................................................................ 2 92
Copper Splice - CFS..................................................................................................................................... 2 93
Galvanised Steel Splice - GFS...................................................................................................................... 2 94
REPAIR RODS
Aluminium Repair Rod - ARR........................................................................................................................ 2 95
SUSPENSION AND SUPPORT
Armor-Grip® Suspension AGS Series - AGS-51 and AGS-58....................................................................... 2 96

Armor-Grip® Support - AGS-52..................................................................................................................... 2 99
Cushion-Grip® Suspension - CGS................................................................................................................ 2 100
Cushion-Grip® Support - CGS...................................................................................................................... 2 101
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
Clevis Suspension Clamp - P........................................................................................................................ 2 102

Offset Suspension Clamp - SCIO.................................................................................................................. 2 102
Suspension Trunnion Clamp - SCAT.............................................................................................................. 2 102
ABC Suspension Clamp AS Series - BCSC.................................................................................................. 2 103
ABC Suspension Clamp ASV Series - BCSC............................................................................................... 2 104
ABC Roller Suspension Clamp - BCSCRA................................................................................................... 2 105
Strain Clamp AS Series - BCTC.................................................................................................................... 2 105
Service Clamp - BCST.................................................................................................................................. 2 106
SECTION 3 - VIBRATION
Spiral Vibration Damper - SVD...................................................................................................................... 3 108
VORTX™ Stockbridge Damper - VSD........................................................................................................... 3 109
VORTX™ Stockbridge Damper Structural Rod............................................................................................. 3 110
SECTION 4 - CABLE JOINTS

Aluminium to Aluminium Compression - Installation Guide.......................................................................... 4 112
Same Sized Cables - Aluminium without Barrier - EPAF............................................................................... 4 113
Same Sized Cables - Aluminium with Barrier - EPNT................................................................................... 4 114
Aluminium to Copper Compression - Installation Guide............................................................................... 4 115
Transition Joint for Different Sized Cables - Aluminium with Barrier - EPNT................................................. 4 116
Bi-Metal Compression - Installation Guide.................................................................................................... 4 120
Transition Joint for Different Sized Cables - Bi-Metal with Barrier - EPBJ.................................................... 4 121
Copper Compression - Installation Guide..................................................................................................... 4 125
Same Sized Cables - Copper without Barrier - EPCJ................................................................................... 4 126
Same Sized Cables - Copper with Barrier - EPCJSL.................................................................................... 4 127
Same Sized Cables - Copper with Barrier - Heavy Duty - EPCNT................................................................ 4 128
Transition Joint for Different Sized Cables - Copper with Barrier - Heavy Duty - EPNTCu............................ 4 129
Elliptical Compression - Installation Guide.................................................................................................... 4 130
Elliptical Compression - Multiple Cables - Aluminium - EPECJ..................................................................... 4 131
Elliptical Compression - Multiple Cables - Aluminium Multi-Joints - EPEMJ................................................. 4 132
Multi-Joint Compression - Multiple Cables - Copper - EPCuMJ.................................................................... 4 133
Shear Bolt Connectors - GLL/B, CLL............................................................................................................ 4 134
Section 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
SECTION 5 - OVERHEAD CABLE JOINTS

Non Tension Joint for Same Sized Cables - Aluminium without Barrier - EPNTAAJ, EPNTJ, EPNTAAAJ............ 5 136
Transition Joint for Different Sized Conductors - Aluminium with Barrier - EPNT................................................... 5 137
Full Tension Joint for Same Sized Cables - Aluminium without Barrier - EPAAJ, EPJ, EPAAAJ.................... 5 138
Full Tension Joint for Same Sized Cables - Copper without Barrier - EPCuJ................................................ 5 139
SECTION 6 - CABLE TERMINALS

Aluminium Compression - Installation Guide................................................................................................ 6 142
Aluminium Lug - Unsealed - EPT.................................................................................................................. 6 143
Aluminium Lug - Sealed - EPTE................................................................................................................... 6 144
Bi-Metal Compression - Installation Guide.................................................................................................... 6 145
Bi-Metal Compression Terminal - EPTB........................................................................................................ 6 146
Bi-Metal Pin Terminal - EPBPT...................................................................................................................... 6 147
Bi-Metal Switch Connector - EPBSWC......................................................................................................... 6 149
Copper Compression - Installation Guide..................................................................................................... 6 150
Copper Lug - Standard - Unsealed - EPTCu................................................................................................ 6 151
Copper Lug - Flared - Unsealed - EPTCuFL................................................................................................ 6 152
Copper Lug - Narrow Palm - Unsealed - EPTCuNP...................................................................................... 6 153
Copper Lug - Long Barrel - Sealed - EPTCuSL............................................................................................ 6 154
Copper Lug - Heavy Duty - Sealed - EPTECu.............................................................................................. 6 155
Copper Lug - Long Palm - Sealed - EPTECu2............................................................................................. 6 156
Copper Switch Connector - EPCSWC.......................................................................................................... 6 157
Shear Bolt Terminals - AUL/B, DTLL/B......................................................................................................... 6 158
Shear Bolt Terminals - JTLL.......................................................................................................................... 6 159
SECTION 7 - OVERHEAD CONDUCTOR TERMINALS

Aluminium Terminal - EPT............................................................................................................................. 7 162
Aluminium Jumper Terminal - EPJT.............................................................................................................. 7 164
Bi-Metal Terminal - EPTB.............................................................................................................................. 7 166
Bi-Metal Terminal - 2 Bolt - EPTB2............................................................................................................... 7 168
Copper Terminal - Heavy Duty - EPTECu..................................................................................................... 7 169
Copper Jumper Terminal - EPJTCu.............................................................................................................. 7 170
Compression Terminal - 1 Bolt - CT, CTSC................................................................................................... 7 184
Compression Terminal - 2 Bolt - CT, CTSC................................................................................................... 7 185
SECTION 8 - CONNECTORS
Two Piece Line Tap - Installation Guide......................................................................................................... 8 172
Two Piece Line Tap - EP................................................................................................................................ 8 173
Two Piece Line Tap Selection Chart - AAC Conductors................................................................................ 8 174
Two Piece Line Tap Selection Chart - ACSR Conductors.............................................................................. 8 176
Two Piece Line Tap Selection Chart - AAAC Conductors.............................................................................. 8 178
Tee Joint Line Tap - Installation Guide........................................................................................................... 8 180
Tee Joint Line Tap - EPTJ.............................................................................................................................. 8 181
Figure 6 Line Tap - Installation Guide............................................................................................................ 8 183
Figure 6 Line Tap - EPLT............................................................................................................................... 8 184
Aluminium Parallel Groove Clamps - ALPG, JBL-A...................................................................................... 8 185
Earth Bonding Clamp - EBC......................................................................................................................... 8 186
Split Bolt - HB............................................................................................................................................... 8 186
Insulation Piercing Connector - MVIPPG...................................................................................................... 8 187
Insulation Piercing Connector - JBC............................................................................................................. 8 188
Bail Clamp and Live Line Clamp................................................................................................................... 8 189
Section 1
Section
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
Section Page
SECTION 9 - CONDUCTOR UNI DEADENDS

AAC, ACSR and AAAC Type - Installation Guide.......................................................................................... 9 192
Full Tension Uni Deadend - Clevis End - EPUDC......................................................................................... 9 193
Full Tension Uni Deadend - Tongue and Oval Eye End - EPUDT, EPUDOE................................................ 9 195
SECTION 10 - HARDWARE FITTINGS

Wedge Deadend for COMPACTLIGN™ Spacer Cables - GD....................................................................... 10 198
Bolted Deadend - Strain Clamp for Bare Phase Conductors - EPBD........................................................... 10 199
Clevis Thimbles............................................................................................................................................. 10 200
Socket Clevis - SC........................................................................................................................................ 10 201
Socket Thimble - STH................................................................................................................................... 10 201
Socket Tongue - ST....................................................................................................................................... 10 201
Tongue Clevis - TC........................................................................................................................................ 10 202
Ball Clevis - BC............................................................................................................................................. 10 202
Y Tongue Clevis - CTY.................................................................................................................................. 10 202
Wire Rope Thimble - Closed - THWC............................................................................................................ 10 203
Wire Rope Thimble - Open - THWO.............................................................................................................. 10 203
Vee Shackle - VS.......................................................................................................................................... 10 204
Galvanised Forged Steel Shackles - S, TS................................................................................................... 10 204
M16 Galvanised Pole Step for Concrete Poles -GPSC................................................................................. 10 205
Wire Rope Grip - WRG................................................................................................................................. 10 205
Aluminium Sheave - 54mm - AS................................................................................................................... 10 205
Machined Steel Sheave - THGR................................................................................................................... 10 205
M20 and M24 Elongated Eye Bolts - GEBE................................................................................................. 10 206
M16 Safety Hook Bolt - GSHB...................................................................................................................... 10 206
M16 Galvanised Hook Bolt - GEB................................................................................................................. 10 207
M16 and M20 Round Eye Bolts - GEBR....................................................................................................... 10 207
M20 Round Eye Bolt - Special Assembly - GEBR-...-SQW........................................................................... 10 207
Eye Tongues - ET, TET.................................................................................................................................. 10 208
Twisted Eye Tongue - TET............................................................................................................................. 10 208
Link Eye - LE................................................................................................................................................ 10 208
Ball Eye - BE................................................................................................................................................ 10 209
Ball Hook - Long Shank - BHL...................................................................................................................... 10 209
Ball Hook - Short Shank - BHS..................................................................................................................... 10 209
Tongue Hook - TH......................................................................................................................................... 10 210
Tongue Hook - Latched - THL....................................................................................................................... 10 210
Open Hook Nut - ENGO............................................................................................................................... 10 210
Oval Eye Nut................................................................................................................................................. 10 210
Link - Single Plate - LSP................................................................................................................................ 10 211
Link - Double Plate - L................................................................................................................................... 10 211
U-Bolt Stay Tensioner - GADJ....................................................................................................................... 10 211
Yoke Bar for ABC Suspension - YABCOF...................................................................................................... 10 211
Belleville Washer........................................................................................................................................... 10 212
Pole Cap - EPC............................................................................................................................................. 10 212
Aluminium Gain Block - Type 1 - AGB........................................................................................................... 10 213
Aluminium Gain Block - Type 2 - AGB........................................................................................................... 10 213
Stainless Steel Conical Washer - SSCW...................................................................................................... 10 213
Screw Anchor - ANCHOR............................................................................................................................. 10 214
Screw Anchor Additional Parts...................................................................................................................... 10 215
Stainless Steel Banding System................................................................................................................... 10 216
SECTION 11 - PROTECTION & INSULATION SYSTEMS

PREFORMED™ Kover Guard - PKG........................................................................................................... 11 219
PREFORMED™ Guy/Stay Guard - PSG...................................................................................................... 11 220
Insulator Cover - Single Pin or Post Insulator - RPC..................................................................................... 11 221
Insulator Cover - Double Pin or Post Insulator - RPC................................................................................... 11 223
Midsun High Voltage Insulation .................................................................................................................... 11 225
Spiral BIRD-FLIGHT™ Diverter - SBFD....................................................................................................... 11 228
Spiral BIRD-FLIGHT™ Diverter - SWAN - SBFDS....................................................................................... 11 228
Section 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
SECTION 12 - INSULATORS
Tie Top Polymer Pin Insulator for 11kV NZ Distribution Systems - IP-25....................................................... 12 230
Tie Top Polymer Pin Insulator for 22kV or 33kV Systems - IP-35.................................................................. 12 233
Insulator Pin - Nylon Head............................................................................................................................ 12 236
Tension Insulator - Silicone Rubber, 70kN - FBX.......................................................................................... 12 239
Henley Standoff EPDM Insulator .................................................................................................................. 12 240
Crucifix Kit and Parts..................................................................................................................................... 12 240
Station Post Insulator - I-C............................................................................................................................ 12 241
LV/MV Distribution Insulators - I-SHLV, I-GY, I-SLP, I-ALP........................................................................... 12 242
SECTION 13 - SWITCHING & PROTECTION

S&C Fuse Cut-Out Features......................................................................................................................... 13 246
S&C Fuse Cut-Out Specifications................................................................................................................. 13 247
S&C Fuse Cut-Out Details and Descriptions................................................................................................. 13 248
S&C Fuse Cut-Out Accessories.................................................................................................................... 13 249
S&C Silver Positrol Fuse Link for Cut-Outs................................................................................................... 13 250
S&C Omni-Rupter Switch 11kV and 22kV..................................................................................................... 13 254
Load Control Relay........................................................................................................................................ 13 259
SECTION 14 - SURGE & LIGHTNING PROTECTION

Surge Arrestor - Heavy Duty 10kA - PVD-100............................................................................................... 14 262
Bolted Connector Arc Protection Device - BCAPD........................................................................................ 14 263
Insulation Piercing Arc Protection Device - IPAPD......................................................................................... 14 263
SECTION 15 - EARTHING
Earth Rods - ER............................................................................................................................................ 15 268
Earth Rod Accessories - ER......................................................................................................................... 15 269
SECTION 16 - LINESMAN’S TOOLS

Cable Cutters................................................................................................................................................. 16 272
Hexagon Crimpers........................................................................................................................................ 16 272
12 Ton Hydraulic Compression Tool and Dies............................................................................................... 16 273
60 Ton Hydraulic Compression Tool and Dies............................................................................................... 16 274
Voltage Tester................................................................................................................................................ 16 275
Cable Stripping Tool...................................................................................................................................... 16 275
Come-a-long Grips........................................................................................................................................ 16 276
Fork Wrench - JCQ....................................................................................................................................... 16 276
Web Strap Ratchet Puller - WS..................................................................................................................... 16 277
4-Way Ratchet Spanner - RS........................................................................................................................ 16 277
Stainless Steel Wire Brush - WBSS.............................................................................................................. 16 277
Glove and Barrier Accessories...................................................................................................................... 16 278
Live Line Rubber Insulating Gloves, Overgloves and Sleeves...................................................................... 16 279
Section 1
Section
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
Section Page
SECTION 17 - FIBREFORMX
FibreformX Composite Crossarms................................................................................................................. 17 282
SECTION 18 - HANDY STUFF

Jointing Compound for Aluminium and Copper Jointing............................................................................... 18 286
DOW CORNING MOLYKOTE 41 Grease...................................................................................................... 18 287
DOW CORNING No 4 Compound................................................................................................................. 18 287
EpiLube Cable Pulling Lubricant................................................................................................................... 18 288
Transformer Touch-up Paint.......................................................................................................................... 18 288
Section 1
Section 1
Section
SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General Information
Section Page
CONDUCTORS
AAC and ACSR Conductors................................................................................................ 1 28

AAAC Conductors............................................................................................................... 1 29
Annealed Aluminium and Copper Stranded Conductors..................................................... 1 30
Smooth Body Conductors (SBC) and Common Conductors (AAAC).................................. 1 31
Sector Shaped Solid Circular Conductors........................................................................... 1 32
Conversion of American Gauge Wire (AWG)...................................................................... 1 33
Guy Strand and Copper Conductors................................................................................... 1 34
Messenger Wire - Galvanised Steel Conductor (SC/GZ)..................................................... 1 35
Section 1
CONDUCTORS
AAC AND ACSR CONDUCTORS
Type AAC 1350 - All Aluminium Conductor
Stranding Nominal Cross Modulus Coefficient

Approx. Breaking DC
Catalogue Conductor and Wire Overall Sectional of of Linear
Mass Load Resistance
Number Code Diameter Diameter Area Elasticity Expansion
(kg/km) (kN) (Ω/km)
(no./mm) (mm) (mm2) (GPa) (x10-6/°C)
AAC/1350-Namu Namu 7/2.11 6.33 24 67 4.2 59 23 1.1700
AAC/1350-Poko Poko 7/2.36 7.08 31 84 5.1 59 23 0.9321
AAC/1350-Ladybird Ladybird 7/2.79 8.37 43 117 6.9 59 23 0.6700
AAC/1350-Kutu Kutu 7/3.00 9.00 49 135 7.9 59 23 0.5784
AAC/1350-Fly Fly 7/3.40 10.20 64 174 10.0 59 23 0.4510
AAC/1350-Honi Honi 19/2.11 10.50 66 182 11.4 59 23 0.4335
AAC/1350-Rango Rango 7/3.66 10.98 74 201 11.1 59 23 0.3884
AAC/1350-Grasshopper Grasshopper 7/3.91 11.70 84 230 12.8 59 23 0.3420
AAC/1350-Wasp Wasp 7/4.39 13.18 106 290 16.0 59 23 0.2710
AAC/1350-Beetle Beetle 19/2.67 13.40 106 292 17.2 56 23 0.2710
AAC/1350-Weke Weke 7/4.72 14.16 122 335 18.5 59 23 0.2328
AAC/1350-Bee Bee 7/4.90 14.71 132 361 20.1 59 23 0.2170
AAC/1350-Cricket Cricket 7/5.36 16.08 158 432 23.9 59 23 0.1810
AAC/1350-Weta Weta 19/3.35 16.75 167 461 26.2 56 23 0.1711
AAC/1350-Huhu Huhu 37/2.52 17.60 185 507 28.9 56 23 0.1636
AAC/1350-Mata Mata 19/3.86 19.30 222 611 33.8 56 23 0.1291
AAC/1350-Cockroach Cockroach 19/4.22 21.10 266 731 40.4 56 23 0.1083
AAC/1350-Butterfly Butterfly 19/4.65 23.25 323 888 48.8 56 23 0.0892
AAC/1350-Centipede Centipede 37/3.78 26.46 415 1,145 63.1 56 23 0.0694
AAC/1350-Cicada Cicada 37/4.65 32.54 628 1,730 95.6 56 23 0.0460
Type ACSR 1350 - Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced
Stranding and
Wire Diameter Nominal Cross Modulus Coefficient
Approx. Breaking DC
Catalogue Conductor (no./mm) Overall Sectional of of Linear
Mass Load Resistance
Number Code Diameter Area Elasticity Expansion
(kg/km) (kN) (Ω/km)
Alum. Steel (mm) (mm2) (GPa) (x10-6/°C)
ACSR/1350-Magpie Magpie 3/2.11 4/2.11 6.33 24.5 139 17.8 136.0 13.9 2.2300
ACSR/1350-Squirrel Squirrel 6/2.11 1/2.11 6.33 24.5 85 7.7 79.0 19.1 1.3700
ACSR/1350-Gopher Gopher 6/2.36 1/2.36 7.09 30.6 106 9.4 79.0 19.1 1.0930
ACSR/1350-Ferret Ferret 6/3.00 1/3.00 8.99 49.5 172 14.9 79.0 19.1 0.6776
ACSR/1350-Mink Mink 6/3.66 1/3.66 10.97 73.6 255 21.6 79.0 19.1 0.4550
ACSR/1350-Raccoon Raccoon 7/4.09 1/4.09 12.27 105.1 320 27.2 79.0 19.1 0.3640
ACSR/1350-Skunk Skunk 12/2.59 7/2.59 12.95 100.2 465 53.1 108.0 15.8 0.4566
ACSR/1350-Dog Dog 6/4.72 7/1.57 14.17 118.5 394 32.7 76.0 19.8 0.2740
ACSR/1350-Hare Hare 6/4.72 1/4.72 14.17 122.5 405 43.7 79.0 19.1 0.2876
ACSR/1350-Hyena Hyena 7/4.39 7/1.93 14.60 126.4 428 44.1 78.0 18.4 0.2850
ACSR/1350-Coyote Coyote 26/2.54 7/1.91 15.88 151.8 522 46.4 76.0 18.9 0.2292
ACSR/1350-Dingo Dingo 18/3.35 1/3.35 16.76 167.5 506 35.4 66.0 21.2 0.1820
ACSR/1350-Wolf Wolf 30/2.59 7/2.59 18.14 194.9 726 67.4 80.0 17.8 0.1828
ACSR/1350-Jaguar Jaguar 18/3.86 1/3.86 19.30 222.3 671 46.6 66.0 21.2 0.1367
ACSR/1350-Goat Goat 30/3.71 7/3.71 25.96 400.0 1,489 135.8 80.0 17.8 0.0893
ACSR/1350-Zebra Zebra 54/3.18 7/3.18 28.62 484.5 1,621 131.9 69.0 19.3 0.0674
ACSR/1350-Moa Moa 76/3.72 7/2.89 38.40 871.9 2,577 180.6 63.0 21.2 0.0366
ACSR/1350-Chukar Chukar 84/3.70 7/3.70 33.30 759.0 2,710 203.0 66.5 20.7 0.0373
Section 1
Section
CONDUCTORS
AAAC CONDUCTORS
General Information
Type AAAC 1120 - All Aluminium Alloy Conductor
Stranding Nominal Cross Coefficient

Approx. Breaking Modulus of DC
Catalogue Conductor and Wire Overall Sectional of Linear
Mass Load Elasticity Resistance
Number Code Diameter Diameter Area Expansion
(kg/km) (kN) (GPa) (Ω/km)
(no./mm) (mm) (mm2) (x10-6/°C)
AAAC/1120-7/2.50 Chlorine 7/2.50 7.50 34.36 94 8.18 65 23 0.8640
AAAC/1120-7/2.75 Chromium 7/2.75 8.25 41.58 113 9.91 65 23 0.7130
AAAC/1120-7/3.00 Fluorine 7/3.00 9.00 49.48 135 11.80 65 23 0.5990
AAAC/1120-7/3.75 Helium 7/3.75 11.30 77.28 211 17.60 65 23 0.3830
AAAC/1120-7/4.50 Hydrogen 7/4.50 13.50 111.30 304 24.30 65 23 0.2660
AAAC/1120-7/4.75 Iodine 7/4.75 14.30 124.00 339 27.10 65 23 0.2390
AAAC/1120-19/3.25 Krypton 19/3.25 16.30 157.60 433 37.40 65 23 0.1890
AAAC/1120-19/3.50 Lutetium 19/3.50 17.50 182.80 503 41.70 65 23 0.1630
AAAC/1120-19/3.75 Neon 19/3.75 18.80 209.80 576 47.80 65 23 0.1420
AAAC/1120-37/3.00 Nitrogen 37/3.00 21.00 261.60 721 62.20 64 23 0.1140
AAAC/1120-37/3.25 Nobelium 37/3.25 22.80 307.00 845 72.80 64 23 0.0973
AAAC/1120-19/4.75 Oxygen 19/4.75 23.80 336.70 924 73.60 65 23 0.0884
AAAC/1120-37/3.75 Phosphorus 37/3.75 26.30 408.50 1,120 93.10 64 23 0.0731
AAAC/1120-61/3.25 Selenium 61/3.25 29.30 506.10 1,400 114.00 64 23 0.0592
AAAC/1120-61/3.50 Silicon 61/3.50 31.50 586.90 1,620 127.00 64 23 0.0511
AAAC/1120-61/3.75 Sulphur 61/3.75 33.80 673.40 1,860 145.00 64 23 0.0444
Type AAAC 6201 - All Aluminium Alloy Conductor
Stranding Nominal Cross Coefficient

Approx. Breaking Modulus of DC
Catalogue Conductor and Wire Overall Sectional of Linear
Mass Load Elasticity Resistance
Number Code Diameter Diameter Area Expansion
(kg/km) (kN) (GPa) (Ω/km)
(no./mm) (mm) (mm2) (x10-6/°C)
AAAC/6201-7/2.50 Diamond 7/2.50 7.50 34.36 94 9.64 65 23 0.9670
AAAC/6201-7/2.75 Dolomite 7/2.75 8.25 41.58 113 11.60 65 23 0.7990
AAAC/6201-7/3.00 Emerald 7/3.00 9.00 49.48 135 13.90 65 23 0.6710
AAAC/6201-7/3.75 Garnet 7/3.75 11.30 77.28 211 21.70 65 23 0.4300
AAAC/6201-7/4.50 Jade 7/4.50 13.50 111.30 304 31.20 65 23 0.2980
AAAC/6201-7/4.75 Jasper 7/4.75 14.30 124.00 339 34.80 65 23 0.2680
AAAC/6201-19/3.25 Opal 19/3.25 16.30 157.60 433 44.20 65 23 0.2120
AAAC/6201-19/3.50 Patronite 19/3.50 17.50 182.80 503 51.30 65 23 0.1830
AAAC/6201-19/3.75 Pearl 19/3.75 18.80 209.80 576 58.80 65 23 0.1590
AAAC/6201-37/3.00 Ruby 37/3.00 21.00 261.60 721 73.50 64 23 0.1280
AAAC/6201-37/3.25 Ruthenium 37/3.25 22.80 307.00 845 86.10 64 23 0.1090
AAAC/6201-19/4.75 Rutile 19/4.75 23.80 336.70 924 94.40 65 23 0.0991
AAAC/6201-37/3.75 Sapphire 37/3.75 26.30 408.50 1,120 115.00 64 23 0.0819
AAAC/6201-61/3.25 Spinel 61/3.25 29.30 506.10 1,400 135.00 64 23 0.0662
AAAC/6201-61/3.50 Tantalum 61/3.50 31.50 586.90 1,620 156.00 64 23 0.0572
AAAC/6201-61/3.75 Topaz 61/3.75 33.80 673.40 1,860 179.00 64 23 0.0498
Section 1
CONDUCTORS
ANNEALED ALUMINIUM AND COPPER STRANDED CONDUCTORS
Metric Imperial
Nominal Cross Sectional Number of Strands/Wire Diameter

Nominal Cross Number of Nominal Area (mm) Nominal
Sectional Area Strands/Wire Conductor Conductor
(mm2) Diameter (mm) Diameter (mm) inch2 mm2 inch mm Diameter (mm)
1.0 1/1.13 1.13 .0015 0.97 1/.044 1/1.12 1.12

.0019 1.25 3/.029 3/0.74 1.59
1.5 1/1.38 1.38
.0030 1.93 3/.036 3/0.91 1.97
2.5 7/0.67 2.01
.0045 2.93 7/.029 7/0.74 2.21
4.0 7/0.85 2.55
.0070 4.52 7/.036 7/0.91 2.74
6.0 7/1.04 3.12
.0100 6.75 7/.044 7/1.12 3.35
.0146 9.43 7/.052 7/1.32 3.96
10.0 7/1.35 4.05
.0225 14.28 7/.064 7/1.63 4.88
16.0 7/1.70 5.10
.0300 18.29 19/.044 19/1.12 5.59
.0350 22.65 7/.080 7/2.03 6.10
25.0 7/2.14 6.42 .0400 25.50 19/.052 19/1.32 6.60
35.0 19/1.53 7.65
.0580 58.06 7/.103 7/2.64 7.92
.0610 39.65 19/.064 19/1.63 8.13
50.0 19/1.78 8.90
.1000 65.10 19/.083 19/2.11 10.50
70.0 19/2.14 10.70
.1200 75.30 37/.064 37/1.63 11.40
.1260 139.70 19/.092 19/2.34 11.68
95.0 19/2.52 12.60 .1500 95.30 37/.072 37/1.83 12.80
.1520 98.60 19/.101 19/2.57 12.83
120.0 37/2.03 14.21 .2000 126.70 37/.083 37/2.11 14.80
150.0 37/2.25 15.75
.2500 159.10 37/.093 37/2.36 16.50
185.0 37/2.52 17.64
.3000 195.10 37/.103 37/2.62 18.30
240.0 61/2.25 20.25
.4000 262.20 61/.093 61/2.36 21.30
300.0 61/2.52 22.68
.5000 321.60 61/.103 61/2.62 23.50
.6000 391.10 91/.093 91/2.36 26.00
400.0 61/2.85 25.65
.7500 479.70 91/.103 91/2.62 28.80
500.0 61/3.20 28.80
630.0 127/2.52 32.76
1.0000 669.40 127/.103 127/2.62 34.00
800.0 127/2.85 37.05 1.2400 800.00 127/.112 127/2.84 36.92
1,000.0 127/3.20 41.60 1.5000 1,000.00 127/.125 127/3.18 41.34
Section 1
Section
CONDUCTORS
SMOOTH BODY CONDUCTORS (SBC) AND COMMON CONDUCTORS (AAAC)
General Information
Smooth Body Conductors (SBC)
Conductor Nominal Strength of Cross Sectional Approximate

Code Name Area (mm2) Area (mm2) Diameter (mm) Calculated
Equivalent
Breaking
Copper Diameter 6/1 Complete
Fish Aluminium Aluminium Overall Steel Load (kN) *
Equivalent Stranding (%) Conductor
Hake 60 40 100 67.41 0.7864 10.41 3.78 23.77
Mullet 10 8 150 13.29 6.9850 4.90 2.36 7.67
Pollock 20 13 150 21.16 1.1125 6.17 3.00 14.47
Whiting 25 16 150 26.64 0.3554 6.91 3.35 14.78
Lamprey 40 26 150 42.38 0.5658 8.97 4.24 23.11
Herring 10 8 200 13.29 0.2038 5.28 3.00 10.68
Flounder 20 13 200 21.16 0.3238 6.70 3.78 16.39
Common Conductors (AAAC)
Conductor Nominal Cross Sectional Approximate

Code Name Area (mm2) Area (mm2) Diameter (mm) Calculated
Number of Strands/
Breaking
Wire Diameter (mm)
Elements Aluminium Aluminium Overall Load (kN) *
Argon 16 7/1.75 16.8 5.25 4.00

Boron 25 7/2.25 27.8 6.75 6.61
Chlorine 35 7/2.50 34.4 7.50 8.18
Chromium 40 7/2.75 41.6 8.25 9.91
Fluorine 50 7/3.00 49.5 9.00 11.80
Helium 80 7/3.75 77.3 11.30 17.60
Hydrogen 110 7/4.50 111.3 13.50 24.30
Iodine 120 7/4.75 124.0 14.30 27.10
Krypton 160 19/3.25 157.6 16.30 37.40
Lutetium 185 19/3.50 182.8 17.50 41.70
Neon 210 19/3.75 209.8 18.80 47.80
Nitrogen 260 37/3.00 261.6 21.00 62.20
Nobelium 300 37/3.25 307.0 22.80 72.80
Oxygen 340 19/4.75 336.7 23.80 73.60
Phosphorus 400 37/3.75 408.5 26.30 93.10
Selenium 500 61/3.25 506.1 29.30 114.00
Silicon 590 61/3.50 586.9 31.50 127.00
Sulphur 670 61/3.75 673.4 33.80 145.00
Xenon 1,450 91/4.50 1,447.0 49.50 300.00
Note: * The calculated breaking load is not a direct conversion. Kilo Newtons are based on wire strengths at 1% elongation as
required by BS 215 (Metric).
Density: Aluminium: 2.703 grams per cubic centimetre at 20°C; Steel: 7.800 grams per cubic centimetre at 20°C.
Coefficient of Linear Expansion: Aluminium: 23 x 10-6 per °C; Steel: 1.5 x 10-6 per °C.
Section 1
CONDUCTORS
SECTOR SHAPED SOLID CIRCULAR CONDUCTORS
Solid Circular Sector Shaped
Nominal Cross Nominal Dimensions

Nominal Conductor Nominal Cross
Sectional Area
Diameter (mm) Sectional Area
(mm2)
(mm2) Width (mm) Depth (mm)
1.5 1.38
2.5 1.78 2-Core Sector Shaped
4 2.25 16 6.82 2.95

6 2.76 25 8.57 3.70
10 3.57 35 10.02 4.40
16 4.50 50 11.54 5.16
25 5.58 70 13.74 6.25
35 6.58 95 16.05 7.40
50 7.65 120 17.95 8.36
70 9.20 150 20.00 9.22
95 10.83 185 22.29 10.37
120 12.18 240 25.51 11.90
150 13.50 300 28.44 13.37
185 15.12
3-Core Sector Shaped
240 17.33
16 6.53 3.70
300 19.41
25 8.22 4.66
35 9.66 5.50
50 11.20 6.42
Aerial Bundled 70 13.42 7.74

95 15.76 9.14
Nominal Conductor
Nominal Cross 120 17.69 10.30
Diameter (mm)
Sectional Area
150 19.64 11.40
(mm2) Minimum Maximum
185 21.97 12.78
25 5.8 6.1
240 25.17 14.66
35 6.8 7.2
300 28.14 16.44
50 8.0 8.4
4-Core Sector Shaped
70 9.6 10.1
16 5.96 4.21
95 11.3 11.9
25 7.45 5.28
120 12.8 13.5
35 8.78 6.24
150 14.1 14.9
50 10.21 7.28
70 12.26 8.77
95 14.43 10.35
120 16.22 11.65
150 17.99 12.90
185 20.14 14.46
240 23.08 16.59
300 25.83 18.59
Section 1
Section
CONDUCTORS
CONVERSION OF AMERICAN GAUGE WIRE (AWG)
General Information
USA/Canada Europe USA/Canada Europe
Accurate Standard Value Accurate Standard Value

AWG AWG/MCM*
(mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2)
22 0.326 0.40 250 127 120
21 0.411 300 152 150
20 0.518 0.50 350 177 185
19 0.653 400 203
18 0.823 0.75 450 228
17 1.040 1.00 500 253 240
16 1.310 1.50 550 279
15 1.650 600 304 300
14 2.080 650 329
13 2.620 2.50 700 355
12 3.310 4.00 750 380
11 4.170 800 405 400
10 5.260 6.00 850 431
9 6.630 10.00 900 456
8 8.370 950 481
7 10.500 1,000 507 500
6 13.300 16.00 1,100 659 625
5 16.800
Note: * 1 MCM = 1,000 circular mills
4 21.200 25.00
3 26.700 35.00
2 33.600
1 42.400
1/0 53.500 50.00
2/0 67.400 70.00
3/0 85.000
4/0 107.000 95.00
Section 1
CONDUCTORS
GUY STRAND AND COPPER CONDUCTORS
Steel Conductor/Galvanised - SC/GZ

Australian Standard AS1222 Part 1
Stranding (mm) Outer Diameter (mm) Eq. AL (mm2) Area (mm2) NBL (kN) Mass (kg/km)
3/2.00 4.31 1.56 9.43 11.70 75.50

3/2.75 5.93 2.95 17.82 22.20 139.00
7/2.00 6.00 3.62 21.99 27.40 177.00
7/2.75 8.25 6.85 41.58 51.80 326.00
7/3.25 9.75 9.56 58.07 72.30 460.00
7/3.75 11.30 12.70 77.31 96.20 609.00
19/2.00 10.00 9.79 56.96 74.40 483.00
19/2.75 13.80 18.50 112.90 141.00 888.00
19/3.25 16.30 25.80 157.60 196.00 1,250.00
Hard Drawn Copper Conductor - HDC

Australian Standard AS1746 1975
Stranding (mm) Outer Diameter (mm) Eq. AL (mm2) Area (mm2) NBL (kN) Mass (kg/km)
7/1.00 3.00 8.68 5.49 2.31 49.30

7/1.25 3.75 13.60 8.59 3.61 76.90
7/1.75 5.25 26.60 16.84 6.89 151.00
7/2.00 6.00 34.70 21.99 9.02 197.00
7/2.75 8.25 65.30 41.58 16.70 375.00
7/3.50 10.50 106.00 67.35 26.60 607.00
19/1.75 8.75 71.70 45.70 18.30 413.00
19/2.00 10.00 93.70 59.69 23.90 538.00
19/2.75 13.80 177.00 112.90 44.50 1,020.00
19/3.00 15.00 211.00 134.30 52.80 1,210.00
37/1.75 12.30 139.00 89.00 35.60 806.00
37/2.50 17.50 284.00 181.60 72.90 1,640.00
37/2.75 19.30 344.00 219.80 86.60 1,990.00
37/3.00 21.00 409.00 261.50 103.00 2,370.00
61/2.75 24.80 566.00 362.30 143.00 3,280.00
Section 1
Section
CONDUCTORS
MESSENGER WIRE - GALVANISED STEEL CONDUCTOR (SC/GZ)
General Information
Standard Sizes and Calculated Properties of Galvanised Steel Conductors (SC/GZ)
Stranding and Approximate Cross-Sectional Approximate Calculated Equivalent Typical DC

Wire Diameter Overall Diameter Area Mass Breaking Load Aluminium Area Resistance at
(mm) (mm) (mm2) (kg/km) (CBL) (kN) (mm2) 20°C (Ω/km)
3/2.00 4.31 9.426 74 11.7 1.4 20.0
3/2.75 5.93 17.820 140 22.2 2.6 11.0
7/2.00 6.00 21.990 173 26.0 3.2 8.7
7/2.75 8.25 41.580 328 49.0 6.1 4.6
7/3.25 9.75 58.070 458 68.7 8.6 3.3
7/3.75 11.30 77.280 609 91.3 11.0 2.5
19/2.00 10.00 59.700 473 70.5 8.8 3.2
19/2.75 13.80 112.900 894 133.0 17.0 1.7
19/3.25 16.30 157.600 1,250 186.0 23.0 1.2
Note: The cross-sectional area is the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the individual wires.
Properties shown are calculated in accordance with the methods of Appendix A, and are given for information purposes only.
Mass of conductor does not include grease.
The overall diameter is taken as the diameter of the circumscribing circle. For 3-wire conductors, the diameter is 2.155 D
(D = diameter of 1 wire); however, the projected area for wind loading is taken as 2 D.
Tabulated values are based on nominal diameters of wires and mean lay ratios.
Source AS1222.1:1992.
Section 1
INTRODUCTION TO COVERED OVERHEAD CABLES
COVEREDLIGN™
Electropar Preformed Line Products (PLP) COVEREDLIGNTM
medium voltage insulated overhead cable system is designed
for open wire type single, 2 or 3 phase construction. The
system can be built during new line construction or retrofitted
to existing poles and crossarms. Replacement of existing bare
wire circuits with partially insulated COVEREDLIGNTM cable
is an asset management strategy to improve SAIDI (System
Average Interruption Duration Index) and SAIFI (System Average
Interruption Frequency Index) performance.
The basis of the COVEREDLIGNTM system is a family of

insulated overhead cables that have been designed for
continuous operation at 80°C. The three distinct specifications
for COVEREDLIGNTM cables allows electric power utilities to gain
the reliability benefits of insulated overhead cables across their
networks, but with specific vegetation management strategies
as well as cost in mind. Electropar PLP’s COVEREDLIGNTM
system includes the insulated overhead cable together with all
of the pole line hardware and equipment to install and maintain
the medium voltage distribution system.
Total Nominal Thickness of

Insulation Covering
Cable Type Network Application Network Benefit
15kV 25kV 35kV
• Improved SAIDI and SAIFI

• Protects against phase to
phase clashing
COVEREDLIGN™ • Open areas only • Less outages due to phase
2.3mm
LITE • No vegetation to phase and phase to phase
flashover
• Typically 40% less
interruptions of supply
phase clashing
• Less outages due to phase
COVEREDLIGN™ • Predominantly open areas
to phase and phase to phase 3.0mm
SUPER with little vegetation
flashover
• For phase to earth voltage of
8kV or lower, occasional tree
contact possible
• For areas with trees and phase clashing
vegetation • Less outages due to phase
COVEREDLIGN™
• Recommended vegetation to phase and phase to phase 3.8mm 6.0mm 8.5mm
MAX
maintenance clearance flashover
300mm • Usually no fault if a tree is
touching the line for several
days or even weeks
Current ratings based on 80°C conductor temperature.

Calculation method as used for the ratings in AS/NZS 3675 (Conductors - Covered overhead) and AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Electrical
installations - Selection of cables - etc.
Note 1: The maximum permitted normal operating conductor temperature for AAC or AAAC bare or covered conductors must
be limited to 80°C to avoid loss of strength. Refer to AS/NZS 3675.
Note 2: The conductor temperature for ACSR bare or ACSR covered conductors can be 90°C because the steel limits the loss
of strength on these conductors.
Note 3: See appendix BB5 of AS/NZS 7000 for explanation regarding loss of strength due to operating temperature.
Section 1
Section
INTRODUCTION TO COVERED OVERHEAD CABLES
General Information
COMPACTLIGN™
Development of the Electropar Preformed Line Products (PLP)
COMPACTLIGNTM system was pioneered by PLP Brazil to
address distribution network reliability and load growth issues.
Strung underneath a messenger wire, the COMPACTLIGNTM
system is rated for continuous operation at 90°C and is ideal for
areas of high load density or heavy vegetation. When installed in
areas with many trees, COMPACTLIGNTM requires the smallest
vegetation corridor of any Electropar PLP insulated overhead
cable system; just 300mm clearance between phase cables
and vegetation is recommended.
In towns, cities or areas of high load density, the small size of

the 3 phase COMPACTLIGNTM medium voltage bundle allows
more circuits than open wire type construction to be attached to
standard height utility poles. When easements for new overhead
pole lines are not available owing to lack of physical space, this
means that additional medium voltage circuits can be added to
existing electric utility pole lines with a minimum of poles being
replaced. Electropar PLP’s COMPACTLIGNTM system includes
the insulated overhead cable together with all of the pole line
hardware and equipment to install and maintain the medium
voltage distribution system.
Total Nominal Thickness of

Insulation Covering
Cable Type Network Application Network Benefit
15kV 25kV 35kV

phase clashing
• Less outages due to phase
to phase and phase to phase
flashover
• For areas with trees and • Usually no fault if a tree is
vegetation touching the line for several
COMPACTLIGN™ • Recommended vegetation days or even weeks 4.0mm 6.4mm 7.7mm
maintenance clearance • Enhanced lightning protection
300mm owing to the presence of a
messenger wire acting as a
shielding wire
• Increased circuit density on
new or existing pole lines over
COVEREDLIGNTM or open
wire type construction
Current ratings based on 90°C conductor temperature.

Calculation method as used for the ratings in AS/NZS 3675 (Conductors - Covered overhead) and AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Electrical
installations - Selection of cables - etc.
Note 1: These cables are designed only for use with approved Electropar PLP SPACER systems and as such any loss of
strength when operating at 90°C is permitted with these systems.
Refer to Electropar PLP for additional information on COVERLIGNTM and COMPACTLIGNTM.
Section 1
Section 1
Section
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFORMED™ Fittings
Section Page
Invention and Development................................................................................................ 2 41
DEADENDS
Technical Guide.................................................................................................................. 2 42
Aluminium Deadend Grip - AFG......................................................................................... 2 44
Multi-piece Aluminium/Steel Deadend Grip - FTG.............................................................. 2 44
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grip to Suit Right Hand Lay Conductors - AWFG.............. 2 47
Neoprene Coated Steel Deadend Grip - D-NDE................................................................ 2 48
Copper Deadend Grip - CFG.............................................................................................. 2 49
Galvanised Steel Deadend Grip - GFG............................................................................... 2 50
Galvanised Steel Guy Lock - GSC...................................................................................... 2 52
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grip to Suit Left Hand Lay Conductors - AWFG................ 2 53
Neoprene Coated Aluminium Alloy Deadend Grip for COMPACTLIGN™ Cables - AND.... 2 54
Semi-Conductive Plastic Coated Steel Deadend Grip for COVEREDLIGN™ or
COMPACTLIGN™ Cables.................................................................................................. 2 56
INSULATOR TIES
Insulator Fit......................................................................................................................... 2 58
Metal Line Tie/Top Tie - AWDT............................................................................................ 2 60
Metal Side Tie - AWST........................................................................................................ 2 62
Metal Double Line Tie/Top Tie - DAWDT............................................................................. 2 64
Metal Double Side Tie - DAWST......................................................................................... 2 66
EZ-WRAP™ Line Tie/Top Tie - EZDT................................................................................. 2 68
EZ-WRAP™ Side Tie - EZST.............................................................................................. 2 70
WRAPLOCK™ Line Tie/Top Tie - WT................................................................................. 2 72
PVC Plastic Line Tie/Top Tie - 15kV Rated - TT.................................................................. 2 74
PVC Plastic Angle Side Tie - 15kV Rated - SS................................................................... 2 75
PVC Plastic Tangent Side Tie - 15kV Rated - SS................................................................ 2 76
Semi-Conductive Plastic Line Tie/Top Tie - 35kV Rated - TT.............................................. 2 77
Semi-Conductive Plastic Angle Side Tie - 35kV Rated - SS............................................... 2 78
Semi-Conductive Plastic Tangent Side Tie - 35kV Rated - SS............................................ 2 79
Semi-Conductive Plastic Double Line Tie/Top Tie - 35kV Rated - DTT............................... 2 80
Semi-Conductive Plastic Double Angle Side Tie - 35kV Rated - DSS................................ 2 81
Semi-Conductive Coated Wire Line Tie/Top Tie - 35kV Rated - CT............................................. 2 82
Semi-Conductive Coated Wire Angle Side Tie - 35kV Rated - CST.................................... 2 84
ARMOUR RODS
Aluminium Armour Rod - AAR............................................................................................. 2 86

Copper Armour Rod - CAR................................................................................................. 2 88
Galvanised Steel Armour Rod - GAR.................................................................................. 2 88
Aluminium Clad Steel Armour Rod - AWAR........................................................................ 2 88
Section 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
LINE GUARDS
Aluminium Line Guard - ALG.............................................................................................. 2 89

Copper Line Guard - CLG................................................................................................... 2 89
SPLICES
Aluminium Splice - AFS...................................................................................................... 2 91

Multi-piece Aluminium Clad Steel Splice - FTS.................................................................. 2 92
Aluminium Clad Steel Splice - AWFS.................................................................................. 2 92
Copper Splice - CFS........................................................................................................... 2 93
Galvanised Steel Splice - GFS............................................................................................ 2 94
REPAIR RODS
Aluminium Repair Rod - ARR............................................................................................. 2 95
Armor-Grip® Suspension AGS Series - AGS-51 and AGS-58............................................. 2 96

Armor-Grip® Support - AGS-52........................................................................................... 2 99
Cushion-Grip® Suspension - CGS...................................................................................... 2 100
Cushion-Grip® Support - CGS............................................................................................ 2 101
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
Clevis Suspension Clamp - P.............................................................................................. 2 102

Offset Suspension Clamp - SCIO....................................................................................... 2 102
Suspension Trunnion Clamp - SCAT................................................................................... 2 102
ABC Suspension Clamp AS Series - BCSC....................................................................... 2 103
ABC Suspension Clamp ASV Series - BCSC..................................................................... 2 104
ABC Roller Suspension Clamp - BCSCRA......................................................................... 2 105
Strain Clamp AS Series - BCTC......................................................................................... 2 105
Service Clamp - BCST........................................................................................................ 2 106
Section 2
Section
PREFORMED™ FITTINGS
INVENTION AND DEVELOPMENT
Thomas F. Peterson, Founder of PLP and PLP Cleveland, 1950’s - home of the
inventor of PREFORMED™ fittings helical technology revolution
Helical product demonstration to PLP engineers 1950 - not a PC or

utility engineers, 1950’s even a calculator to be seen!
In 1947, Thomas F. Peterson, an electrical engineer in the USA, Patented products like the GUY-GRIP® Deadend revolutionised
came up with an innovative idea that became the catalyst to pole guying, and the ARMOR-GRIP® Suspension created a
the formation of an organisation that would in time grow into new standard of excellence for transmission conductor support
an international company with operations in Australia, Brazil, systems. Peterson went on to patent 28 additional products for
Canada, China, Mexico, Poland, South Africa, Spain, Thailand, Preformed Line Products, bringing into fruition a large number
UK and the USA. of industry ‘firsts’ and serving customers needs with effective
solutions.
Responding to a customer’s concern about conductors breaking
at the point of support, Peterson thought of preforming armour Inventiveness, integrity and foresight are the foundation of
rods into a helix with an inside diameter somewhat smaller than Preformed Line Products, and our people continue to build the
the outside diameter of the conductor. company with new product ideas for the industries we serve.
Our patented products now serve the electric power utility,
The theory was that helically preformed rods, when applied communications, cable television and data industries as well
over conductor, could provide a secure fit without end clamps, as some other specialised niche markets. From our early days
as well as ‘armour’ to protect the conductor from abrasion and to the present, and looking forward to the future, this dedication
fatigue at points of attachment. This idea proved successful to innovation is what has made Preformed Line Products a
and the product was called the PREFORMED™ Armour Rod. recognised global leader.
Armour Rods offered superior reinforcement and protection
advantages over conventional wire and clamping methods.
The helical concept then grew into a complete line of products
for the electric power utility industry.
Section 2
PREFORMED™ DEADENDS
TECHNICAL GUIDE
PLP has been supplying PREFORMED™ fittings to markets PREFORMED™ fittings may be installed either by hand or by
throughout the world since 1947. Since PLP invented helical live line methods, and are specifically manufactured to fit on to
technology, a range of terminations, joints, and support and the conductor for which they are designed, without any question
repair fittings have been developed. PLP’s range of these fittings of malfunction or misapplication.
is unsurpassed, and provides the most complete offering of
electrical distribution fittings of this type. Colour coding is determined by the stranding of the conductor,
on which the PREFORMED™ fitting is to be used as per
The apparent simplicity of PREFORMED™ fittings, their AS1154 Part 3.
ease of installation in the field and their mechanical and
electrical conductive efficiencies, belie the design back-up and Individual Stranding Diameter
manufacturing expertise necessary for what are essentially Colour Code
(mm)
precision products. PREFORMED™ fittings are tailor-made to
1.00 Black
match wide ranging differences in conductor materials, diameter
configurations and service conditions that vary from coastal 1.25 Green
climates to hot arid plains.
1.75 Purple
All PREFORMED™ fittings are designed to be compliant for 2.00 Yellow

use with the following Standards and/or Recommendations:
2.25 Brown
• AS1222.1 SC/GZ Conductors (Galvanised Steel) 2.50 Blue

• AS 1222.2 SC/AC Conductors (Aluminium Clad Steel) 2.75 White
• AS1531 AAC and AAAC Conductors (Aluminium and
Aluminium Alloy 3.00 Red
• AS1746 HDC Conductors (Hard Drawn Copper) 3.25 Orange
• AS3607 ACSR Conductors (Aluminium Clad Steel
Reinforced) 3.50 Purple
3.75 Black
PREFORMED™ fittings are compliant with requirements of
4.00 Black
AS1154 Part 3.
4.50 Green
4.75 Blue
Fundamentals
PREFORMED™ deadends have two lengths, overall length and The colour code at this crossover point is generally as per the
applied length, the latter being the length from the crossover stranding of the conductor (see colour code tabulation above)
marks. The crossover mark shows the starting point for although there are exceptions for imperial conductors in New
application of the deadend. Zealand. An identification tag is always attached to the loop
area of the fitting and displays the fitting catalogue number,
range of applications and/or stranding details.
Rod Diameter
Pitch Length Overall

Length
Crossover Marks and Colour Code

Conductor Diameter
Applied Length
Open Loop
Inside
Rod Diameter
Section 2
Section
TECHNICAL GUIDE
Lay Designation End Finish
Depending on the voltage, ends of the individual rods may

be either chamfered, ball ended or Parrot Bill Ended. Parrot
Bill End end finish is generally only ever required at a voltage
greater than 330kV.
Right Hand Lay
Left Hand Lay Chamfered End Ball End Parrot Bill End
Selection Guide
Loop Configuration
Open helix looped and cable looped deadends can be provided. If a helical fitting is cable looped as standard, it will generally
Open helix looped may be regarded as standard. include “CL” as a suffix in the catalogue number.
Open Looped Cable Looped
Supply Options - Subsets/Rods/Rod Sets
Depending on the intended use, PREFORMED™ products are Generally, only subsets are gritted. Gritting enhances the holding
supplied as individual rods (Lashing Rods - Line Guards) or strength and/or conductivity, and can also facilitate ease of hot
subsets (Deadends - Splices and Ties). stick installation.
Subsets Rod Sets Rods
Section 2
ALUMINIUM DEADEND GRIP - AFG
MULTI-PIECE ALUMINIUM/STEEL DEADEND GRIP - FTG
Overall
Length
Applied Length
Identification Tape
Aluminium Deadend Grips for AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC Multi-Piece Aluminium/Steel Deadend Grips for ACSR and
Conductors - AFG SBC Conductors - FTG
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Aluminium Deadend Grips Electropar PLP’s full tension deadends will hold 90% of the
are designed to be applied directly to bare AAC, ACSR or Rated Tensile Strength (RTS) when applied to ACSR conductors.
AAAC conductor. Aluminium Deadend Grips are designed Full tension deadends are a multi-piece assembly. Installation
to be applied directly to bare conductors and will hold 90% of requires that a short section of the conductor’s aluminium
the rated tensile strength (RTS) when directly applied to AAC, strands are removed from the steel core and a PREFORMED™
AAAC and small ACSR conductors. deadend fitted directly to the steel core.
All Aluminium Deadend Grips have colour coded markings Depending on the construction of the ACSR conductor,
to indicate the starting point for application and to assist in installation of a filler rod may be required over the deadend
product identification. that has been applied to the steel core. Thereafter, a larger
aluminium deadend is applied over the steel core deadend,
the filler rod and the aluminium strands of the conductor. By
fitting the loops of each deadend into the clevis thimble and
gripping both the steel core and the aluminium strands of the
conductor, the full tension PREFORMED™ deadend assembly
allows an ACSR conductor to be quickly and easily terminated
without the use of special tools or equipment.
Section 2
Section
ALUMINIUM DEADEND GRIP
AFG
Aluminium Deadend Grips to Suit Right Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors (AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC)
Part Catalogue Colour

AAC ACSR AAAC SBC Box
Number Number Code
331100 AFG-053 Argon Mullet, Herring* 48 Purple
AFG-059 Thrush* 36 Red
Magpie, Squirrel,
331104 AFG-063 Namu, Gnat 36 Yellow
Swan*
331108 AFG-068 Poko Gopher* Boron Flounder* 36 Brown
331110 AFG-075 Poko Sparrow* Chlorine 36 Blue
331111 AFG-083 Ladybird Chromium 36 White
331112 AFG-090-CL Kutu Fox, Ferret* Fluorine Lamprey* 24 Red
331116 AFG-102-CL Fly Rabbit* 24 Purple
AFG-105 Hake* 24 Blue
331118 AFG-113-CL Rango Mink, Petrel* Helium 12 Black
331120 AFG-118-CL Grasshopper 12 Brown
331122 AFG-123 Raccoon* 12 White
331126 AFG-135-CL Wasp, Beetle Hydrogen 12 Green
Stoat, Dog, Hare,
331128 AFG-143-CL Weke, Bee Iodine 12 Blue
Hyena*
331130 AFG-163-CL Cricket, Hornet Tiger, Dingo* Krypton 12 Orange
331132 AFG-169-CL Weta 12 Orange
331134 AFG-175-CL Huhu, Caterpillar Wolf* Lutetium 12 Blue
Chafer, Mata,
331136 AFG-188-CL Jaguar* Neon 12 Black
Spider
331138 AFG-210-CL Cockroach Panther* Nitrogen 12 Red
331140 AFG-232-CL Butterfly Nobelium* 12 Green
AFG-238-CL Oxygen* 9 Blue
331142 AFG-240-LT-CL Oxygen* 12 Blue
331145 AFG-263-LT-CL Centipede* Goat* Phosphorus* 12 Black
331146 AFG-293 Zebra* Selenium* 9 Orange
AFG-315-LT-CL Cicada* Silicon* 9 Purple
AFG-338-LT-CL Sulphur* 9 Black
Note: Full Tension Applications (90% RTS minimum as per AS 1154.3).

* Limited Tension Applications (55-90% RTS).
AAC - Full Tension except fittings with -LT suffix (Limited Tension).
AAAC - Full Tension on conductors up to 21mm diameter (Nitrogen), Limited Tension above 21mm (Nitrogen).
ACSR and SBC - Limited Tension.
Section 2
MULTI-PIECE ALUMINIUM/STEEL DEADEND GRIP
FTG
Multi-Piece Aluminium/Steel Deadend Grips to Suit Right Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors, Steel Reinforced (ACSR and SBC)

ACSR SBC Box
Number Number Code
331200 FTG-049-SB Mullet Green
331650 FTG-051-SB Herring Green
331652 FTG-064-SB Flounder 25 Black
331653 D-FTDE0670 Flounder Brown
FTG-070-SB Whiting Orange
331654 FTG-084-SB Pickerel 12 White
331655 FTG-087-SB Lamprey 12 White
331656 FTG-113 Mink Hake Red
FTG-117 Petrel Brown
FTG-122 Raccoon White
FTG-125-AW Skunk Blue
331662 FTG-143 Dog, Hare 9 Blue
FTG-146 Hyena Blue
331664 FTG-155 Waxwing Black
331665 FTG-157 Coyote Blue
FTG-165 Tiger Brown
331666 FTG-175 Wolf Blue
331668 FTG-193 Jaguar Black
331670 FTG-210 Panther Red
Note: Galvanised Steel Inner Deadend/Grip except fittings with -AW suffix (Aluminium Clad Steel Inner Deadend/ Grips).
Full Tension Applications (90% RTS min. as per AS 1154.3).
ACSR and SBC - Full Tension.
Section 2
Section
ALUMINIUM CLAD STEEL DEADEND GRIP
AWFG
Overall
Length
Applied Length
Identification Tape
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Aluminium Clad Steel Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips should be used only on
Deadend Grips are designed to be applied directly to bare the size and type of conductors for which they are designed.
AAC, ACSR, AAAC or SBC conductors. Aluminium Clad All Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips have colour coded
Steel Deadend Grips must only be used once and will hold markings to indicate the starting point for application and to
90% of the conductor’s rated strength when correctly installed. assist in product identification.
Manufactured from aluminium clad steel wire strand, Aluminium
Clad Steel Deadend Grips offer a unique design that eliminates
bolts, nuts, washers and other component parts that may become
lost or damaged during installation or in service.
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips to Suit Right Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors (AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC)

Number Number Code
940842 AWFG-053 Thrush Argon Herring 36 Purple
Magpie, Squirrel,
331150 AWFG-063-X Namu Pollock 24 Yellow
Swan
331159 AWFG-067-NS Gnat Boron Flounder Brown
331151 AWFG-075-X Poko Gopher Chlorine 24 Blue
331153 AWFG-080-X Sparrow, Shrike 24 Red
Chromium,
331152 AWFG-090-X Ladybird, Kutu Fox, Ferret Lamprey 12 Red
Fluorine
331154 AWFG-101-X Fly Rabbit, Snipe 12 Orange
331156 AWFG-113-X Rango Mink Helium 12 Black
AWFG-118-CL Grasshopper Petrel 12 Blue
AWFG-125-X Moka Raccoon 12 Blue
Wasp, Beetle,
331158 AWFG-143-X Stoat, Dog, Hare Hydrogen, Iodine 12 Blue
Weke, Bee
Note: Full Tension Applications (90% RTS min. as per AS 1154.3).

AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC - Full Tension.
Section 2
LV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
PREFORMED™ DEADENDS CONDUCTORS
NEOPRENE COATED STEEL DEADEND GRIP

D-NDE
Overall
Length
Neoprene Dipped
Legs Applied Length
Identification Tape
Electropar PLP's Neoprene Coated Steel Deadend Grips Suitable for application with insulated single phase conductors,
are designed to terminate each end of overhead low voltage multi-core 2 phase or 3 phase low voltage conductors and
(230V/415V) PVC insulated conductors that are typically installed neutral screened low voltage conductors, the neoprene coating
on an overhead service that is strung between an electric utility applied to the deadend’s legs allows gentle but uniform radial
power pole and a home or business. compression between the fitting and the conductor, ensuring
long service life. Low voltage neoprene deadends are not rated
for full line tension of the conductor and are supplied without
grit applied to the inside of the helix.
Neoprene Coated Steel Deadend Grips to Suit Covered Aerial Conductors and Cables (Metric, AAC and Neutral Screened)
Part Catalogue Range (mm) Metric Colour

AAC Neutral Screen Box
Number Number Min. Max. (mm2) Code
332250 D-NDE0585 5.83 7.34 10, 16 - - - 40 Green

332251 D-NDE0735 7.35 9.54 25 Namu, Poko 1x2.5/4 - 40 Red
332252 D-NDE1036 9.55 12.10 35, 50 Ladybird, Kutu 1x6, 2x2.5/4 - 25 Blue
332253 D-NDE1369 12.10 14.84 70 Fly, Rango 2x6, 3x2.5/4, 4x2.5 - 25 Red
332254 D-NDE1554 14.85 16.63 95, 120 Wasp, Beetle 1x16/25, 2x10, 3x4/6, 4x4 1x16+4P 20 Black
332255 D-NDE1973 18.80 20.19 150 Weke, Weta 1x35, 2x16, 3x10, 4x6 1x25+4P 15 Yellow
332256 D-NDE2216 22.00 23.32 185 - 1x50/70, 2x25/35, 3x16, 4x10/16 2x16/25+4P 10 Blue
332257 D-NDE2555 25.55 27.19 - - 3x25/35, 4x16/25/35 3x16+4P 10 Red
Note: Non Tension Applications (Slack Spans and Service Connections).

Always verify fit with actual samples as the dimensions of covered aerial conductors and cables differ between manufacturers.
Section 2
Section
COPPER DEADEND GRIP
Overall
CFG Length
Applied Length
Identification Tape
Copper Deadend Grips for Bare Hard Drawn Copper Conductors
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Copper Deadend Grips All Copper Deadend Grips have colour coded markings to
are designed to be applied directly to bare hard drawn copper indicate the starting point for application and to assist in product
overhead conductors. Copper Deadend Grips will hold identification.
90% of the Rated Tensile Strength (RTS) of the conductor.
Copper Deadend Grips to Suit Right Hand Lay Copper Conductors (PHC and PAC)

Metric Imperial SWG Box
Number Number Min. Max. (mm²) Code
CFG-030 6 7/1.00, 7/1.04 7/.041 48 White

CFG-038 7/1.25 7/.049 48 Green
331600 CFG-043 7/1.35 7/.053 48 Yellow/Green
CFG-043-L 7/1.35 7/.053 48 Yellow/Green
331570 CFG-0525 4.80 5.25 16 7/1.63, 7/1.70,7/1.75 7/.064 7/16 Purple
331606 CFG-060 7/2.00, 7/2.03 7/.080 7/14 24 Yellow
CFG-063 6.30 6.57 25 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.084 Yellow
331612 CFG-075 35 7/2.50, 19/1.53 19/.060 24 Blue
331614 CFG-083 7/2.64, 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 19/1.70 7/.104, 19/.064 7/12, 19/16 24 White
CFG-083-L 7/2.64, 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 19/1.70 7/.104, 19/.064 7/12, 19/16 24 White
331616 CFG-088 50 19/1.75, 19/1.83 24 Purple/Red
7/3.25, 19/2.00, 7/3.45, 7/3.50,
331620 CFG-100-CL 9.75 10.7 70 19/.080, 19/.083 7/10, 19/14 12 Yellow
19/2.11
7/3.25, 19/2.00, 7/3.45, 7/3.50,
CFG-100-L-CL 9.75 10.7 70 19/.080, 19/.083 7/10, 19/14 12 Yellow
19/2.11
394752 CFG-117-8 7/3.75, 19/2.34 19/.092, 37/.070 Green
331622 CFG-125-8 95 37/1.75, 37/1.83, 19/2.57 37/.070, 19/.101 12 Purple
CFG-125-L 95 37/1.75, 37/1.83, 19/2.57 37/.070, 19/.101 Purple/Blue
331624 CFG-138-CL 120 19/2.64, 19/2.75, 37/2.03 37/.080 19/12, 37/14 9 White
331626 CFG-150-CL 37/2.11, 19/3.00 37/.083 9 Red
331625 CFG-150-L 37/2.11, 19/3.00 37/.083 12 Red
331628 CFG-175-CL 37/2.50 6 Blue
CFG-183-CL 37/2.64 37/.104 37/12 6 White
CFG-193 37/2.75 37/.108 6 White
CFG-210-CL 37/2.85, 37/3.00 37/.112 3 Red
CFG-235-CL 61/2.75 61/.108 3 Orange
CFG-260-LT-CL 400 61/2.85 61/.112 3 Black
Note: Suits Right Hand Lay Copper Conductors except fittings with -L suffix (Left Hand Lay).
PHC and PAC - Full Tension.
Section 2
GALVANISED STEEL DEADEND GRIP
GFG
Overall
Length
Open Thimble Crossover Marks and Colour Code
Applied Length
Identification Tape
Guy Strain
1* Insulator
2*
3*
Galvanised Steel
Deadend Grips
Guywire
4*
Open Thimble
Screw Anchor
Note: * 2 Galvanised Steel Deadend Grips required per * 4 Galvanised Steel Deadend Grips required per staywire if
staywire if Guy Strain Insulator not used (i.e. only Guy Strain Insulator used (numbers 1, 2, 3 and 4 required)
numbers 1 and 4 required)
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Galvanised Steel Deadend Galvanised Steel Deadend Grips should be used only on the
Grips are designed to be applied directly to bare galvanised size and type of guywires for which they are designed. All
steel guywire, overhead earth wire and wire rope. Galvanised Galvanised Steel Deadend Grips have colour coded markings
Steel Deadend Grips must only be used once and will hold to indicate the starting point for application and to assist in
90% of the guywire’s rated strength when correctly installed. product identification.
Manufactured from galvanised steel wire strand, Galvanised
Steel Deadend Grips offer a unique design that eliminates bolts,
nuts, washers and other component parts that may become
lost or damaged during installation or in service.
Section 2
Section
GALVANISED STEEL DEADEND GRIP
GFG
Galvanised Steel Deadend Grips to Suit Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors (SC/GZ)

Number Number Code
331213 GFG-038-CL 7/1.25 1/0.160 1/8 36 Green
331202 GFG-048-CL 7/1.60, 7/1.63 7/.064 36 Black
331204 GFG-055 7/1.91, 7/1.93 24 White/Green
GFG-055-L 7/1.91, 7/1.93 24 White
331208 GFG-060-CL 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 24 Yellow
GFG-060-LH 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 24 Yellow
331214 GFG-075 7/2.50, 7/2.59 12 Blue
GFG-075-LH 7/2.50, 7/2.59
331216 GFG-080-CL 7/2.59, 7/2.64, 19/1.63 7/.104, 19/.064 7/12, 19/16 12 White
331510 L044029* 7/2.59, 7/2.64 7/.104
331218 GFG-083-CL 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 7/2.89 19/.064 19/16 12 White
331220 GFG-090 7/2.89, 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.114, 7/.120 12 Red
GFG-090-LH 7/2.89, 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.114, 7/.120 12 Red
331514 L044039* 7/3.05 7/.120
7/3.18, 7/3.25, 19/2.00, 19/2.03, 19/2.11, Yellow/
331224 GFG-100 19/.080, 19/.084 7/10, 19/14 12
19/2.14 Orange
331518 L044049* 7/3.18 7/.125
331226 GFG-113-CL 19/2.11, 19/2.14, 7/3.68, 7/3.71, 7/3.75 19/.084, 7/.146 12 Black
GFG-113-L-CL 19/2.11, 19/2.14, 7/3.68, 7/3.71, 7/3.75 19/.084, 7/.146 12 Black
331521 L044059* 7/3.68, 7/3.71 7/.146
331230 GFG-120 7/4.00, 7/4.06 7/.160 12 Black
331232 GFG-130-WR 7/4.25 12 Green
331234 GFG-138 19/2.75 9 White
GFG-143-L 19/2.87 19/.113 9 Yellow
GFG-150 19/3.00 9 Red
331240 GFG-163 19/3.26 19/.128 19/10 6 Orange
Note: Suits Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors except fittings with -L & -LH suffix and LO catalogue numbers (Left
Hand Lay).
SC/GZ - Full Tension.
Section 2
GALVANISED STEEL GUY LOCK
GSC
Centre Mark and
Identification Tape Colour Code
Number of
Sub-sets
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Galvanised Steel Guy Locks All Galvanised Steel Guy Locks are supplied in subsets and
are designed to replace the heavier conventional arrangements have colour coded markings to indicate the starting point for
of nuts, bolts and thimbles. Guy Locks are applied directly application and to assist in product identification. For installation,
to bare galvanised steel guywire and wire rope for a neat, the guywire should be wrapped once or twice around the pole.
high strength and fast way to secure pole anchoring guys. The end of the guywire is then attached to the guy as illustrated.
Galvanised Steel Guy Locks must only be used once and will
hold 90% of the Rated Tensile Strength (RTS) of the guywire.
Galvanised Steel Guy Locks to Suit Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors

Number Number Code
331852 GSC-060 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 Yellow
331854 GSC-075 7/2.50, 7/2.59, 7/2.64 7/.104 7/12 Blue
GSC-075-LH 7/2.50, 7/2.59, 7/2.64 7/.104 7/12 Blue
GSC-083 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 7/2.89 19/.064 19/16 White
331858 GSC-090 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.120 Red
331859 GSC-090-LH 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.120 Red
7/3.18, 7/3.25, 19/2.00, 19/2.03, 19/2.11, Yellow/
331864 GSC-100 19/.080, 19/.084 7/10, 19/14 20
19/2.14 Orange
GSC-113 7/3.68, 7/3.71, 7/3.75 7/.146 Black
331866 GSC-120 7/4.00, 7/4.06, 7/4.25 7/.160 Brown
331868 GSC-138 19/2.75, 19/2.87 19/.113 12 White
331870 GSC-163 19/3.26 19/.128 19/10 9 Orange
Note: Suits Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors except fittings with -LH suffix (Left Hand Lay).
Section 2
Section
ALUMINIUM CLAD STEEL DEADEND GRIP
AWFG
Overall Length
Identification Tape Applied Length
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Aluminium Clad Steel Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips should be used only on
Deadend Grips are designed to be applied directly to Aluminium the size and type of steel wires for which they are designed.
Clad (AW) or Aluminium Clad and Aluminium (AWA) steel wire. All Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips have colour coded
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips must only be used once markings to indicate the starting point for application and to
and will hold 90% of the messenger wire’s rated strength when assist in product identification.
correctly installed. Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips offer
a unique design that eliminates bolts, nuts, washers and other
component parts that may become lost or damaged during
installation or in service.
Aluminium Clad Steel Deadend Grips to Suit Left Hand Lay Aluminium Clad Steel Conductors

Number Number Code
331102 AWFG-K023 7/1.91, 7/1.93 36 White
AWFG-K023-R 7/1.91, 7/1.93 24 White
AWFG-K040 7/2.59 24 Black
331511 L044030 7/2.59 Brown
- AWFG-K050 7/2.75 24 White
- AWFG-K060-8 7/2.89, 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.114, 7/.120 12 Blue
331515 L044040 7/3.05 7/.120 Red
331114 AWFG-K070 7/3.18, 7/3.25 7/.125, 7/.128 7/10 12 Orange
331519 L044050 7/3.18 7/.125 Grey
331117 AWFG-K088 7/3.71, 7/3.75 7/.146 12 Black
331115 AWFG-K088-R 7/3.71, 7/3.75 7/.146 12 Black
331522 L044060 7/3.71 7/.146 Yellow
331124 AWFG-K106 7/4.25 12 Brown
AWFG-K106-R 7/4.25 12 Brown
AWFG-K136 19/2.75 12 White
AWFG-K136-R 19/2.75 12 White
Note: Suits Left Hand Lay Aluminium Clad Steel Conductors except fittings with -R suffix (Right Hand Lay).
SC/AC - Full Tension.
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
NEOPRENE COATED ALUMINIUM ALLOY DEADEND GRIP FOR COMPACTLIGN™

SPACER CABLES
AND
Applied
Length
Gritted and
Neoprene Dipped
Identification Tape Legs
Electropar PLP’s Neoprene Coated Deadend Grip is When tested under static tension (ram speed of 50mm per
manufactured from aluminium alloy wire. It is designed for minute), Neoprene Coated Deadend Grips will hold the full rated
direct application over conductors jacketed with neoprene, breaking strength of all-aluminium and copper conductors,
polyethylene, vinyl or rubber. The subsetted rods in each jacketed with neoprene or medium density polyethylene.
leg, bonded together with neoprene, exert sufficient radial Static tension results on ACSR approximates the full strength
pressure without damaging the jacket. Because it is not of the aluminium strands plus 10% of the steel core strength.
necessary to skin the plastic covering, the same deadend
can be used for either aluminium or copper conductors. Tapping: Neoprene Coated Deadend Grips allow the plastic
jacket to remain intact and the conductor continues through
Neoprene Coated Deadend Grips should not be used over the crossover point of the grip. Connectors are applied to the
fabric braided conductor. In this case, the fabric should be continued tail, with minimum stripping and exposure to corrosion.
skinned and an Aluminium Deadend Grip applied.
Rated Holding Strength: Holding values of Neoprene Coated

Deadend Grips are dependent on a combination of several
factors:
• Conductor size, type, stranding
• Thickness of jacket
• Type of jacket
• Specific density of various polyethylenes
Outer Diameter
Range (mm) Approximate
Part Catalogue Weight per Standard Pack Deadend Colour
Applied Length
Number Number Carton (kg) Quantity Code
Min. Max. (mm)
Open Helix Loop
AND0615 6.17 6.43 5.9 430 100 Green

AND0645 6.45 6.71 6.4 430 100 Red
AND0675 6.73 6.91 6.4 460 100 Blue
AND0695 6.93 7.21 6.4 460 100 Orange
Cabled Loop
AND0725 7.24 7.54 6.8 485 100 Black

AND0755 7.57 7.87 7.7 485 100 Yellow
AND0790 7.90 8.20 8.2 510 100 Blue
AND0825 8.23 8.59 8.2 510 100 Orange
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
NEOPRENE COATED ALUMINIUM ALLOY DEADEND GRIP FOR COMPACTLIGN™
SPACER CABLES
AND
Outer Diameter
Range (mm) Approximate
Part Catalogue Weight per Standard Pack Deadend Colour
Applied Length
Number Number Carton (kg) Quantity Code
Min. Max. (mm)
Cabled Loop Continued
AND0860 8.61 8.99 9.1 535 100 Black

AND0900 9.02 9.50 9.1 560 100 Yellow
AND0955 9.53 10.08 11.3 585 100 Red
AND1010 10.11 10.67 11.8 610 100 Green
AND1070 10.69 11.30 9.1 685 50 Black
AND1135 11.33 12.07 10.0 710 50 Orange
AND1210 12.09 12.88 13.6 760 50 Blue
AND1290 12.90 13.61 13.2 760 50 Red
AND1365 13.64 14.50 15.4 785 25 Black
AND1455 14.53 15.44 16.3 840 25 Yellow
AND1545 15.47 16.46 10.9 840 25 Red
AND1650 16.48 17.53 11.8 865 25 Green
AND1755 23.11 18.67 13.6 890 25 Black
AND1870 18.69 19.89 14.5 915 25 Orange
AND1990 19.91 21.18 15.4 965 25 Blue
AND2120 21.21 22.56 18.1 1,015 25 Black
AND2260 22.58 24.00 20.0 1,065 25 Yellow
AND2405 24.03 25.53 23.6 1,120 25 Green
AND2555 25.55 27.18 10.9 1,145 10 Red
AND2720 27.20 28.91 10.9 1,195 10 Blue
AND2895 28.93 30.78 13.6 1,220 10 Orange
AND3080 30.81 32.72 13.6 1,245 10 Black
AND3275 32.74 34.85 14.5 1,295 10 Yellow
AND3485 34.87 37.03 17.2 1,345 10 Green
AND3705 37.06 39.37 18.1 1,420 10 Red
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC COATED STEEL DEADEND GRIP FOR

COVEREDLIGN™ OR COMPACTLIGN™ CABLES
CSDE
Applied
Length
Gritted Legs
Identification Tape
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Semi-Con Deadend Grips are manufactured from steel wire
Deadend Grips are designed to be applied over the sheath of covered with a semi-conductive plastic selected for its superior
insulated overhead conductors. Ideal for COVEREDLIGN™ electrical tracking resistance properties. The semi-conductive
cables, the PREFORMED™ deadend uniformly covers the coating eliminates the concentration of voltage stress in the
conductor and applies uniform radial compression to the cable sheath of the conductor. By eliminating the voltage stress, the
to hold line tension without damaging the sheath. potential for tracking across the sheath and covered conductor
“burn down” is eliminated.
The fact that the sheath of the cable does not need to be stripped
from the conductor makes the installation easier, especially if PREFORMED™ deadend grips offer a unique design that
re-sagging the conductor is required after initial application eliminates bolts, nuts, washers and other component parts
and tension. Leaving the sheath on the conductor also keeps that may become lost or damaged during installation or in
water out of the conductor, prolonging its life and reducing the service. Deadend grips should be installed with clevis thimbles
possibility of failure owing to corrosion and tracking. and used only on the size and type of conductors for which
they are designed. All deadend grip fittings have colour coded
markings to indicate starting point for application and to assist
in identification.
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC COATED STEEL DEADEND GRIP FOR
COVEREDLIGN™ OR COMPACTLIGN™ CABLES
CSDE
Outer Diameter Range (mm)

Part Catalogue Standard Pack Deadend
Number Number Quantity Colour Code
Minimum Maximum
CSDE-053-CL 5.05 5.45 100 Purple

CSDE-063-CL 6.13 6.53 100 Yellow
CSDE-068-CL 6.55 6.95 100 Brown
CSDE-075-CL 7.30 7.70 100 Blue
CSDE-080-CL 7.80 8.20 100 Black
CSDE-083-CL 8.10 8.50 100 White
CSDE-087-CL 8.50 8.90 100 Green
CSDE-090-CL 8.80 9.20 100 Red
CSDE-102-CL 10.00 10.40 50 Purple
CSDE-105-CL 10.30 10.70 50 Blue
CSDE-113-CL 11.05 11.45 50 Black
CSDE-118-CL 11.60 12.00 50 Brown
CSDE-128-CL 12.60 13.00 50 Yellow
CSDE-135-CL 13.30 13.70 50 Green
CSDE-143-CL 14.10 14.50 25 Blue
CSDE-163-CL 16.10 16.60 25 Orange
CSDE-169-CL 16.70 17.10 25 Orange
CSDE-175-CL 17.30 17.70 25 Blue
CSDE-180-CL 17.80 18.20 25 Brown
CSDE-188-CL 18.60 19.00 25 Black
CSDE-206-CL 20.40 20.80 10 Yellow
CSDE-210-CL 20.80 21.20 10 Red
CSDE-232-CL 23.05 23.45 10 Green
CSDE-240-CL 23.60 24.00 10 Blue
CSDE-263-CL 26.10 26.50 10 Black
Section 2
PREFORMED™ INSULATOR TIES
INSULATOR FIT
Dimensional Factors that Affect Tie Application and Performance
Shoulder Diameter
Neck Diameter
Saddle Length Groove Depth
Top Groove
Radius
Top Groove to
Side Groove
Distance
Side Groove
Radius
Insulator Specifications and their Effects on Electropar ANSI C29 Insulator Specifications
PLP Ties
Globally, many utilities and manufacturers follow the ANSI C29
Dimensions for insulator heads are crucial to the proper standard for low voltage and medium voltage insulators. This
application and lifetime performance of Electropar PLP factory standard defines a number of critical dimensions for porcelain
formed ties. These dimensions include: insulators, including neck diameter, top groove radius, side groove
radius, shoulder diameter and top groove to side groove vertical
• Neck diameter - nominal spacing. Having defined the dimensions, the ANSI C29 standard
• Top groove radius (minimum) then designates the neck sizes by the letters C, F and J.
• Side groove radius (minimum)
• Maximum shoulder diameter (maximum) C Neck, F Neck and J Necks are defined as follows:
• Top groove to side groove vertical spacing
C Neck: 57.2mm Neck Diameter ANSI Class 55-2 and 55-3/
Some of the specified dimensions are simply maximum or Groove Height Relationship 14.3mm Min. 22.2mm Max.
minimum allowable values. The dimensions for the vertical
distance from the bottom of the top groove to the middle of F Neck: 73.0mm Neck Diameter ANSI Class 55-4 and 55-5
the side groove and the neck diameter have minimum and Pin Type/57-1, 57-2 and 57-3 Post Type Groove
maximum values designated. Height Relationship 14.3mm Min. 22.2mm Max.
These dimensions and insulator designations determine the J Neck: 88.9mm Diameter ANSI Class 55-6 and 55-7 Single
proper tie to be used and the maximum conductor size for the Skirt Pin Type/56-1 Double Skirt Pin Type Groove
groove application. Review the individual tie sections for groove/ Height Relationship 14.3mm Min. 22.2mm Max.
conductor diameter limitations.
PLP HDPE polymer pin insulators for bare or insulated overhead

conductors are supplied as standard with C Necks or F Necks as
defined in the ANSI C29 standard. Within the following catalogue
pages, Electropar PLP catalogue numbers for insulator ties to
suit bare and covered conductors for ANSI standard C Neck,
F Neck and J Neck type insulators are provided.
• Insulator ties for bare conductors can be used with porcelain

or polymer insulators.
• Insulator ties for insulated overhead conductors can be
PREFORMED™ Ties on Bare Conductors
used with all HDPE polymer insulators and certain types
of porcelain insulators. Always consult Electropar PLP for
technical support if using insulator ties to attach covered
conductors to porcelain insulators.
Electropar PLP Polymer 15 kV and 35 kV Insulators

Section 2
Section
PREFORMED™ INSULATOR TIES
INSULATOR FIT
Insulator Specifications in New Zealand Use of Insulator Ties over Line Guards or Armour Rods
Porcelain insulators used in New Zealand do not follow the Electropar PLP insulator ties are designed to be able to be
ANSI C29 standard neck dimensions. Standard neck diameters fitted directly to bare conductors but can also be used over
are 60mm, 76mm, 94mm and 113mm. Catalogue numbers Line Guards or Armour Rods. To select the correct insulator tie
for insulators commonly used by New Zealand utilities are to use over Line Guards or Armour Rods, firstly establish the
summarised below. Within the following catalogue pages, insulator neck size. Then add twice the outside diameter of one
Electropar PLP catalogue numbers for insulator ties to suit bare wire strand of the Line Guard or Armour Rod to the diameter of
conductors for NZ standard sizes are provided. Note that, in NZ, the conductor as illustrated in the diagram below. Adding twice
60mm, 76mm and 94mm diameter insulator necks generally the outside diameter of one wire strand of the Line Guard or
have a groove radius of 16mm while 113mm diameter insulator Armour Rod to the diameter of the conductor will calculate the
necks generally have a groove radius of 19mm. overall outside diameter over which the insulator tie must fit.
Porcelain Insulator Neck Diameter (mm)

Voltage (kV)
60 76 94 113
1130W26
285W32
1130W32
11 305W32
1540W
420W32
250W26
ALP22/450
22 490W32
630W32
ALP33/920
915W32 4490W
33 3370W
915W40 44/780
955W32
Armour Rod Selection of Insulator Ties over Line Guards or Armour Rods -
strand diameter Example
3.50mm
Conductor outside diameter : 9.00mm

Armour rod strand diameter: 3.50mm
Overall diameter over Armour Rod: 9.00mm + (2*3.50mm) = 16.00mm
The correct insulator tie will suit a conductor diameter of 16.00mm
If there is any doubt about applying single or double line ties or side
ties to bare conductors over Armour Rods, consult Electropar PLP to
confirm correct distribution tie sizing.
Conductor diameter
9.00mm
Diameter over conductor

and Armour Rod
16.00mm
Section 2
PREFORMED™ INSULATOR TIES - METAL
LINE TIE/TOP TIE
AWDT
Applied
Length
Insulator
Identification Mark
60mm/C Neck – Black
76mm/F Neck – Yellow
Identification
J Neck – Green
Tape Tie Tube
94mm - Red Colour Code
113mm - Blue
With Pad Without Pad
Electropar PLP's Line Ties/Top Ties are intended for securing bare Mechanical: Testing has shown Line Ties/Top Ties will develop
conductors in the top groove of insulators. On vertically-mounted unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess of, a
insulators, Line Ties/Top Ties can normally accommodate line hand tie over covered conductor. When installed with a pad on
angles of up to 10° depending on insulator orientation. Larger bare conductor, Line Ties/Top Ties provide superior protection
angles may be accommodated when the insulator is mounted against abrasion and all types of conductor motion. The pad is
at varying degrees of cant from the vertical, depending upon a resilient cushion at the point of contact between conductor
the actual cant of the insulator. and insulator.
Material: Line Ties/Top Ties are made from aluminised steel, and Line Ties/Top Ties without pads are suitable for use on low
are supplied with or without an elastomer pad. Aluminised steel voltage PVC insulated conductors and may also be used to
was selected because of its tensile strength, impact strength, replace hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage has
flexural strength and corrosion-resistant properties. not been experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions, the
Line Tie/Top Tie has the resiliency to permit some longitudinal
displacement of the conductor over the insulator without
loosening the tie or damaging the conductor.
Section 2
Section
LINE TIE/TOP TIE
AWDT
Insulator Ties without Pad for Standard NZ Tie Top Insulators

Bare Conductor, AAC, ACSR, AAAC
Insulator Neck Insulator Neck Insulator Neck Outer

Insulator Neck
Ø 60.0mm Ø 76.0mm Ø 112.0mm Diameter Conductor
Ø 94.0mm
& C Neck & F Neck & 113.0mm Range (mm) Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Code
Min. Max.
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
AWDT-053-60T AWDT-053-76T AWDT-053-94T AWDT-053-112T 4.80 5.49 Purple
AWDT-060-60T 331802 AWDT-060-76T AWDT-060-94T AWDT-060-112T 5.50 6.19 White
AWDT-068-60T AWDT-068-76T AWDT-068-94T AWDT-068-112T 6.50 7.03 Brown
AWDT-075-60T 331804 AWDT-075-76T AWDT-075-94T AWDT-075-112T 7.04 7.99 Blue
AWDT-090-60T 331806 AWDT-090-76T AWDT-090-94T AWDT-090-112T 8.00 9.06 Red
AWDT-102-60T AWDT-102-76T AWDT-102-94T AWDT-102-112T 9.07 10.29 Purple
AWDT-113-60T 331808 AWDT-113-76T AWDT-113-94T AWDT-112-112T 10.30 11.65 Black
AWDT-125-60T AWDT-125-76T AWDT-125-94T AWDT-125-112T 11.66 13.19 Red
AWDT-140-60T 331814 AWDT-140-76T AWDT-140-94T AWDT-140-112T 13.20 14.99 Blue
AWDT-163-60T AWDT-163-76T AWDT-163-94T AWDT-163-112T 15.00 17.19 Orange
AWDT-180-60T AWDT-180-76T AWDT-180-94T AWDT-180-112T 17.20 19.19 Black
AWDT-220-60T AWDT-220-76T AWDT-220-94T AWDT-220-112T 21.70 22.59 Green
AWDT-240-60T AWDT-240-76T AWDT-240-94T AWDT-240-112T 22.60 24.59 Blue
AWDT-255-60T AWDT-255-76T AWDT-255-94T AWDT-255-112T 24.60 25.60 Orange
AWDT-290-60T AWDT-290-76T AWDT-290-94T AWDT-290-112T 27.80 31.40 Black
Insulator Ties with Pad for Standard NZ Tie Top Insulators


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
AWDT-053-60 AWDT-053-76 AWDT-053-94 AWDT-053-112 4.80 5.49 Purple
AWDT-060-60 AWDT-060-76 AWDT-060-94 AWDT-060-112 5.50 6.19 White
AWDT-068-60 AWDT-068-76 AWDT-068-94 AWDT-068-112 6.50 7.03 Brown
AWDT-075-60 AWDT-075-76 AWDT-075-94 AWDT-075-112 7.04 7.99 Blue
AWDT-090-60 AWDT-090-76 AWDT-090-94 AWDT-090-112 8.00 9.06 Red
AWDT-102-60 AWDT-102-76 AWDT-102-94 AWDT-102-112 9.07 10.29 Purple
AWDT-113-60 AWDT-113-76 AWDT-113-94 AWDT-112-112 10.30 11.65 Black
AWDT-163-60 AWDT-163-76 AWDT-163-94 AWDT-163-112 15.00 17.19 Orange
AWDT-220-60 AWDT-220-76 AWDT-220-94 AWDT-220-112 21.70 22.59 Green
AWDT-255-60 AWDT-255-76 AWDT-255-94 AWDT-255-112 24.60 25.60 Orange
Section 2
SIDE TIE
AWST
Applied
Length
Insulator
Identification Mark Tie Tube
J Neck – Green
94mm - Red
113mm - Blue
Identification
Tape
Colour Code
With Pad Without Pad
Electropar PLP's Side Ties are intended for securing bare Mechanical: Testing has shown Side Ties will develop
conductors into the side groove of insulators. On horizontally- unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess of, a
mounted insulators, Side Ties can normally accommodate hand tie over covered conductor. When installed with a pad on
line angles of up to 10°. On vertically-mounted insulators, line bare conductor, Side Ties provide superior protection against
angles up to 40° can normally be achieved. When insulators abrasion and all types of conductor motion. The pad is a resilient
are mounted at various degrees of cant between the horizontal cushion at the point of contact between conductor and insulator.
and the vertical, line angles between 0° and 40° may be Side Ties without pads are suitable for use on low voltage
accommodated depending on the actual cant of the insulator. PVC insulated conductors and may also be used to replace
hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage has not been
Material: Side Ties are made from aluminised steel, and are experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions, the Side Tie
supplied with or without an elastomer pad. Aluminised steel has the resiliency to permit some longitudinal displacement of
was selected because of its tensile strength, impact strength, the conductor over the insulator without loosening the tie or
flexural strength and corrosion-resistant properties. damaging the conductor.
Section 2
Section
SIDE TIE
AWST
Insulator Ties without Pad for Standard NZ Tie Top Insulators


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
AWST-053-60T AWST-053-76T AWST-053-94T AWST-053-112T 4.80 5.49 Purple
AWST-060-60T AWST-060-76T AWST-060-94T AWST-060-112T 5.50 6.19 Brown
AWST-068-60T AWST-068-76T AWST-068-94T AWST-068-112T 6.20 7.03 Brown
AWST-075-60T AWST-075-76T AWST-075-94T AWST-075-112T 7.04 7.99 Blue
AWST-090-60T AWST-090-76T AWST-090-94T AWST-090-112T 8.00 9.06 Red
AWST-125-60T AWST-125-76T AWST-125-94T AWST-125-112T 11.66 13.19 Orange
AWST-140-60T AWST-140-76T AWST-140-94T AWST-140-112T 13.20 14.99 Blue
AWST-180-60T AWST-180-76T AWST-180-94T AWST-180-112T 17.20 19.19 Black
AWST-220-60T AWST-220-76T AWST-220-94T AWST-220-112T 21.70 22.59 Green
AWST-290-60T AWST-290-76T AWST-290-94T AWST-290-112T 27.80 31.40 Black
Insulator Ties with Pad for Standard NZ Tie Top Insulators


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
AWST-053-60 AWST-053-76 AWST-053-94 AWST-053-112 4.80 5.49 Purple
AWST-060-60 AWST-060-76 AWST-060-94 AWST-060-112 5.50 6.19 Brown
AWST-068-60 AWST-068-76 AWST-068-94 AWST-068-112 6.20 7.03 Brown
AWST-075-60 AWST-075-76 AWST-075-94 AWST-075-112 7.04 7.99 Blue
AWST-090-60 331452 AWST-090-76 AWST-090-94 AWST-090-112 8.00 9.06 Red
AWST-102-60 331453 AWST-102-76 AWST-102-94 AWST-102-112 9.07 10.29 Purple
AWST-113-60 331454 AWST-113-76 AWST-113-94 AWST-112-112 10.30 11.65 Purple
AWST-125-60 AWST-125-76 AWST-125-94 AWST-125-112 11.66 13.19 Orange
AWST-140-60 331460 AWST-140-76 AWST-140-94 AWST-140-112 13.20 14.99 Blue
AWST-180-60 AWST-180-76 AWST-180-94 AWST-180-112 17.20 19.19 Black
AWST-210-60 AWST-210-76 AWST-210-94 AWST-210-112 19.20 21.69 Red
AWST-220-60 AWST-220-76 AWST-220-94 AWST-220-112 21.70 22.59 Green
AWST-240-60 AWST-240-76 AWST-240-94 AWST-240-112 22.60 24.59 Red
AWST-290-60 AWST-290-76 AWST-290-94 AWST-290-112 27.80 31.40 Black
Section 2
DOUBLE LINE TIE/TOP TIE
DAWDT
Applied Applied
Length Length
Insulator
Identification
Tie Tube
Mark
Colour Code
Insulator
Identification Mark Identification
60mm/C Neck – Black Tape
J Neck – Green
94mm - Red
113mm - Blue
Electropar PLP's Double Line Ties/Top Ties are intended for Mechanical: Testing has shown Double Line Ties/Top Ties will
securing bare conductors into the top grooves of insulators. On develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess
vertically-mounted insulators at double crossarms or brackets, of, a hand tie over covered conductor. When installed with a pad
the Double Line Tie/Top Tie can normally accommodate line on bare conductor, Double Line Ties/Top Ties provide superior
angles of up to a total of 20°, with no more than a 10° angle protection against abrasion and all types of conductor motion.
at each insulator. Larger angles may be accommodated when The pad is a resilient cushion at the point of contact between
the insulators are mounted at varying degrees of cant from the conductor and insulator.
vertical, depending upon the actual cant of the insulators.
Double Line Ties/Top Ties without pads are suitable for use on
Material: Double Line Ties/Top Ties are made from aluminium low voltage PVC insulated conductors and may also be used
alloy, and include an elastomer pad as standard. Aluminium alloy to replace hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage has
was selected because of its tensile strength, impact strength, not been experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions,
flexural strength and corrosion-resistant properties. the Double Line Tie/Top Tie has the resiliency to permit some
longitudinal displacement of the conductor over the insulator
without loosening the tie or damaging the conductor.
Section 2
Section
DOUBLE LINE TIE/TOP TIE
DAWDT
Insulator Ties for Standard NZ Tie Top Insulators


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
DAWDT-053-60 DAWDT-053-76 DAWDT-053-94 DAWDT-053-112 4.80 5.49 Purple
DAWDT-060-60 DAWDT-060-76 DAWDT-060-94 DAWDT-060-112 5.50 6.19 White
DAWDT-068-60 DAWDT-068-76 DAWDT-068-94 DAWDT-068-112 6.50 7.03 Brown
DAWDT-075-60 DAWDT-075-76 DAWDT-075-94 DAWDT-075-112 7.04 7.99 Blue
DAWDT-090-60 DAWDT-090-76 DAWDT-090-94 DAWDT-090-112 8.00 9.06 Red
DAWDT-102-60 DAWDT-102-76 DAWDT-102-94 DAWDT-102-112 9.07 10.29 Purple
DAWDT-113-60 DAWDT-113-76 DAWDT-113-94 DAWDT-112-112 10.30 11.65 Black
DAWDT-163-60 DAWDT-163-76 DAWDT-163-94 DAWDT-163-112 15.00 17.19 Orange
DAWDT-220-60 DAWDT-220-76 DAWDT-220-94 DAWDT-220-112 21.70 22.59 Green
DAWDT-255-60 DAWDT-255-76 DAWDT-255-94 DAWDT-255-112 24.60 25.60 Orange
Section 2
DOUBLE SIDE TIE
DAWST
Applied Length
Insulator
Identification Mark
J Neck – Green
Identification 94mm - Red
Tie Tube
Tape 113mm - Blue
Colour Code
Electropar PLP's Double Side Ties are intended for securing Mechanical: Testing has shown Double Side Ties will develop
bare conductors into the side grooves of insulators. On vertically- unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess of, a
mounted insulators at double crossarms or brackets, the Double hand tie over covered conductor. When installed with a pad on
Side Tie can normally accommodate line angles of between 0° bare conductor, Double Side Ties provide superior protection
and 80°, with no more than a 40° angle at each insulator. When against abrasion and all types of conductor motion. The pad is a
insulators are mounted at various degrees of cant from the resilient cushion at the point of contact between conductor and
vertical, various line angles may be accommodated depending insulator. Double Side Ties without pads are suitable for use on
upon the actual cant of the insulators. low voltage PVC insulated conductors and may also be used
to replace hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage has
Material: Double Side Ties are made from aluminised steel, not been experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions, the
and include an elastomer pad as standard. Aluminised steel Double Side Tie has the resiliency to permit some longitudinal
was selected because of its tensile strength, impact strength, displacement of the conductor over the insulator without
flexural strength and corrosion-resistant properties. loosening the tie or damaging the conductor.
Section 2
Section
DOUBLE SIDE TIE
DAWST


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
DAWST-053-60 DAWST-053-76 DAWST-053-94 DAWST-053-112 4.80 5.49 Purple
DAWST-060-60 DAWST-060-76 DAWST-060-94 DAWST-060-112 5.50 6.19 Brown
DAWST-068-60 DAWST-068-76 DAWST-068-94 DAWST-068-112 6.20 7.03 Brown
DAWST-075-60 DAWST-075-76 DAWST-075-94 DAWST-075-112 7.04 7.99 Blue
DAWST-090-60 DAWST-090-76 DAWST-090-94 DAWST-090-112 8.00 9.06 Red
DAWST-125-60 DAWST-125-76 DAWST-125-94 DAWST-125-112 11.66 13.19 Orange
DAWST-140-60 DAWST-140-76 DAWST-140-94 DAWST-140-112 13.20 14.99 Blue
DAWST-180-60 DAWST-180-76 DAWST-180-94 DAWST-180-112 17.20 19.19 Black
DAWST-220-60 DAWST-220-76 DAWST-220-94 DAWST-220-112 21.70 22.59 Green
DAWST-290-60 DAWST-290-76 DAWST-290-94 DAWST-290-112 27.80 31.40 Black
Section 2
EZ-WRAP® LINE TIE/TOP TIE
EZDT
Applied Length
Colour Code
Tie Tube
Identification
Tape
Insulator
Identification Mark
J Neck – Green
94mm - Red
113mm - Blue
EZ-WRAP® Top Ties (also known as EZ-WRAP® Twin Ties) are Mechanical: Testing has shown EZ-WRAP® Top Ties will develop
intended for securing bare conductors into the top groove of unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess of, a hand
insulators. On vertically-mounted insulators, EZ-WRAP® Top tie over covered conductor. When installed with a pad on bare
Ties can normally accommodate line angles of up to 10°. Larger conductor, EZ-WRAP® Top Ties provide superior protection
angles may be accommodated when the insulator is mounted against abrasion and all types of conductor motion. The pad
at varying degrees of cant from the vertical, depending upon is a resilient cushion at the point of contact between conductor
the actual cant of the insulator. and insulator.
Material: EZ-WRAP® Top Ties are made from aluminised steel, EZ-WRAP® Top Ties without pads are suitable for use on low
and include an elastomer pad as standard. Aluminised steel voltage PVC insulated conductors and may also be used to
was selected because of its tensile strength, impact strength, replace hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage has
flexural strength and corrosion-resistant properties. not been experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions, the
EZ-WRAP® Top Tie has the resiliency to permit some longitudinal
displacement of the conductor over the insulator without
loosening the tie or damaging the conductor.
Section 2
Section
EZ-WRAP® LINE TIE/TOP TIE
EZDT


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
EZDT-053-60 EZDT-053-76 EZDT-053-94 EZDT-053-112 4.80 5.49 Purple
EZDT-060-60 EZDT-060-76 EZDT-060-94 EZDT-060-112 5.50 6.19 White
EZDT-068-60 EZDT-068-76 EZDT-068-94 EZDT-068-112 6.50 7.03 Brown
EZDT-075-60 EZDT-075-76 EZDT-075-94 EZDT-075-112 7.04 7.99 Blue
EZDT-090-60 EZDT-090-76 EZDT-090-94 EZDT-090-112 8.00 9.06 Red
EZDT-102-60 EZDT-102-76 EZDT-102-94 EZDT-102-112 9.07 10.29 Purple
EZDT-113-60 EZDT-113-76 EZDT-113-94 EZDT-112-112 10.30 11.65 Black
EZDT-163-60 EZDT-163-76 EZDT-163-94 EZDT-163-112 15.00 17.19 Orange
EZDT-220-60 EZDT-220-76 EZDT-220-94 EZDT-220-112 21.70 22.59 Green
EZDT-255-60 EZDT-255-76 EZDT-255-94 EZDT-255-112 24.60 25.60 Orange
Section 2
EZ-WRAP® SIDE TIE
EZST
Applied Length
Identification
Tape
Insulator
Tie Tube Identification Mark
Colour Code 76mm/F Neck – Yellow
J Neck – Green
94mm - Red
113mm - Blue
EZ-WRAP® Side Ties are intended for securing bare conductors Mechanical:Testing has shown EZ-WRAP® Side Ties will develop
to the side groove of insulators. On horizontally-mounted unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess of, a
insulators, EZ-WRAP® Side Ties can normally accommodate hand tie over covered conductor. When installed with a pad on
line angles up to 10°. On vertically-mounted insulators, line bare conductor, EZ-WRAP® Side Ties provide superior protection
angles up to 40° can normally be achieved. When insulators against abrasion and all types of conductor motion. The pad is a
are mounted at varying degrees of cant between the horizontal resilient cushion at the point of contact between conductor and
and the vertical, line angles between 0° and 40° may be insulator. EZ-WRAP® Side Ties without pads are suitable for use
accommodated, depending upon the actual cant of the insulator. on low voltage PVC insulated conductors and may also be used
to replace hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage has
Material: EZ-WRAP® Side Ties are made from aluminised steel, not been experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions, the
and include an elastomer pad as standard. Aluminised steel EZ-WRAP® Side Tie has the resiliency to permit some
was selected because of its tensile strength, impact strength, longitudinal displacement of the conductor over the insulator
flexural strength and corrosion-resistant properties. without loosening the tie or damaging the conductor.
Section 2
Section
EZ-WRAP® SIDE TIE
EZST


Insulator Neck
Ø 94.0mm
Min. Max.
EZST-053-60 EZST-053-76 EZST-053-94 EZST-053-112 4.80 5.49 Purple
EZST-060-60 EZST-060-76 EZST-060-94 EZST-060-112 5.50 6.19 Brown
EZST-068-60 EZST-068-76 EZST-068-94 EZST-068-112 6.20 7.03 Brown
EZST-075-60 EZST-075-76 EZST-075-94 EZST-075-112 7.04 7.99 Blue
EZST-090-60 EZST-090-76 EZST-090-94 EZST-090-112 8.00 9.06 Red
EZST-125-60 EZST-125-76 EZST-125-94 EZST-125-112 11.66 13.19 Orange
EZST-140-60 EZST-140-76 EZST-140-94 EZST-140-112 13.20 14.99 Blue
EZST-180-60 EZST-180-76 EZST-180-94 EZST-180-112 17.20 19.19 Black
EZST-220-60 EZST-220-76 EZST-220-94 EZST-220-112 21.70 22.59 Green
EZST-290-60 EZST-290-76 EZST-290-94 EZST-290-112 27.80 31.40 Black
Section 2
WRAPLOCK® LINE TIE/TOP TIE
WT
Applied Length
Identification
Tape
Colour Code
Tie Tube
Insulator Neoprene
Identification Mark Centre Section
J Neck – Green
94mm - Red
113mm - Blue
WRAPLOCK® Line Ties/Top Ties are intended for securing bare The combination of moulded centre section and pad creates a
conductors to the top groove of insulators. On vertically-mounted super-resilient cushion at the point of contact between conductor
insulators, WRAPLOCK® Line Ties/Top Ties can normally and insulator.
accommodate line angles of up to 10°. Larger angles may
be accommodated when the insulator is mounted at varying WRAPLOCK® Line Ties/Top Ties without pads are suitable for
degrees of cant from the vertical, depending upon the actual use on low voltage PVC insulated conductors and may also be
cant of the insulator. used to replace hand tie wire in areas where abrasion damage
has not been experienced. Under unbalanced load conditions,
Material: WRAPLOCK® Line Ties/Top Ties are made from the WRAPLOCK® Line Tie/Top Tie has the resiliency to permit
aluminium alloy, and include an elastomer pad as standard. some longitudinal displacement of the conductor over the
Aluminium alloy was selected because of its tensile strength, insulator without loosening the tie or damaging the conductor.
impact strength, flexural strength and corrosion-resistant
properties.
Mechanical: Testing has shown WRAPLOCK® Line Ties/Top

Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or
in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor. The moulded
centre section completely surrounds the conductor with a
protective cushion and, when installed with a pad on bare
conductor, WRAPLOCK® Line Ties/Top Ties provide maximum
protection against abrasion and all types of conductor motion.
Section 2
Section
WRAPLOCK® LINE TIE/TOP TIE
WT

Insulator Neck Insulator Neck Insulator Neck Outer Approximate

Insulator Neck
Ø 60.0mm Ø 76.0mm Ø 112.0mm Diameter Applied
Ø 94.0mm
& C Neck & F Neck & 113.0mm Range (mm) Length (mm)
Ø94, Conductor
Ø112 Colour
Ø60 Ø76 Code
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue &
Min. Max. &C &F
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number 113.0
Neck Neck
mm
Neck
WT60-0100 WT76-0200 WT94-0400 WT113-0400 6.30 6.58 485 525 535 Orange
WT60-0101 WT76-0201 WT94-0401 WT113-0401 6.60 6.83 485 525 535 Green
WT60-0102 WT76-0202 WT94-0402 WT113-0402 6.86 7.11 485 525 535 Yellow
WT60-0103 WT76-0203 WT94-0403 WT113-0403 7.14 7.39 520 555 535 White
WT60-0104 WT76-0204 WT94-0244 WT113-0244 7.42 7.70 520 555 560 Purple
WT60-0105 WT76-0205 WT94-0405 WT113-0405 7.72 7.98 545 580 560 Brown
WT60-0106 WT76-0206 WT94-0406 WT113-0406 8.00 8.31 545 580 585 Red
WT60-0107 WT76-0207 WT94-0407 WT113-0407 8.33 8.64 570 605 585 Blue
WT60-0108 WT76-0208 WT94-0408 WT113-0408 8.66 8.97 570 605 610 Orange
WT60-0109 WT76-0209 WT94-0409 WT113-0409 8.99 9.32 595 630 610 Green
WT60-0110 WT76-0210 WT94-0410 WT113-0410 9.35 9.68 510 545 635 Black
WT60-0111 WT76-0211 WT94-0411 WT113-0411 9.70 10.01 535 570 585 White
WT60-0112 WT76-0212 WT94-0412 WT113-0412 10.03 10.44 535 570 610 Yellow
WT60-0113 WT76-0213 WT94-0413 WT113-0413 10.46 11.10 560 595 635 Brown
WT60-0114 WT76-0214 WT94-0414 WT113-0414 11.13 11.76 585 620 660 Blue
WT60-0115 WT76-0215 WT94-0415 WT113-0415 11.79 12.50 620 650 710 Green
WT60-0116 WT76-0216 WT94-0416 WT113-0416 12.52 13.26 620 650 710 Orange
WT60-0117 WT76-0217 WT94-0417 WT113-0417 13.28 14.07 675 650 710 Black
WT60-0118 WT76-0218 WT94-0418 WT113-0418 14.10 15.09 700 675 735 Red
WT60-0119 WT76-0219 WT94-0419 WT113-0419 15.11 16.00 725 710 760 Purple
WT60-0120 WT76-0220 WT94-0420 WT113-0420 16.03 16.87 725 735 785 Yellow
WT60-0121 WT76-0221 WT94-0421 WT113-0421 16.89 17.91 750 735 785 Brown
WT60-0122 WT76-0222 WT94-0422 WT113-0422 17.93 18.97 775 760 815 Green
WT60-0123 WT76-0223 WT94-0423 WT113-0423 19.00 20.19 840 825 865 Orange
WT60-0124 WT76-0224 WT94-0424 WT113-0424 20.22 21.49 940 940 1,005 Purple
WT60-0125 WT76-0225 WT94-0425 WT113-0425 21.51 22.86 990 990 1,040 Blue
WT60-0126 WT76-0226 WT94-0426 WT113-0426 22.89 24.33 1,040 1,040 1,090 Green
WT60-0127 WT76-0227 WT94-0427 WT113-0427 24.36 25.86 1,090 1,090 1,145 White
WT60-0128 WT76-0228 WT94-0428 WT113-0428 25.88 27.51 1,145 1,145 1,195 Brown
WT60-0129 WT76-0229 WT94-0429 WT113-0429 27.53 29.24 1,195 1,195 1,245 Orange
WT60-0130 WT76-0230 WT94-0430 WT113-0430 29.26 31.06 1,245 1,245 1,295 Purple
WT60-0131 WT76-0231 WT94-0431 WT113-0431 31.09 31.50 1,500 1,500 1,510 Black
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
PREFORMED™ INSULATOR TIES - PLASTIC CONDUCTORS
PVC PLASTIC LINE TIE/TOP TIE - 15kV RATED

TT
Applied
Length
Identification Conductor Size

Tape Colour Code
(Identifies
Relieved Insulator Identification Mark Conductor
Ends C Neck – Black Size Range)
F Neck – Yellow
K Neck – Blue
PVC Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties are intended for use with The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
covered conductors and vertically-mounted tie top insulators on stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE
crossarms or pole-top-mounted insulators. Line angles of up to type polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically
15° can be accommodated when used with any plastic covered stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
conductor such as COVEREDLIGN™ or COMPACTLIGN™. of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
conductor jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex,
Material: PVC Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties are made from white interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
PVC. This material was selected because of its UV resistance, voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength and self conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
extinguishing properties. suggests that PVC Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties can be applied
up to 15kV.
Voltage Applications: Electrical performance of any tie for
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is Mechanical: Testing has shown PVC Plastic Line Ties/Top
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor.
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc.
Insulators: To ensure proper fit and performance, it is
recommended that only ANSI C29.5 or C29.7 compliant
insulators having nominal neck diameters corresponding to
Ø 57.2mm (C Neck), Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) and Ø 101.6mm
(K Neck) be used. PVC Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties are suitable for
use with either ANSI compliant polymer or porcelain insulators.
PVC Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
C Neck Insulators F Neck Insulators K Neck Insulators Outer Diameter Range Approximate
Ø 57.2mm Ø 73.0mm Ø 101.6mm (mm) Conductor
Applied
Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Length
Minimum Maximum Code
Number Number Number Number Number Number (mm)
TTC-1104 TTF-1205 TTK-1405 7.52 10.16 660 White

TTC-1100 TTF-1200 TTK-1400 10.19 13.72 660 Green
TTC-1101 TTF-1201 TTK-1401 13.74 18.54 710 Blue
TTC-1102 TTF-1202 TTK-1402 18.57 23.37 785 Orange
TTC-1103 TTF-1203 TTK-1403 23.39 27.94 865 Red
TTC-1105 TTF-1204 TTK-1404 27.97 33.02 965 Black
TTC-1106 TTF-1206 TTK-1406 33.05 38.10 760 Green
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
PVC PLASTIC ANGLE SIDE TIE - 15kV RATED
SS
Applied
Length

Tape Colour Code
(Identifies
F Neck – Yellow
K Neck – Blue
PVC Plastic Angle Side Ties are intended for use on “angle” The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
construction with covered conductors and vertically-mounted stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE type
tie top insulators on crossarms or pole-top-mounted insulators. polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically stressful
Line angles from 11° to 40° can be accommodated when used environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics of the
with any plastic covered conductor such as COVEREDLIGN™ materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic conductor
or COMPACTLIGN™. jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex, interwoven
nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute voltage
Material: PVC Plastic Angle Side Ties are made from white application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
PVC. This material was selected because of its UV resistance, conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength and self suggests that PVC Plastic Angle Side Ties can be applied up
extinguishing properties. to 15kV.
Voltage Applications: Electrical performance of any tie for Mechanical: Testing has shown PVC Plastic Angle Side Ties
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor.
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. Insulators: To ensure proper fit and performance, it is
(K Neck) be used. PVC Plastic Angle Side Ties are suitable for
PVC Plastic Angle Side Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
Applied
Colour
SSC-2105 SSF-2205 SSK-2405 7.51 10.16 585 White

SSC-2100 SSF-2200 SSK-2400 10.19 13.72 535 Green
SSC-2101 SSF-2201 SSK-2401 13.74 18.54 560 Blue
SSC-2102 SSF-2202 SSK-2402 18.57 23.37 610 Orange
SSC-2103 SSF-2203 SSK-2403 23.39 27.94 685 Red
SSC-2104 SSF-2204 SSK-2404 27.97 33.02 760 Black
SSC-2106 SSF-2206 SSK-2406 33.05 38.10 635 Brown
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
PVC PLASTIC TANGENT SIDE TIE - 15kV RATED

SS
Applied
Length

Tape Colour Code
(Identifies
F Neck – Yellow
PVC Plastic Tangent Side Ties are intended for use with covered The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
conductors and side-mounted tie top insulators on armless stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE type
construction. Line angles of up to 15° can be accommodated polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically stressful
when used with any plastic covered conductor such as environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics of the
COVEREDLIGN™ or COMPACTLIGN™. materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic conductor
jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex, interwoven
Material: PVC Plastic Tangent Side Ties are made from white nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute voltage
PVC. This material was selected because of its UV resistance, application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength and self conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
extinguishing properties. suggests that PVC Plastic Tangent Side Ties can be applied
up to 15kV.
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is Mechanical: Testing has shown PVC Plastic Tangent Side Ties
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or in
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor.
Ø 57.2mm (C Neck) and Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) be used. PVC
Plastic Tangent Side Ties are suitable for use with either ANSI
compliant polymer or porcelain insulators.
PVC Plastic Tangent Side Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
C Neck Insulators F Neck Insulators Outer Diameter Range Approximate Applied Length
Ø 57.2mm Ø 73.0mm (mm) (mm) Conductor
Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Code
Minimum Maximum C Neck F Neck
Number Number Number Number
SSC-2150 SSF-2250 7.52 10.16 560 560 White
SSC-2151 SSF-2251 10.19 13.72 535 610 Green
SSC-2152 SSF-2252 13.74 18.54 585 610 Blue
SSC-2153 SSF-2253 18.57 23.37 610 455 Orange
SSC-2154 SSF-2254 23.39 27.94 685 485 Red
SSC-2155 SSF-2255 27.97 33.02 760 535 Black
SSC-2156 SSF-2256 33.05 38.10 760 585 Brown
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC LINE TIE/TOP TIE - 35kV RATED
TT
Applied
Length
Relieved Identification
Ends Tape Conductor Size
Insulator Identification Mark Colour Code
C Neck – Black (Identifies
F Neck – Yellow Conductor
K Neck – Blue Size Range)
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties are The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
intended for use with covered conductors and vertically-mounted stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE
tie top insulators on crossarms or pole-top-mounted insulators. type polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically
Line angles of up to 15° can be accommodated when used with stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
any plastic covered conductor such as COVEREDLIGN™ or of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
COMPACTLIGN™. conductor jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex,
interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
Material: Semi-Con Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties are made from voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
a base of clear PVC with a proprietary black co-extruded conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
outer covering selected for its superior electrical tracking suggests that Semi-Con Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties can be
resistance properties. Use of this co-extruded material allows applied up to 35kV.
application on higher voltages and/or more stressful electrical
environments. This material was selected because of its UV Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Plastic Line Ties/
resistance, tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength Top Ties and Plastic Side Ties will develop unbalanced and
and self extinguishing properties. lift-off loads equivalent to, or in excess of, a hand tie over
covered conductor.
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is Insulators: To ensure proper fit and performance, it is
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, recommended that only ANSI C29.5 or C29.7 compliant
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination insulators having nominal neck diameters corresponding to
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. Ø 57.2mm (C Neck), Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) and Ø 101.6mm (K Neck)
be used. Semi-Con Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties are suitable for
Semi-Conductive Plastic Line Ties/Top Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
Applied
Colour
TTC-1104SC TTF-1205SC TTK-1405SC 7.52 10.16 490 White

TTC-1100SC TTF-1200SC TTK-1400SC 10.19 13.72 490 Green
TTC-1101SC TTF-1201SC TTK-1401SC 13.74 18.54 490 Blue
TTC-1102SC TTF-1202SC TTK-1402SC 18.57 23.37 525 Orange
TTC-1103SC TTF-1203SC TTK-1403SC 23.39 27.94 560 Red
TTC-1105SC TTF-1204SC TTK-1404SC 27.97 33.02 610 Black/None
TTC-1106SC TTF-1206SC TTK-1406SC 33.05 38.10 760 Green
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC ANGLE SIDE TIE - 35kV RATED

SS Applied
Length

Tape Colour Code
(Identifies
F Neck – Yellow
K Neck – Blue
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Plastic Angle Side Ties are The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
intended for use on “angle” construction with covered conductors stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE
and vertically-mounted tie top insulators on crossarms or pole- type polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically
top-mounted insulators. Line angles from 11° to 40° can be stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
accommodated when used with any plastic covered conductor of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
such as COVEREDLIGN™ or COMPACTLIGN™. conductor jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex,
interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make
Material: Semi-Con Plastic Angle Side Ties are made from a absolute voltage application recommendations for plastic ties
base of clear PVC with a proprietary black co-extruded outer on covered conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar
covering selected for its superior electrical tracking resistance PLP suggests that Semi-Con Plastic Angle Side Ties can be
properties. Use of this co-extruded material allows application applied up to 35kV.
on higher voltages and/or more stressful electrical environments.
This material was selected because of its UV resistance, Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Plastic Angle Side
tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength and self Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or
extinguishing properties. in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor.
Voltage Applications: Electrical performance of any tie for Insulators: To ensure proper fit and performance, it is
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is recommended that only ANSI C29.5 or C29.7 compliant
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, insulators having nominal neck diameters corresponding to
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination Ø 57.2mm (C Neck), Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) and Ø 101.6mm
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. (K Neck) be used. Semi-Con Plastic Angle Side Ties are suitable
for use with either ANSI compliant polymer or porcelain insulators.
Semi-Conductive Plastic Angle Side Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
Applied
Colour
SSC-2105SC SSF-2205SC SSK-2405SC 7.51 10.16 460 White

SSC-2100SC SSF-2200SC SSK-2400SC 10.19 13.72 460 Green
SSC-2101SC SSF-2201SC SSK-2401SC 13.74 18.54 460 Blue
SSC-2102SC SSF-2202SC SSK-2402SC 18.57 23.37 495 Orange
SSC-2103SC SSF-2203SC SSK-2403SC 23.39 27.94 530 Red
SSC-2104SC SSF-2204SC SSK-2404SC 27.97 33.02 580 Black/None
SSC-2106SC SSF-2206SC SSK-2406SC 33.05 38.10 650 Brown
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC TANGENT SIDE TIE - 35kV RATED
SS Applied
Length

Tape Colour Code
(Identifies
F Neck – Yellow
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Plastic Tangent Side Ties are The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
intended for use with covered conductors and side-mounted stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE
tie top insulators on armless construction. Line angles of up to type polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically
15° can be accommodated when used with any plastic covered stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
conductor such as COVEREDLIGN™ or COMPACTLIGN™. of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
Material: Semi-Con Plastic Tangent Side Ties are made from interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
a base of clear PVC with a proprietary black co-extruded voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
outer covering selected for its superior electrical tracking conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
resistance properties. Use of this co-extruded material allows suggests that Semi-Con Plastic Tangent Side Ties can be
application on higher voltages and/or more stressful electrical applied up to 35kV.
environments. This material was selected because of its UV
resistance, tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Plastic Tangent Side
and self extinguishing properties. Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent to, or
in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor.
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. Ø 57.2mm (C Neck) and Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) be used. Semi-
Con Plastic Tangent Side Ties are suitable for use with either
ANSI compliant polymer or porcelain insulators.
Semi-Conductive Plastic Tangent Side Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
C Neck Insulators F Neck Insulators Outer Diameter Range Approximate Applied Length
Ø 57.2mm Ø 73.0mm (mm) (mm) Conductor
Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Code
Minimum Maximum C Neck F Neck
SSC-2150SC SSF-2250SC 7.52 10.16 560 560 White
SSC-2151SC SSF-2251SC 10.19 13.72 535 610 Green
SSC-2152SC SSF-2252SC 13.74 18.54 585 610 Blue
SSC-2153SC SSF-2253SC 18.57 23.37 610 455 Orange
SSC-2154SC SSF-2254SC 23.39 27.94 685 485 Red
SSC-2155SC SSF-2255SC 27.97 33.02 760 535 Black/None
SSC-2156SC SSF-2256SC 33.05 38.10 760 585 Brown
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC DOUBLE LINE TIE/TOP TIE - 35kV RATED

DTT
Relieved
Ends
Identification Insulator Identification Mark Conductor Size

Tape C Neck – Black Colour Code
F Neck – Yellow (Identifies
K Neck – Blue Conductor
Size Range)
15o Max
15o Max
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Plastic Double Line Ties/Top Ties are The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
When utilised within double crossarm construction as illustrated, stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
line angles from 0° to 30° can be comfortably accommodated. of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
Material: Semi-Con Plastic Double Line Ties/Top Ties are made interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
from a base of clear PVC with a proprietary black co-extruded voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
resistance properties. Use of this co-extruded material allows suggests that Semi-Con Plastic Double Line Ties/Top Ties can
application on higher voltages and/or more stressful electrical be applied up to 35kV.
resistance, tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Plastic Double
and self extinguishing properties. Line Ties/Top Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads
equivalent to, or in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor.
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. Ø 57.2mm (C Neck), Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) and Ø 101.6mm
(K Neck) be used. Semi-Con Plastic Double Line Ties/Top
Ties are suitable for use with either ANSI compliant polymer
or porcelain insulators.
Semi-Conductive Plastic Double Line Ties/ Top Ties to suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
C Neck Insulators F Neck Insulators K Neck Insulators Outer Diameter Range

Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Code
Minimum Maximum
Number Number Number Number Number Number
DTTC-1104SC DTTF-1205SC DTTK-1205SC 7.52 10.16 White
DTTC-1100SC DTTF-1200SC DTTK-1400SC 10.19 13.72 Green
DTTC-1101SC DTTF-1201SC DTTK-1401SC 13.74 18.54 Blue
DTTC-1102SC DTTF-1202SC DTTK-1402SC 18.57 23.37 Orange
DTTC-1103SC DTTF-1203SC DTTK-1403SC 23.39 27.94 Red
DTTC-1105SC DTTF-1204SC DTTK-1404SC 27.97 33.02 Black/None
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC DOUBLE ANGLE SIDE TIE - 35kV RATED
DSS
Relieved
Ends

Tape Colour Code
(Identifies
Insulator Identification Mark
Conductor
C Neck – Black
Size Range)
F Neck – Yellow
K Neck – Blue
30o Max
30o Max
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Plastic Double Angle Side Ties are The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
When utilised within double crossarm construction as illustrated, stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
line angles from 22° to 60° can be comfortably accommodated. of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
Material: Semi-Con Plastic Double Angle Side Ties are made interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
from a base of clear PVC with a proprietary black co-extruded voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
resistance properties. Use of this co-extruded material allows suggests that Semi-Con Plastic Double Angle Side Ties can
application on higher voltages and/or more stressful electrical be applied up to 35kV.
resistance, tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Plastic Double Angle
and self extinguishing properties. Side Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent
to, or in excess of, a hand tie over jacketed conductor.
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination insulators having nominal neck diameters corresponding to Ø
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. 57.2mm (C Neck), Ø 73.0mm (F Neck) and Ø 101.6mm (K Neck)
be used. Semi-Con Plastic Double Angle Side Ties are suitable
for use with either ANSI compliant polymer or porcelain insulators.
Semi - Conductive Plastic Double Angle Side Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
C Neck Insulators F Neck Insulators K Neck Insulators Outer Diameter Range

Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Code
Minimum Maximum
Number Number Number Number Number Number
DSSC-1104SC DSSF-1205SC DSSK-2205SC 7.51 10.16 White
DSSC-1100SC DSSF-1200SC DSSK-2200SC 10.19 13.72 Green
DSSC-1101SC DSSF-1201SC DSSK-2201SC 13.74 18.54 Blue
DSSC-1102SC DSSF-1202SC DSSK-2402SC 18.57 23.37 Orange
DSSC-1103SC DSSF-1203SC DSSK-2403SC 23.39 27.94 Red
DSSC-1105SC DSSF-1204SC DSSK-2404SC 27.97 33.02 Black/None
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
PREFORMED™ INSULATOR TIES - COATED METAL CONDUCTORS
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE COATED WIRE LINE TIE/TOP TIE - 35kV RATED

CT
Applied
Length
Identification
Tape
Conductor Colour Code Relieved
(Identifies Conductor Ends
Size Range)
C Neck – Black
F Neck – Yellow
K Neck – Blue
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Coated Wire Line Ties/Top Ties The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
are intended for use with covered conductors and vertically- stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE
mounted tie top insulators on crossarms or pole-top-mounted type polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically
ANSI C29.5 specification insulators. On vertically-mounted stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
insulators, Semi-Con Coated Wire Line Ties/Top Ties can of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
normally accommodate line angles up to 10°. Larger angles may conductor jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex,
be accommodated when the insulator is mounted at varying interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
degrees of cant from the vertical. voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
Material: Semi-Con Coated Wire Line Ties/Top Ties are suggests that Semi-Con Coated Wire Line Ties/Top Ties can
manufactured with a semi-conductive plastic coating selected be applied up to 35kV.
for its superior electrical tracking resistance properties. The
semi-conductive covering coats a formed steel wire with relieved Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Coated Wire Line
ends to ensure the tie can be quickly and easily installed Ties/Top Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent
without damaging the conductor jacket while at the same time to, or in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor. The
eliminating electrical tracking. Semi-Con Coated Wire Line Tie/Top Tie is designed to permit
controlled and limited movement of unbroken conductor and
Voltage Applications: Electrical performance of any tie for under certain conditions, return the conductor to its originally
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is installed position. The ability of the tie to give and return under
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, differential loading conditions is called “resiliency” and is
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination designed into each coated tie.
(K Neck) be used. Semi-Con Coated Wire Line Ties/Top Ties
are suitable for use with either ANSI compliant polymer or
porcelain insulators.
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE COATED WIRE LINE TIE/TOP TIE - 35kV RATED
CT
Semi-Conductive Coated Wire Top Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
Applied
Colour
CTC-0201 CTF-0101 CTK-0301 7.06 8.00 710 Purple

CTC-0202 CTF-0102 CTK-0302 8.03 9.07 710 Red
CTC-0203 CTF-0103 CTK-0303 9.09 10.29 760 Yellow
CTC-0204 CTF-0104 CTK-0304 10.31 11.66 760 Blue
CTC-0205 CTF-0105 CTK-0305 11.68 13.21 810 Orange
CTC-0206 CTF-0106 CTK-0306 13.23 14.94 840 Red
CTC-0207 CTF-0107 CTK-0307 14.96 16.89 865 Purple
CTC-0208 CTF-0108 CTK-0308 16.92 19.18 915 Brown
CTC-0209 CTF-0109 CTK-0309 19.20 21.79 915 Red
CTC-0210 CTF-0110 CTK-0310 21.82 24.59 1,015 Blue
CTC-0211 CTF-0111 CTK-0311 24.61 27.84 1,115 Green
CTC-0212 CTF-0112 CTK-0312 27.86 31.50 1,220 Yellow
CTC-0213 CTF-0113 CTK-0313 31.52 35.61 1,220 Orange
CTC-0214 CTF-0114 CTK-0314 35.64 40.26 1,220 Black/None
Section 2
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE COATED WIRE ANGLE SIDE TIE - 35kV RATED

CST
Applied
Length
Identification Conductor
Relieved Ends
Tape Colour Code
(Identifies conductor
size range)
C Neck – Black
F Neck – Yellow
K Neck – Blue
Semi-Conductive (Semi-Con) Coated Wire Angle Side Ties The design of the insulator being used will affect the electric
are intended for use with covered conductors and vertically- stress environment of an installation. Electropar PLP HDPE
mounted tie top insulators on crossarms or pole-top-mounted type polymer pin insulators will provide a less electrically
ANSI C29.5 specification insulators. On horizontally-mounted stressful environment due to the similar dielectric characteristics
insulators, Semi-Con Coated Wire Angle Side Ties can normally of the materials used to make polymer insulators, the plastic
accommodate line angles up to 10°. On vertically-mounted conductor jacket, and a plastic tie. Because of the complex,
insulators, line angles up to 40° can normally be achieved. When interwoven nature of these factors, it is difficult to make absolute
insulators are mounted at various degrees of cant between the voltage application recommendations for plastic ties on covered
horizontal and the vertical, line angles between 0° and 40° conductors. However as a general policy, Electropar PLP
may be accommodated, depending upon the actual cant of suggests that Semi-Con Coated Wire Angle Side Ties can be
the insulator. applied up to 35kV.
Material: Semi-Con Coated Wire Angle Side Ties are Mechanical: Testing has shown Semi-Con Coated Wire Angle
manufactured with a semi-conductive plastic coating selected Side Ties will develop unbalanced and lift-off loads equivalent
for its superior electrical tracking resistance properties. The to, or in excess of, a hand tie over covered conductor. The
semi-conductive covering coats a formed steel wire with relieved Semi-Con Coated Wire Angle Side Tie is designed to permit
ends to ensure the tie can be quickly and easily installed controlled and limited movement of unbroken conductor and
without damaging the conductor jacket while at the same time under certain conditions, return the conductor to its originally
eliminating electrical tracking. installed position. The ability of the tie to give and return under
differential loading conditions is called “resiliency” and is
Voltage Applications: Electrical performance of any tie for designed into each coated tie.
covered conductors made from plastic materials (or metal) is
dependent upon a number of factors, such as the line voltage, Insulators: To ensure proper fit and performance, it is
insulator style, the BIL of the line/pole, atmospheric contamination recommended that only ANSI C29.5 or C29.7 compliant
levels, type and condition of the covered conductor, etc. insulators having nominal neck diameters corresponding to
(K Neck) be used. Semi-Con Coated Wire Angle Side Ties
are suitable for use with either ANSI compliant polymer or
porcelain insulators.
Section 2
Section
MV INSULATED
OVERHEAD
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE COATED WIRE ANGLE SIDE TIE - 35kV RATED
CST
Semi-Conductive Coated Wire Angle Side Ties to Suit ANSI C29.5 Neck Insulators
Applied
Colour
CSTC-0201 CSTF-0101 CSTK-0301 7.06 8.00 710 Purple

CSTC-0202 CSTF-0102 CSTK-0302 8.03 9.07 710 Red
CSTC-0203 CSTF-0103 CSTK-0303 9.09 10.29 760 Yellow
CSTC-0204 CSTF-0104 CSTK-0304 10.31 11.66 760 Blue
CSTC-0205 CSTF-0105 CSTK-0305 11.68 13.21 810 Orange
CSTC-0207 CSTF-0107 CSTK-0307 14.96 16.89 865 Purple
CSTC-0208 CSTF-0108 CSTK-0308 16.92 19.18 915 Brown
CSTC-0210 CSTF-0110 CSTK-0310 21.82 24.59 1,015 Blue
CSTC-0211 CSTF-0111 CSTK-0311 24.61 27.84 1,115 Green
CSTC-0212 CSTF-0112 CSTK-0312 27.86 31.50 1,220 Yellow
CSTC-0213 CSTF-0113 CSTK-0313 31.52 35.61 1,220 Orange
CSTC-0214 CSTF-0114 CSTK-0314 35.64 40.26 1,220 Black/None
Section 2
PREFORMED™ ARMOUR RODS
ARMOUR ROD
AAR, CAR, GAR, AWAR
Identification Centre Mark

Tape and Colour
Code
Chamfered Ball End
Parrot Bill End
Electropar PLP's Armour Rods are intended to protect against Armour Rods are extremely effective in relieving or suppressing
bending, compression, abrasion and arc-over whilst also being conductor strains and, therefore, extending conductor service life.
capable of providing a repair function. The degree of protection
needed on a specific line depends upon a number of factors Armour Rods are chamfered or ball-ended to create a smooth
such as line design, temperature, tension, exposure to wind uniformed finish to minimise corona. Parrot Bill ends are only
flow and vibration history on a similar construction in the same supplied for EHV transmission installations.
area. Armour Rods are recommended as a minimum protection
for clamp type supports or suspension. Armour Rods may be Aluminium and copper Armour Rods may be subsetted for
used to restore full conductance and strength to AAC, ACSR and quick and easy installation by a linesman. Subsetting greatly
AAAC conductors, except high strength ACSR, where damage reduces installation time and ensures that the correct number
does not exceed 50% damage for 7 and 19 strand conductors of Armour Rods are applied.
or 25% damage for 37 and 61 strand conductors.
Section 2
Section
ALUMINIUM ARMOUR ROD
AAR
Aluminium Armour Rods to Suit Right Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors (AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC)
Range (mm)
Number Number Code
Min. Max.
331000 AAR-049 4.60 5.09 Mullet 24 Green

331002 AAR-053 5.10 5.49 Argon Herring 24 Purple
AAR-059 5.50 5.99 24 Red
Magpie, Squirrel,
331004 AAR-063 5.70 6.60 Namu Pollock 12 Green
Swan
331006 AAR-068 6.40 6.99 Gnat Boron Flounder, Whiting 12 Brown
331008 AAR-075 7.00 7.59 Poko Gopher Chlorine 24 Blue
AAR-078 7.60 7.99 Mosquito, Weevil Weasel 36 White
Sparrow, Shrike,
AAR-084 8.00 8.49 Ladybird Chromium Pickerel 36 White
Fox
331016 AAR-090 8.85 9.39 Kutu Ferret Fluorine Lamprey 36 Red
331020 AAR-102 9.90 10.39 Fly Rabbit, Snipe Hake 36 Purple
331024 AAR-113 10.90 11.59 Rango Mink, Petrel Helium 24 Black
331026 AAR-118 11.60 12.19 Grasshopper 24 Orange
331028 AAR-125 12.20 12.69 Moka Raccoon 24 Blue
331030 AAR-130 12.70 13.19 Otter, Skunk White
331032 AAR-135 13.20 13.99 Wasp, Beetle Hydrogen 24 Green
Stoat, Dog, Hare,
331034 AAR-143 14.00 14.89 Weke, Bee Iodine 12 Blue
Hyena
Stoat, Dog, Hare,
331524 AAR-143-8 14.00 14.89 Weke, Bee Iodine 12 Blue
Hyena
Waxwing,
331525 AAR-160-8 15.40 16.53 Cricket, Hornet Krypton 12 Yellow
Coyote, Tiger
331038 AAR-163 15.90 16.64 Cricket, Hornet Tiger Krypton 12 Orange
331040 AAR-169 16.65 17.39 Hornet, Weta Tiger, Dingo 12 Green
331042 AAR-175 17.40 18.29 Huhu, Caterpillar Wolf Lutetium 12 Blue
331526 AAR-175-8 17.40 18.29 Huhu, Caterpillar Wolf Lutetium 12 Red
331044 AAR-188 18.30 18.89 Chafer Neon 12 Black
331046 AAR-192 18.90 19.49 Chafer, Mata Jaguar 12 Yellow
AAR-201 19.90 21.40 Spider 9 Red
331052 AAR-210 20.90 21.79 Cockroach Panther Nitrogen 9 Red
331056 AAR-230 22.60 23.59 Butterfly Nobelium 9 Blue
331058 AAR-240 23.47 24.79 Oxygen 6 Blue
331527 AAR-250 24.80 26.49 Centipede Goat Phosphorus 3 Black
AAR-270 26.50 27.59 Centipede 3 Red
331528 AAR-286 27.90 28.60 Zebra 3 Orange
AAR-293 28.91 29.49 Selenium 3 Orange
AAR-315 30.70 32.24 Cicada Silicon 3 Purple
AAR-338 33.70 35.30 Sulphur 3 Yellow
AAR-495 48.20 50.50 Xenon White
Note: For subsetted Aluminium Armour Rods, add -S suffix (e.g. AARS-049).
Section 2
COPPER ARMOUR ROD - CAR
GALVANISED STEEL ARMOUR ROD - GAR
ALUMINIUM CLAD STEEL ARMOUR ROD - AWAR
Copper Armour Rods to Suit Right Hand Lay Copper Conductors (PHC and PAC)

Number Number MIn. Max. (mm2) Code
CAR-053 16 7/1.70, 7/1.75 Purple

CAR-060 25 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 24 Yellow
331590 7/12,
CAR-083 35 7/2.64, 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 19/1.70 7/.104, 19/.064 24 White
/331082 19/16
CAR-090 50 19/1.75, 19/1.83 Red
19/2.00, 19/2.03, 7/3.45, 7/3.50,
CAR-100 70 19/.080, 19/.083 19/14 Yellow
19/2.11
CAR-118 19/2.34 19/.092 Black
CAR-118-8 19/2.34 19/.092
CAR-125 95 37/1.75, 37/1.83, 19/2.57 37/.070, 19/.101 Blue/Purple
CAR-150 120 37/2.11, 19/3.00 37/.083 Red
CAR-183 37/2.64 37/.104 37/12 Blue
Galvanised Steel Armour Rods to Suit Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors (SC/GZ)

GAR-048 7/1.60, 7/1.63 7/.064 24 Black

GAR-055 7/1.91, 7/1.93, 7/2.00, 7/2.03 7/.080 7/14 36 White
331512 L044032* 7/2.59, 7/2.64 7/.104
GAR-083 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 7/2.89, 7/3.00 19/.064 19/16 24 White
331516 L044042* 7/3.05 7/.120
GAR-098 9.50 9.90 7/3.18, 7/3.25 19/.080, 19/.084 7/10 12 Blue
L044052* 7/3.18 7/.125
7/3.25, 19/2.00, 19/2.03, 19/2.11, Yellow/
GAR-100 7/.125 7/10, 19/14 12
19/2.14 Orange
331523 L044062* 7/3.68, 7/3.71 7/.146
7/3.68, 7/3.71, 7/3.75, 7/4.00,
GAR-113 7/.160 12 Black
7/4.06
L044072* 19/2.87 19/.113
Note: All items suit RHL as standard except fittings with LO catalogue numbers which suit Left Hand Lay.
Aluminium Clad Steel Armour Rods to Suit Left Hand Lay Aluminium Clad Steel Conductors (SC/AC)

AWAR-K023 5.40 6.00 7/1.91, 7/1.93 48 White

331513 L044035 7/2.59
AWAR-K050 7/2.75, 7/2.89 7/.114 12 White
AWAR-091 7/2.89, 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.114, 7/.120 24 Red
331517 L044043 7/3.05 7/.120
AWAR-K065 7/3.18, 7/3.25 7/.125, 7/.128 7/10 12 Red
331520 L044053 7/3.18 7/.125
AWAR-K088-8 10.80 11.43 7/3.71, 7/3.75 7/.146 9 Yellow
L044065 7/3.71 7/.146
AWAR-K106 7/4.25 12
L044069 19/2.75
Section 2
Section
PREFORMED™ LINE GUARDS
LINE GUARD
ALG, CLG
Identification Centre Mark

Tape and Colour
Code
Electropar PLP’s Line Guards provide economical conductor Both in initial installation cost and in long-term cost, Line Guards
protection at points of support (and taps) in urban type distribution virtually eliminate the possibility of conductor mechanical failure
systems where low working tensions and short conductor spans at support points.
are common.
Electropar PLP’s Line Guards may be used as tap armour to
Electropar PLP’s Line Guards are intended to protect against protect conductors from wear and flashover damage under
abrasion, arc-over and may be used as patch rods designed hot-line taps.
to restore full conductivity and strength to conductors where
damage is located outside the support area and does not exceed
25% of the outer strand layer. Electopar PLP’s Line Guards are
recommended as a minimum protection for hand-tied insulators.
Section 2
PREFORMED™ LINE GUARDS
ALUMINIUM LINE GUARD - ALG
COPPER LINE GUARD - CLG
Aluminium Line Guards to Suit Right Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors (AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC)
Part Catalogue Range (mm) Colour

Number Number Min. Max. Code
ALG-049 Mullet
331252 ALG-063 6.00 6.39 Namu Magpie, Squirrel, Swan Pollock 24 Green
331254 ALG-068 6.40 6.99 Gnat Boron Flounder, Whiting 24 Brown
331256 ALG-075 7.00 7.59 Poko Gopher Chlorine 24 Blue
ALG-083 8.10 8.84 Ladybird Sparrow, Shrike, Fox Chromium Pickerel, Lamprey 12 Red
331260 ALG-090 8.85 9.39 Kutu Ferret Fluorine 12 Red
331264 ALG-102 9.90 10.39 Fly Rabbit, Snipe Hake 24 Purple
331268 ALG-113 10.90 11.59 Rango Mink Helium 24 Black
331270 ALG-118 11.60 12.19 Grasshopper Petrel 24 Orange
331274 ALG-130 12.70 13.19 Moka Raccoon, Otter, Skunk White
ALG-135 13.20 13.99 Wasp, Beetle Hydrogen 24 Green
331278 ALG-143 14.00 14.89 Weke, Bee Stoat, Dog, Hare, Hyena Iodine 24 Blue
331282 ALG-157 15.40 15.89 Waxwing, Coyote 24 Yellow
331284 ALG-163 15.90 16.64 Cricket, Hornet Tiger Krypton 24 Orange
331286 ALG-169 16.65 17.39 Weta Dingo 12 Green
ALG-175 17.40 18.29 Huhu, Caterpillar Wolf Lutetium 12 Blue
331290 ALG-188 18.30 18.89 Chafer Neon 24 Black
331292 ALG-192 18.90 19.49 Mata Jaguar 24 Yellow
331298 ALG-210 20.90 21.79 Cockroach Panther Nitrogen 12 Red
331302 ALG-230 22.60 23.59 Butterfly Nobelium 12 Orange
ALG-240-4 23.60 24.79 Oxygen 12 Blue
384654 ALG-270 26.00 27.29 Centipede Goat Phosphorus 6 Red
ALG-293 28.60 29.49 Zebra Selenium 6 Orange
ALG-315 30.70 32.24 Cicada Silicon 6 Purple
ALG-338 33.50 35.34 Sulphur 6 Black
ALG-384-8 38.40 Moa Green
ALG-407-8 40.69 Chukar Yellow
Note: For double length Line Guards, refer to Aluminium Armour Rods (AAR).
Copper Line Guards to Suit Right Hand Lay Copper Conductors

Number Number Min. Max. (mm2) Code
CLG-053 16 7/1.70, 7/1.75 24 Green

CLG-060 25 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 24 Blue
CLG-083 7/2.64, 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 19/1.70 7/.104, 19/.064 7/12, 19/16 24 Blue
CLG-090 50 19/1.75, 19/1.83
CLG-100 70 7/3.25, 19/2.00, 7/3.45, 7/3.50, 19/2.11 19/.080, 19/.083 19/14 24 Yellow
CLG-113 7/3.75, 19/2.34 19/.092 12 Black
CLG-125 95 37/1.75, 37/1.83, 19/2.57 37/.070, 19/.101 12 Purple
CLG-150 37/2.11, 19/3.00 37/.083
CLG-175 185 37/2.50 6 Blue
CLG-183 37/2.64 37/.104 37/12 6 Blue
Note: For double length Line Guards, refer to Copper Armour Rods (CAR).
Section 2
Section
PREFORMED™ SPLICES
ALUMINIUM SPLICE
AFS Centre Mark and
Number of
Sub-sets
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ conductor splices are used Used with AAC and AAAC conductors, the conductor splice
for making mid-span full tension connections between two bare will hold a minimum of 90% of the conductor's rated breaking
conductors. Electropar PLP's mid-span conductor splices will strength.
restore full mechanical and electrical properties and provide
an economical and highly efficient splicing method.
Aluminium Splices to Suit Right Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors (AAC, ACSR, AAAC and SBC)

Number Number Code
AFS-053 Argon Herring * 12 Purple
AFS-059 Pollock ** 12 Red
AFS-063 Namu, Gnat Squirrel, Swan ** 36 Yellow
AFS-063-AW Magpie 36 Yellow
AFS-068 Boron Flounder, Whiting * 24 Brown
AFS-075 Poko Gopher * Chlorine 24 Blue
AFS-083 Ladybird Fox ** Chromium 24 Red
AFS-090 Kutu Ferret * Fluorine Pickerel, Lamprey ** 24 Red
AFS-101-AW Rabbit, Snipe 12 Yellow
AFS-102 Fly Hake ** 12 Purple
AFS-105 Rango 12 Blue
AFS-113 Grasshopper Helium Petrel ** 12 Black
AFS-113-AW Mink 6 Black
AFS-123 Moka Raccoon, Otter, Skunk * 12 Blue
AFS-135 Wasp, Beetle Hydrogen 12 Green
Stoat, Dog, Hare,
AFS-143 Weke, Bee Iodine 12 Blue
Hyena *
AFS-163 Cricket, Hornet, Weta Dingo ** Krypton 12 Orange
AFS-175 Huhu, Caterpillar Lutetium 12 Blue
AFS-188 Chafer, Mata Wolf, Jaguar ** Neon 3 Black
AFS-210 Cockroach, Panther * Nitrogen 3 Red
AFS-238 Butterfly Oxygen 3 Blue
Note: Full Tension Applications (90% RTS min. as per AS 1154.3).

* Limited Tension Applications (55-90% RTS).
AAC and AAAC - Full Tension.
** ACSR and SBC - Limited Tension except fittings with -AW suffix (Full Tension).
Section 2
MULTI-PIECE ALUMINIUM CLAD STEEL SPLICE - FTS
ALUMINIUM CLAD STEEL SPLICE - AWFS
Centre Mark and

Colour Code
Core Splice
Identification Tape Filler Rods (when required)
Outer Splice
Filler Rods (when required) Outer Splice
Core Splice
Electropar PLP’s full tension splices have been designed for Type AWFS are manufactured from aluminium clad steel wire
joining ACSR. Type FTS are designed to hold both the inner that will match the number and strength of those used in the
steel core of the conductor as well as the outer layers. Filler conductor.
rods may be need on some conductors to bridge the gap
between the inner core and the outer strands, for attachment
of the outer splice layer.
Multi-Piece Aluminium Clad Steel Splices to Suit Right Aluminium Clad Steel Splices to Suit Left Hand Lay
Hand Lay Aluminium Conductors, Steel Reinforced Aluminium Clad Steel Conductors (SC/AC)
(ACSR and SBC)
Part Catalogue Colour Part Catalogue Colour

ACSR SBC Box Metric Imperial SWG Box
Number Number Code Number Number Code
FTS-049-SB Mullet 24 Green AWFS-K040 7/2.59 24 Black
FTS-051-SB Herring 24 Green AWFS-K050 7/2.75 24 White
FTS-064-SB Flounder 12 Black 7/3.18, 7/.125,
AWFS-K070 7/10 12 Orange
7/3.25 7/.128
FTS-090 Ferret 24 Red
7/3.71,
FTS-113 Mink 12 Black AWFS-K088 7/.146 12 Black
7/3.75
FTS-117 Petrel 12 Brown AWFS-K106 7/4.25 6 Brown
FTS-122 Raccoon AWFS-K106-R 7/4.25 6 Brown
FTS-143 Dog 9 Blue AWFS-K121-R 19/2.59 19/.102 6 Blue
FTS-146 Hyena AWFS-K136 19/2.75 6 White
FTS-155 Waxwing 9 Black
Note: Suits Left Hand Lay Aluminium Clad Steel Conductors
FTS-157 Coyote 6 Blue except fittings with -R suffix (Right Hand Lay).
FTS-181 Wolf 6 Blue Full Tension Applications (90% RTS min. as per AS 1154.3).
SC/AC - Full Tension.
FTS-193 Jaguar 6 Black
FTS-210 Panther 6 Red
Note: Galvanised steel inner splice.

Full Tension (90% RTS min. as per AS 1154.3).
ACSR and SBC - Full Tension.
Section 2
Section
COPPER SPLICE
Centre Mark and
CFS Identification Tape Colour Code
Number of
Sub-sets
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ copper conductor splices Used with hard drawn bare copper conductors, the copper
are used for making mid-span connections between two bare conductor splice will hold a minimum of 90% of the conductor’s
copper conductors. Electropar PLP’s mid-span conductor splices rated breaking strength.
will restore full mechanical and electrical properties and provide
an economical and highly efficient splicing method.
Copper Splices to Suit Right Hand Lay Copper Conductors (PHC and PAC)
Part Catalogue Metric Colour

Number Number (mm²) Code
CFS-038 10 7/1.25 7/.049 48 Green
CFS-043 7/1.35 7/.053 48 Yellow
CFS-043-L 7/1.35 7/.053
CFS-048 16 7/1.63 7/.064 7/16 36 Black
CFS-053 7/1.70, 7/1.75 24 Purple
CFS-060 7/2.00, 7/2.03 7/.080 7/14 12 Yellow
CFS-066 25 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.084
CFS-075 35 7/2.50, 19/1.53 19/.060 12 Blue
CFS-083 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 19/1.70 19/.064 19/16 24 White
CFS-083-L 19/1.63, 7/2.75, 19/1.70 19/.064 19/16 24 White
CFS-088 50 19/1.75, 19/1.83 24 Purple/Red
CFS-096 7/3.25 12 Orange
CFS-096-L 7/3.25 12 Orange
CFS-100 19/2.00, 19/2.03, 7/3.45 19/.080 12 Yellow
CFS-105 70 7/3.50, 19/2.11 19/.083 19/14 12 Purple
CFS-113 7/3.75 9 Black
CFS-117 19/2.34 19/.092
CFS-125 95 37/1.75, 37/1.83, 19/2.57 37/.070, 19/.101 3 Purple
CFS-125-L 95 37/1.75, 37/1.83, 19/2.57 37/.070, 19/.101
CFS-138 120 19/2.75, 37/2.03 37/.080 37/14 3 White
CFS-150 37/2.11, 19/3.00 37/.083 3 Red
CFS-175 37/2.50 3 Blue
CFS-183 37/2.64 37/.104 37/12 3 Blue
CFS-205 37/2.85 37/2.85 37/.112
CFS-210 37/3.00 37/3.00 3 Red
Note: Suits Right Hand Lay Copper Conductors except fittings with -L suffix (Left Hand Lay).
PHC and PAC - Full Tension.
Section 2
GALVANISED STEEL SPLICE
GFS
Centre Mark and
Number of
Sub-sets
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ galvanised steel splices are Manufactured from galvanised steel wire strand, PREFORMED™
designed to join two earth wires or messenger wires, being splices offer a unique design that eliminates bolts, nuts, washers
applied directly to galvanised steel. Galvanised steel splices and other component parts that may become lost or damaged
must only be used once and will hold 100% of the messenger during installation or in service. Galvanised steel splices should
wire’s rated strength when correctly installed. be used only on the size and type of messenger or earth
wires for which they are designed. All galvanised steel splices
have colour coded markings to indicate the starting point for
application and to assist in product identification.
Galvanised Steel Splices to Suit Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors (SC/GZ)
Part Catalogue Metric Colour

Number Number (mm²) Code
GFS-048 7/1.60, 7/1.63 7/.064 24 Black
GFS-055 7/1.91, 7/1.93 24 White
GFS-055-L 7/1.91, 7/1.93 24 White
GFS-060 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 36 Yellow
GFS-060-LH 7/2.00, 7/2.03, 7/2.11, 7/2.14 7/.080, 7/.084 7/14 60 Yellow
GFS-075 7/2.50, 7/2.59 24 Blue
7/2.59, 7/2.64, 19/1.63, 7/2.75,
GFS-083 7/.104, 19/.064 7/12, 19/16 24 White
7/2.89
GFS-094-S 7/3.00, 7/3.05 7/.120 12 Yellow
7/3.18, 7/3.25, 19/2.00, Yellow/
GFS-100 19/.080, 19/.084 7/10, 19/14 12
19/2.03, 19/2.11, 19/2.14 Orange
GFS-109-S 7/3.18 7/.125 6 Yellow
GFS-113 7/3.68, 7/3.71, 7/3.75 7/.146 12 Black
GFS-120 7/4.00, 7/4.06, 7/4.25 7/.160 12 Black
GFS-138 19/2.75 6 White
GFS-150-S 19/2.87, 19/3.00 19/.113 3 Red
GFS-150-S-L 19/2.87, 19/3.00 19/.113 3 Red
GFS-163 19/3.26 19/.128 19/10 3 Orange
Note: Suits Right Hand Lay Galvanised Steel Conductors except fittings with -L & -LH suffix (Left Hand Lay).
Section 2
Section
PREFORMED™ REPAIR RODS
ALUMINIUM REPAIR ROD
ARR
Electropar PLP’s PREFORMED™ Aluminium Repair Rods Aluminium Repair Rods are not suitable as an alternative
are designed to repair mid-span damage to aluminium based to Armour Rods. They are not designed as an under-clamp
conductors in a quick and efficient manner. They are ideal for protection device.
emergency and breakdown situations, as well as for repair of
mid-span damage in some instances where the outer stranding of Repair Rods are also available for copper conductors, please
the conductor does not exceed 50% damage for 7 and 19 strand contact Electropar PLP for more information.
conductors or 25% damage for 37 and 61 strand conductors.
For AAC, ACSR and AAAC Conductors
Conductor Diameter Range (mm) Approximate

Part Catalogue
Applied Length Box Colour Code
Number Number
Minimum Maximum (mm)
ARR1350 13.05 13.79 1,040 25 Green

ARR1430 14.10 14.55 1,120 25 Blue
ARR1625 15.66 16.88 1,370 20 White
ARR1750 17.10 17.54 1,370 20 Blue
ARR1880 18.82 19.86 1,370 20 Blue
ARR2100 20.95 21.49 1,625 10 Red
ARR2450 24.45 25.04 1,725 10 Purple
ARR2625 26.00 26.44 2,080 5 Black
ARR2700 26.45 27.28 2,080 5 Red
ARR2790 27.91 28.93 2,080 5 Orange
ARR2930 29.30 29.89 2,080 5 Orange
ARR3150 31.15 31.99 2,235 4 Purple
ARR3375 33.40 34.44 2,235 3 Black
Section 2
ARMOR-GRIP® SUSPENSION AGS SERIES
AGS-51 AND AGS-58
Conductor L
AGS Bolt AGS Lock Washer
AGS Nut
A
Split Pin
AGS Rods AGS Strap

øD
AGS Housing
AGS Insert (with aluminium

alloy reinforcement)
Conductor
Cross Section
Electropar PLP's ARMOR-GRIP® Suspension (AGS) is suitable The AGS unit is designed to reduce the static and dynamic
for all types of bare overhead conductor. stresses at the support point so that the conductor is protected
against the effects of conductor motion. It also protects the
ARMOR-GRIP® Suspension is superior to traditional bolted conductor in the support area against impulse and power
suspension clamps and Armour Rods because it reduces flashover arcing. The maximum recommended line angle for a
stress on the conductor at the tower or pole attachment point. single support ARMOR-GRIP® Suspension is 30°.
The material used to manufacture the insert is an elastomer
specifically formulated for resistance to ozone attack, weathering, Where a conductor has been damaged by a bolted clamp,
extreme high and low temperature variations, and compression specially designed ARMOR-GRIP® Suspension can be used in
set. In addition, an aluminium alloy reinforcing stiftner is moulded the repair. Please contact Electropar PLP for more information.
into the elastomer.
Section 2
Section
AGS-51 AND AGS-58
AGS-51 and AGS-58

For AAC, ACSR and AAAC (Conductor Ø 13.48mm - 25.99mm)
The Armor-Grip ® Suspension AGS Series AGS-51 and AGS-58

are designed for use on AAC, ACSR, AAAC, compacted all
aluminium and compacted ACSR. Conductors are above
13.48mm in diameter. Right hand lay standard. AGS-51
are single, AGS-58 are double. Contact Electropar PLP to
specify required bolt size. Available in M16 and M20.
Conductor Diameter
Single Unit Double Unit
Typical Range (mm) Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Conductors Code
Min. Max.
AGS-5102 AGS-5802 Hydrogen 13.48 13.77 Green
AGS-5103 AGS-5803 13.78 14.09 Brown
AGS-5104 AGS-5804 Dog/Iodine 14.10 14.59 Blue
AGS-5105 AGS-5805 Hyena/Bee 14.60 15.09 Red
AGS-5106 AGS-5806 15.10 15.39 Orange
AGS-5108 AGS-5808 Krypton/Cricket 15.80 16.39 Orange
AGS-5109 AGS-5809 Dingo 16.40 17.09 Black
AGS-5110 AGS-5810 17.10 17.59 Blue
AGS-5111 AGS-5811 17.60 18.09 Yellow
AGS-5112 AGS-5812 Wolf 18.10 18.59 Black
AGS-5113 AGS-5813 Neon 18.60 19.09 Black
AGS-5114 AGS-5814 Jaguar 19.10 19.59 White
AGS-5115 AGS-5815 19.60 20.19 Orange
AGS-5116 AGS-5816 20.20 20.99 Brown
AGS-5117 AGS-5817 Nitrogen/Cockroach 21.00 21.49 Red
AGS-5118 AGS-5818 21.50 22.09 Blue
AGS-5119 AGS-5819 22.10 22.69 Green
AGS-5120 AGS-5820 Nobelium 22.70 23.09 Orange
AGS-5121 AGS-5821 Butterfly 23.10 23.39 Yellow
AGS-5122 AGS-5822 Oxygen 23.40 23.80 Black
AGS-5124 AGS-5824 24.40 25.09 Purple
AGS-5126 AGS-5825 Goat 25.55 26.00 Purple
Double AGS ® Suspension is used where the turning angle is greater than 30° and up to 60°.
A triangular yoke plate is used with Double AGS®.
Section 2
AGS-51 AND AGS-58
AGS-51 and AGS-58

For AAC, ACSR and AAAC (Conductor Ø 26.50mm - 48.97mm)
The Armor-Grip® Suspension AGS Series AGS-51 and AGS-58

are designed for use on AAC, ACSR, AAAC, compacted all
aluminium and compacted ACSR. Conductors are above
13.48mm in diameter. Right hand lay standard. AGS-51
are single, AGS-58 are double. Contact Electropar PLP to
specify required bolt size. Available in M16 and M20.
Single Unit Double Unit Conductor Diameter Range (mm)

Typical Colour
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue Conductors Code
Min. Max.
AGS-5128 AGS-5828 26.50 27.29 Red
AGS-5129 AGS-5829 27.30 27.69 Green
AGS-5130 AGS-5830 27.70 28.39 Yellow
AGS-5131 AGS-5831 28.40 28.89 Black
AGS-5132 AGS-5832 28.90 29.29 Orange
AGS-5133 AGS-5833 Selenium 29.30 29.89 Brown
AGS-5134 AGS-5834 29.00 30.69 Orange
AGS-5135 AGS-5835 30.70 31.19 Purple
AGS-5136 AGS-5836 Silicone 31.20 31.99 Purple
AGS-5137 AGS-5837 32.00 32.69 Blue
AGS-5138 AGS-5838 32.70 33.39 Green
AGS-5139 AGS-5839 Sulphur 33.40 34.39 Black
AGS-5140 AGS-5840 34.40 35.39 Black
AGS-5141 AGS-5841 35.40 35.99 White
AGS-5142 AGS-5842 36.00 36.59 Brown
AGS-5144 AGS-5844 37.50 38.49 Purple
AGS-5145 AGS-5845 38.50 39.59 Red
AGS-5146 AGS-5846 39.60 40.19 Blue
AGS-5147 AGS-5847 40.20 40.99 Green
AGS-5148 AGS-5848 41.00 41.89 Yellow
AGS-5149 AGS-5849 41.90 42.89 Blue
AGS-5150 AGS-5850 42.90 43.89 White
AGS-5151 AGS-5851 43.90 44.49 Brown
AGS-5152 AGS-5852 44.50 45.49 Orange
AGS-5153 AGS-5853 45.50 46.40 Purple
Section 2
Section
ARMOR-GRIP® SUPPORT
AGS-52
AGS-52
For AAC, ACSR and AAAC
The ARMOR-GRIP ® Support is intended for use on

aluminium based conductors, and is designed to be used
with clamp top horizontal and vertical line post insulators.
The ARMOR-GRIP ® Support is designed to reduce
static and dynamic stress at the support point, so that the
conductor is better able to withstand the effect of vibration
than with armour clamp attachments. ARMOR-GRIP ®
Support protects against clamping fatigue through bending
and compression stress and against flashover arcing.
Conductor Diameter Conductor Diameter

Part Catalogue Range (mm) Colour Part Catalogue Range (mm) Colour
Number Number Code Number Number Code
Min. Max. Min. Max.
AGS-5204 14.10 14.59 Blue AGS-5229 27.30 26.69 Green
AGS-5205 14.60 15.09 Red AGS-5230 27.70 28.39 Yellow
AGS-5206 15.10 15.39 Orange AGS-5231 28.40 28.89 Black
AGS-5207 15.40 15.79 Purple AGS-5232 28.90 29.29 Orange
AGS-5208 15.80 16.39 Orange AGS-5233 29.30 29.89 Brown
AGS-5209 16.40 17.09 Blue AGS-5234 29.90 30.69 Orange
AGS-5210 17.17 17.59 Blue AGS-5235 30.70 31.19 Purple
AGS-5211 17.60 18.09 Yellow AGS-5236 31.20 31.99 Purple
AGS-5212 18.10 18.59 Black AGS-5237 31.00 32.69 Blue
AGS-5213 18.60 19.09 Black AGS-5238 32.70 33.39 Green
AGS-5214 19.10 19.59 White AGS-5239 33.40 34.39 Black
AGS-5215 19.60 20.19 Orange AGS-5240 34.40 35.39 Black
AGS-5216 20.20 20.99 Brown AGS-5241 35.40 35.99 White
AGS-5217 21.00 21.49 Red AGS-5242 36.00 36.59 Brown
AGS-5218 21.50 22.09 Blue AGS-5243 36.60 37.49 Orange
AGS-5219 22.10 22.69 Green AGS-5244 37.50 38.49 Purple
AGS-5220 22.70 23.09 Orange AGS-5245 38.50 39.59 Red
AGS-5221 23.10 22.69 Yellow AGS-5246 39.60 40.19 Blue
AGS-5222 23.40 23.79 Blue AGS-5247 40.20 40.99 Green
AGS-5223 23.80 24.39 White AGS-5248 41.00 41.89 Yellow
AGS-5224 24.40 25.09 Purple AGS-5249 41.90 42.89 Blue
AGS-5225 25.60 25.99 Purple AGS-5250 42.90 43.89 White
AGS-5226 26.00 26.49 Purple AGS-5251 43.90 44.49 Brown
AGS-5227 26.50 27.29 Black AGS-5252 44.50 45.49 Orange
AGS-5228 26.50 27.29 Red AGS-5253 45.50 46.40 Purple
Section 2
CUSHION-GRIP® SUSPENSION (CGS) A
CGS
Pin and Cotter Key
K
Nuts - Captive in Housing

Half (Not Visible)
Pin/Bolt D
Housing Halves Lock Washers Diameter
I
G
Bolts F
J
H
Elastomer Inserts Flat Washers
Conductor Dimensions
Range (mm) (mm)
D D
Min. Max. A B F G H I J K
(Min.) (Max.)
7.9 15.4 51 165 20 30 25 51 123 16 61 98
15.5 22.4 57 174 29 43 25 51 135 16 66 109
22.5 30.4 57 192 29 43 25 51 152 16 69 126
29.9 39.2 57 218 29 43 25 51 159 16 74 132
39.3 50.8 64 234 32 46 32 64 193 16 89 161
CUSHION-GRIP® Suspensions are intended for use on all applications with continuous conductor operating temperatures
aluminium based conductors, and are designed to reduce the up to 200°C (225°C two hour emergency).
static and dynamic stresses at the support point so that the
conductor is protected against the effects of oscillations. The The CUSHION-GRIP® Suspension is shipped assembled with
conductor is cushioned by field proven, integral elastomer inserts, no loose parts. All fasteners are factory installed to eliminate lost
which guard against abrasion, wear and fatigue. hardware in the field. The CUSHION-GRIP® Suspension can
be supplied with a bolt/nut/cotter in place of the suspension pin
The level of protection provided by the CUSHION-GRIP® and cotter. Lower captive fasteners act as a hinge to facilitate
Suspension is comparable to a bolted clamp over Armour Rods. hot stick application.
This equates to a reduction in bending strain as high as 50% as
compared to bare conductors in a bolted clamp. This reduction The maximum recommended line angle for a CUSHION-GRIP®
in bending strain can be directly related to an increase in overall Suspension is 30° as a single suspension and 60° in a double
conductor life. The standard CUSHION-GRIP® Suspension is configuration utilising a yoke plate. When initially installed, the
designed for up to 125°C continuous conductor operation (150°C CGS clamp has a slip load that ranges between 10% to 15%
two hour emergency) and the CGS-HT version can be used for of the conductor’s Rated Breaking Strength (RBS).
Conductor Width
Range (mm) (mm) Standard Vertical
Part Catalogue Height Length Weight
Carton Ultimate
Number Number (mm) (mm) (kg)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Quantity Load (kN)
CGS-1095 7.9 15.4 123 20 30 165 1.1 10 67

CGS-1096 15.5 22.4 135 84 98 174 1.8 3
CGS-1097 22.5 30.4 152 84 98 192 2.5 3 111
CGS-1098 30.4 39.2 159 84 98 218 3.0 3
CGS-1120 39.3 39.9
CGS-1121 39.9 41.6
CGS-1122 41.7 43.4
CGS-1123 43.4 45.0
193 99 112 234 4.3 3 136
CGS-1124 45.0 46.6
CGS-1125 46.6 48.1
CGS-1126 48.1 49.5
CGS-1127 49.5 50.8
Section 2
Section
CUSHION-GRIP® SUPPORT
CGS A
Bolt and Lockwasher Aluminium Alloy Keeper

(Galvanised)
B
C
E
Ductile Iron
(Galvanised Base) H
Elastomer Inserts
F
Spring D
Dimensions (mm)
Part Catalogue
Number Number
A B C D E F H
CGS-2100 127 9 13 47 15 38 98
CGS-2101 145 11 14 61 15 51 98
CGS-2102 163 19 14 76 15 51 98
CGS-2103 165 19 22 86 15 61 98
The CUSHION-GRIP® Support is intended for use on all emergency), and the HT version can be used for applications
aluminium based conductors, and is designed to reduce the with continuous conduction operating temperatures up to 200°C
static and dynamic stresses at the support point, so that the (225°C two hour emergency).
conductor is protected against the effects of oscillations. The
conductor is cushioned by field-proven integral elastomer inserts, The CUSHION-GRIP® Support is shipped assembled. All
which guard against abrasion, wear and fatigue. fasteners are captivated in the keeper. The CUSHION-GRIP®
Support will withstand a pull-off load from the trunnion pins
The level of protection provided by the CUSHION-GRIP® of the insulator cap of 2,250kg, applied in any direction. This
Support is comparable to a bolted clamp over Armour Rods. includes the vertical up direction (uplift).
This equates to a reduction in bending strain as high as 50% as
compared to bare conductor in a bolted clamp. This reduction in The maximum recommended line angle for a CUSHION-GRIP®
bending strain can be directly related to an increase in overall Support is 30°. When initially installed, the CGS has a slip load
conductor life. The CUSHION-GRIP® Support is designed for that ranges between 10% to 15% of the conductor’s Rated
up to 125°C continuous conductor operation (150°C two hour Breaking Strength (RBS).
Conductor Range (mm)

Part Catalogue Standard Pack
Weight (kg)
Number Number Quantity
Minimum Maximum
CGS-2100 8.3 14.3 0.7 3

CGS-2101 14.3 22.4 1.1 3
CGS-2102 22.5 30.4 1.6 3
CGS-2103 30.4 38.2 2.3 3
102mm
Clamp Top Trunnion
To ensure proper fit and service life, it is recommended that only 13mm
25mm
line post insulators with clamp top trunnion caps that conform
to ANSI standards be used. See the illustration on the right for
nominal cap dimensions that illustrate ANSI standards that have
been established, outlining the permissible dimensions and
tolerances for trunnion caps. Consult the insulator manufacturer
when in doubt about insulator standards.
The above dimensions are approximates for design information.
Consult ANSI specifications C29.7-1977 for exact dimensions.
Section 2
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
CLEVIS SUSPENSION CLAMP - P
OFFSET SUSPENSION CLAMP - SCIO
SUSPENSION TRUNNION CLAMP - SCAT
Clevis Suspension Clamp - P
Designed specifically for distribution phase conductors, each For all installations, Electropar PLP recommends the use of
size of this model of aluminium alloy suspension clamp has a Armour Rods with suspension clamps.
wide conductor acceptance range.
Outer Diameter Range Minimum

Part Catalogue (mm) Breaking
Number Number Strength
Min. Max. (kN)
P03405-000 9.0 18.0 50

P03406-000 18.0 30.0 80
P03407-000 30.0 42.5 80
Offset Suspension Clamp - SCIO
Normally used for the suspension of copper phase conductors and The Offset Suspension Clamp is manufactured from cast iron
SC/GZ messenger wires or earth wires, Electropar PLP’s Offset and hot dipped. Electropar PLP recommends the use of Armour
Suspension Clamp is supplied as standard with a tongue or Rods with suspension clamps.
a socket clevis.
Outer Diameter
Without Socket Clevis With Socket Clevis
Range (mm)
Part Catalogue Part Catalogue
Min. Max.
SCIO-0517 SCIO-0517-A 5.0 17.0
SCIO-1727 SCIO-1727-A 17.0 27.0
Suspension Trunnion Clamp - SCAT
Suspension Trunnion Clamps can be used as a pivoting The Suspension Trunnion Clamp is manufactured from cast
conductor support within a line post insulator assembly or can aluminium with hot dip galvanised fasteners. Electropar PLP
be used for conductor suspension if supplied with galvanised recommends the use of Armour Rods with suspension clamps.
steel straps and hardware.
Outer Diameter
Without Strap With Strap
Range (mm)
Min. Max.
SCAT-1221 - 12.0 21.0
SCAT-L011421 - 13.0 35.0
SCAT-1520 - 15.0 20.0
SCAT-1628 SCAT-1628-A 16.0 28.0
SCAT-2838 SCAT-2838-A 28.0 38.0
SCAT-4652 SCAT-4652-A 46.0 52.0 Without Strap With Strap
Section 2
Section
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
ABC SUSPENSION CLAMP AS SERIES
BCSC
Captured Nut
The AS Series of LV ABC Suspension Clamps are intended AS Series Suspension Clamps are designed as a one-piece
for use on straight runs and for line deviation angles up to 25°. format to eliminate the dropping of components whilst installing
the clamp. In addition, the cable is supported even when the
AS Series Suspension Clamps are suitable for coastal clamp is in the open position, speeding and easing installation.
environments and are manufactured from high strength
corrosion-resistant aluminium alloy, incorporating neoprene Tested to Australian Standard 3766.
bushes and stainless steel hardware. An optional feature of the
AS Series Suspension Clamps is a weak link which ensures
the suspension clamp will fail before the cable breaks.
Part Catalogue Conductor Construction

Number Number (mm2)
BCSC-2050-2S 2 x 50
BCSC-2050-2SWL 2 x 50
BCSC-2050-2SHD 2 x 50
BCSC-2095-2S 2 x 95
BCSC-2095-2SWL 2 x 95
BCSC-2095-2SHD 2 x 95
BCSC-4050-2S 4 x 50
BCSC-4050-2SWL 4 x 50
BCSC-4050-2SHD 4 x 50
BCSC-4095-2S 4 x 95
BCSC-4095-2SWL 4 x 95
BCSC-4095-2SHD 4 x 95
Note: WL = Weak Link (5kN).

HD = Heavy Duty (stainless wear ring).
Section 2
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
ABC SUSPENSION CLAMP ASV SERIES
BCSC
Captured Nut
The ASV Series of LV ABC Suspension Clamps have been The ASV Series Suspension Clamps are suited to coastal
developed to protect the integrity of the cable insulation by environments and are manufactured from high strength
controlling the cable slip during impact loads. The built-in corrosion-resistant aluminium alloy and incorporate neoprene
failure link allows the undamaged cable to drop to the ground, bushes and stainless steel hardware. A failure link is built into
thus providing a co-ordinated failure mechanism. The clamps the clamp.
are intended for use on straight runs and line deviation angles
up to 25°. The clamps are designed as a one-piece format, eliminating
the common problem of dropping components whilst installing
The installation features of the clamps have been designed the clamp. The ASV Series Suspension Clamp greatly assists
following extensive field trials carried out in conjunction with linesmen by supporting the cable in the open position and
the major electricity distribution authorities. allowing fast installation by simply closing the clamp and
tightening the fastener.
The Electropar PLP AS Series Suspension Clamp complies

with Australian Standard 3766.
Conductor Weak Link

Part Catalogue
Construction Failing
Number Number
(mm2) Load (kN)
BCSC-4095-3S 4 x 95 6
BCSC-4095-3SHD 4 x 95 N/A
BCSC-4150-3S 4 x 150 8
BCSC-4150-3SHD 4 x 150 N/A
Note: HD = Heavy Duty (stainless wear ring).
Section 2
Section
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
ABC ROLLER SUSPENSION CLAMP - BCSCRA
STRAIN CLAMP AS SERIES - BCTC
ABC Roller Suspension Clamp - BCSCRA
The ABC Roller Suspension Clamp is a lightweight device to The ABC Roller Suspension Clamp has rounded eye edges
support and suspend aerial-bundled cable from pole hooks and a hinged jaw for ease of installation. The clamp is supplied
without damage. With the assistance of an integrated and with a stainless steel hinge pin. With an extra long retaining
reusable cable-stringing roller, the system allows for easier screw, the seat and nut may remain captive during installation.
installation of conductors.
The ABC Roller Suspension Clamp is normally supplied with
a weak link to allow the eye to break away from the body if the
load exceeds 6.5kN.
Part Catalogue Conductor

Number Number Construction (mm2)
BCSCRA-2095-WL 2 x 95 and 4 x 50
BCSCRA-2095 2 x 95 and 4 x 50
BCSCRA-4095-WL 4 x 95
BCSCRA-4095 4 x 95
BCSCRA-4150 4 x 150
BCSCRA-4150WL 4 x 150
Roller bracket to
BCSRA-Roller
support clamp
Strain Clamp AS Series - BCTC
The PREFORMED™ AS Series of Strain Clamps are intended The PREFORMED™ AS Series Strain Clamp has UV-stabilised
for use on low voltage aerial-bundled conductors (LV ABC) glass reinforced nylon clamping wedges and aluminium alloy
for in-line or angle termination and tested to AS3766. The AS straps. It incorporates a large window for easy cable exit. The
Series Strain Clamp is light and easy to handle. standard clamps are supplied with stainless steel clamp bolts
and a galvanised steel clevis pin. A stainless steel clevis pin
can also be supplied for special applications.
Conductor Clamp
Part Catalogue
Construction Hardware
Number Number
(mm2) Material
BCTC-4050-2 4 x 50 Galvanised
BCTC-4150-3G 4 x (95 -150) Galvanised
Stainless
BCTC-4150-3S 4 x (95 -150)
Steel
Section 2
SUSPENSION CLAMPS
SERVICE CLAMP - BCST
Electropar PLP’s Service Clamps are UV-stabilised, bolted type Electropar PLP’s Service Clamps are available in galvanised
service strain and suspension clamps. Their glass reinforced steel or glass reinforced nylon straps with M10 stainless steel
nylon clamping blocks are spring loaded for ease of cable fasteners and are available with open hook or closed eye.
insertion.
Conductor
Part Catalogue Length
Construction Box
Number Number (mm)
(mm2)
BCST-2025-3G 2 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-2025-3GA 2 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-2025-3P 2 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-2025-3PA 2 x (10 - 35) 170 36
BCST-2025-3GLS 2 x (10 - 35) 250
BCST-2025-3GAL 2 x (10 - 35) 250
BCST-2025-3GL 2 x (10 - 35) 250
BCST-4035-3G 4 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-4035-3GA 4 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-4035-3P 4 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-4035-3PA 4 x (10 - 35) 170
BCST-4035-3GLS 4 x (10 - 35) 250
BCST-4035-3GAL 4 x (10 - 35) 250
BCST-4035-3GL 4 x (10 - 35) 250
Note: G = Galvanised Strap

GA = Galvanised Strap (closed eye)
GLS = Galvanised Latching Strap (long)
GL = Galvanised Strap (long)
GAL = Galvanised Strap (closed eye - long)
P = Glass-Filled Nylon Strap
PA = Glass-Filled Nylon Strap (closed eye)
Section 2
Section
SECTION 3 - VIBRATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vibration
Section Page
Spiral Vibration Damper - SVD............................................................................................ 3 108

VORTX™ Stockbridge Damper - VSD................................................................................ 3 109
VORTX™ Stockbridge Damper Structural Rod................................................................... 3 110
Section 3
VIBRATION
SPIRAL VIBRATION DAMPER
SVD
Gripping Section Damping Section
End Relief
Spiral Vibration Dampers are made from high impact, UV- Spiral Vibration Dampers are designed to reduce conductor
resistant, polyvinyl chloride (PVC). They are non-corrosive vibration at tangent supports and deadend positions. The
and do not abrade the conductor or require engineering degree of protection needed on a specific line depends upon
calculations for positioning. a number of factors such as line design, temperature, tension
and exposure to the wind flow.
Conductor Diameter Range Span Length Standard SVD

Part Catalogue (mm) Standard Pack (m) Quantities
Colour Code
Minimum Maximum 0 - 244 2
245 - 488 4
SVD-0102 4.42 6.34 30 Red
489 - 732 6
SVD-0103 6.35 8.29 60 Blue
733 - 976 8
SVD-0104 8.30 11.74 60 Black
977 - 1,220 10
SVD-0105 11.75 14.30 60 Yellow
SVD-0106 14.31 19.30 25 Green
Spiral Vibration Damper Placement Guide
SVDs may be subsetted together in sets of up to three pieces. As a general recommendation, place SVDs on the bare
Do not place more than three SVDs together in a subset as this conductor or shield wire approximately one hand’s width away
can cause them to bind and reduce their overall effectiveness. from suspension rods, deadend rods, ties, etc.
SVDs have the advantage of being placement-independent Please consult Electropar PLP for recommendations when
and may be placed at either end of the span, or on both ends you have:
if so desired. SVDs are designed to be placed directly onto • Flat open terrain, river or gully crossings.
the conductor or shield wire and not onto rods or attachment • Tensions that are greater than 20% UTS.
hardware. • Aerial warning spheres that are installed.
Section 3
Section
VIBRATION
VORTX™ STOCKBRIDGE DAMPER
VSD
Vibration
Aeolian vibration is a high frequency low amplitude motion Features:
caused by smooth laminar winds passing across the line. When
conductors or cables are exposed to this wind, a phenomenon • Contoured clamp: Aluminium alloy extrusions offer a more
known as “eddy shedding” occurs. Eddy or Vortex shedding “precision” fit to evenly capture the conductor. As a result,
creates an alternating pressure imbalance inducing the tightening the bolt brings the clamp components together
conductor to move up and down at right angles to the direction with evenly distributed pressure along the conductor
of air flow. These vibrations take the form of discrete standing surface.
waves that can cause support hardware breakdown, conductor
fatigue, abrasion and eventually conductor failure. • Clamp profile: The clamp profile is configured to hang from
the conductor or cable during installation in accordance
The VORTX™ Stockbridge Damper exceeds the two response with IEC standards. Hands are free to wrench tighten and
performance with a multi-response design that effectively reach proper torque.
reduces vibration over a wider range of imposing frequencies.
This is accomplished by a design that has unequal messenger • Messenger strand: Galvanised steel messenger strand
strand lengths enhanced in most cases with unequal weights. absorbs the vibration energy efficiently with optimum
The weight sizes and messenger strand lengths are matched manufacturing techniques.
to specific conductor/cable impedance and line operating
conditions that achieve optimum performance. • Weight: Galvanised modular iron weights hug the sides
of the messenger strand, not enclosing it. The possibility
Electropar PLP uses proprietary computer software to make of corrosion is reduced.
VORTX™ placement recommendations for maximising damper
performance. Input data considers many variables specific to • Weight attachment: Electropar PLP offers a collet type
individual lines, their designs, construction, and local operating or crimped attachment to secure the weights to the
conditions. The output recommendations include the specific messenger. Both meet pull-off strength requirements in
model VORTX™ Damper, the quantity required and the damper accordance with IEC and AS1154.1 standards without
placement within the span. changing properties of the adjoining messenger.
Section 3
VIBRATION
VORTX™ STOCKBRIDGE DAMPER - VSD
VORTX™ STOCKBRIDGE DAMPER STRUCTURAL ROD
Conductor Clamp Overall

Diameter Range Diameter Range
Part Catalogue (mm) (mm)
Number Number
Min. Max. Min. Max.
VSD-1012 9.7 12.3

9.7 11.9
VSD-1020* 15.5 20.0
VSD-2016 12.3 15.5
VSD-2020 15.5 20.0
12.0 18.2
VSD-2025* 20.0 25.0
VSD-2032* 25.0 32.0 VSD Selection Chart
VSD-2520 15.5 20.0
For AAC, ACSR, AAAC and OPGW
VSD-2525 18.3 21.7 20.0 25.0 Step 1: Choose conductor diameter from the range to the left.
VSD-2532* 25.0 32.0
Step 2: Choose clamp size from the range to the left
VSD-3525 20.0 25.0 i.e. total diameter including armour rods if applicable.
VSD-3532* 25.0 32.0
21.8 24.9 Step 3: Choose corresponding part number.
VSD-3540* 32.0 40.1
VSD-3550* 40.1 50.0
VSD-4032 25.0 32.0
VSD-4040 32.0 40.1
25.0 33.9
VSD-4050* 40.1 50.0
VSD-4061* 50.0 61.0
Note: * In most cases, dampers are placed over Armour or
VSD-5040 32.0 40.1 Structural Rods. Final selection for weight combination
VSD-5050 32.1 44.7 40.1 50.0 at merging ranges are determined from conductor
type and tension. Contact Electropar PLP for further
VSD-5061* 50.0 61.0 recommendations.
VORTX™ Stockbridge Damper Structural Rod
Conductor
Part Catalogue Diameter Range (mm) Standard Pack
Rod Length (mm) Colour Code
Min. Max.
VDSR-110 10.50 11.49 500 50 Green

VDSR-120 11.50 12.49 500 50 Purple
VDSR-130 12.50 13.79 500 50 Orange
VDSR-140 13.80 14.89 500 50 Blue
VDSR-150 14.90 15.49 500 30 Brown
VDSR-160 15.50 16.49 500 30 Yellow
VDSR-170 16.50 17.49 500 30 Red
VDSR-180 17.50 18.49 500 30 Yellow
VDSR-190 18.50 19.49 500 30 Yellow
VDSR-200 19.50 20.49 500 30 Yellow
VDSR-210 20.50 21.49 500 30 Blue
VDSR-320 31.50 32.49 700 30 Purple
Section 3
Section
SECTION 4 - CABLE JOINTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cable Joints
Section Page
Aluminium to Aluminium Compression - Installation Guide................................................ 4 112

Same Sized Cables - Aluminium without Barrier - EPAF..................................................... 4 113
Same Sized Cables - Aluminium with Barrier - EPNT......................................................... 4 114
Aluminium to Copper Compression - Installation Guide..................................................... 4 115
Transition Joint for Different Sized Cables - Aluminium with Barrier - EPNT....................... 4 116
Bi-Metal Compression - Installation Guide.......................................................................... 4 120
Transition Joint for Different Sized Cables - Bi-Metal with Barrier - EPBJ.......................... 4 121
Copper Compression - Installation Guide............................................................................ 4 125
Same Sized Cables - Copper without Barrier - EPCJ......................................................... 4 126
Same Sized Cables - Copper with Barrier - EPCJSL.......................................................... 4 127
Same Sized or Different Sized Cables - Copper with Barrier - Heavy Duty - EPCNT.......... 4 128
Transition Joint for Different Sized Cables - Copper with Barrier - Heavy Duty - EPNTCu.. 4 129
Elliptical Compression - Installation Guide.......................................................................... 4 130
Elliptical Compression - Multiple Cables - Aluminium - EPECJ........................................... 4 131
Elliptical Compression - Multiple Cables - Aluminium Multi-Joints - EPEMJ........................ 4 132
Multi-Joint Compression - Multiple Cables - Copper - EPCuMJ.......................................... 4 133
Shear Bolt Connectors - GLL/B, CLL................................................................................... 4 134
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
ALUMINIUM TO ALUMINIUM COMPRESSION AL to
INSTALLATION GUIDE AL
1. Ensure you have the correct size of die, a suitable compression 2. Use a stainless steel wire brush to remove the oxide layer
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is not from the outermost cable strands. Insert the two conductors
pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal or EP Uni-Grip “C” compound. If into the connector.
the cable is insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the
conductors. The exposed strands of the cable should allow
for 10%-15% elongation of the connector once compressed.
3. Compress the connector, starting from the middle. 4. Continue compressing the connector working towards the
end where the cable is inserted. The “bites” of the die should
be overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important that you
do not leave any gaps between bites of the die. It is good
practice to rotate the tool by one flat every “bite” to avoiding
“banana-ing” the joint.
5. Once fully compressed, remove any die flashing or sharp

edges with a file. If the cable is insulated, apply a heatshrink
or tape insulation system to electrically insulate the cable
connection.
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
SAME SIZED CABLES AL to
ALUMINIUM WITHOUT BARRIER AL
EPAF (DA SERIES AND AF SERIES DIES)
Cable Joints
• Manufactured from high conductivity aluminium tube
• To connect stranded and stranded compacted aluminium conductors
• Indented with a centre stop for equal conductor insertion
• Pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal jointing compound
• Heat cycle tested to IEC 61238-1, Part 1, Class B 2003-05
• Mechanically tested to IEC 61238-1, Clause 7 (limited tension)
• Connectors for both CDA dies and AF dies available
• For complete installation instructions refer to page 112
Uncompressed (cutaway) Compressed
Alcan DA Dies Across Flat (AF) Dies AF
Part Catalogue Cable Size Part Catalogue Cable Size Die AF

Die Size
Number Number (mm2) Number Number (mm2) (mm)
EPAF-16/25C-M-3 16/25C CDA3 EPAF-16-9AF 16 9.0
EPAF-70SOL-M-5P 70 Solid CDA5P EPAF-70SOL-132AF 70 Solid 13.2
EPAF-630-M-12 630 CDA12 EPAF-630-432AF 630 43.2
EPAF-800C-M-12 800C CDA12 EPAF-800-432AF 800 43.2
Note: C = Compacted.
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
SAME SIZED CABLES AL to
ALUMINIUM WITH BARRIER AL
EPNT (DA SERIES AND AF SERIES DIES)
• Manufactured from high conductivity aluminium rod

• With solid water blocking barrier in the centre of the connector
• Connectors for both CDA dies and AF dies available
Solid barrier
Part Catalogue Cable Size Part Catalogue Cable Size Die AF

Die Size
Number Number (mm2) Number Number (mm2) (mm)
EPNT-16/25C-M-3 16/25C CDA3 EPNT-16-9AF 16 9.0
EPNT-70SOL-M-5P 70 Solid CDA5P EPNT-70SOL-132AF 70 Solid 13.2
EPNT-630-M-12 630 CDA12 EPNT-630-432AF 630 43.2
EPNT-800C-M-12 800C CDA12 EPNT-800-432AF 800 43.2
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
ALUMINIUM TO COPPER COMPRESSION AL AL
to to
INSTALLATION GUIDE AL Cu
Cable Joints
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is not from the outermost cable strands. Never use the same
pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal and EP Joint Seal compound. If brush for cleaning the aluminium and copper cable strands.
the cable is insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the Insert the two conductors into the connector. The aluminium
conductors. The exposed strands of the cable should allow conductor goes into the end of the connector with grey
for 10%-15% elongation of the connector once compressed. Uni-Seal compound. The copper conductor goes into the
end of the connector with the white Joint Seal compound.

or tape insulation system to electrically insulate the transition
joint connection.
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
TRANSITION JOINT FOR DIFFERENT SIZED CABLES AL AL
to to
ALUMINIUM WITH BARRIER AL Cu
EPNT (DA SERIES DIES)

• To stranded copper conductors or stranded/stranded compacted
aluminium conductors
• Pre-filled with jointing compound
• EP Uni-Seal (grey) for aluminium cable end(s)
• EP Joint Seal (white) for copper cable end
• Connectors for both CDA dies (page 116/117) and AF dies (page
118/119) available
Solid barrier
Alcan DA Dies
Part Catalogue Cable Size Die Part Catalogue Cable Size Die
Number Number (mm2) Size Number Number (mm2) Size
EPNT-25/16-M-3 25AL to 16Cu CDA3 EPNT-95/16-M-6 95AL to 16Cu CDA6
EPNT-70/7/064-M-5 70AL to 7/.064Cu CDA5 EPNT-150/16-M-7 150AL to 16Cu CDA7
EPNT-70SOL/16-M-5 70 Solid AL to 16Cu CDA5P EPNT-150/25-M-7 150AL to 25Cu CDA7
EPNT-95/7/14-M-6 95AL to 7/14Cu CDA6 EPNT-150/70-M-7 150AL to 70Cu CDA7
EPNT-95/7/064-M-6 95AL to 7/064Cu CDA6 EPNT-150/95-M-7 150AL to 95Cu CDA7
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
to to
Cable Joints
Alcan DA Dies Continued
Part Catalogue Cable Size Die Part Catalogue Cable Size Die
Number Number (mm2) Size Number Number (mm2) Size
EPNT-300/120-M-9 300AL to 120Cu CDA9
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
to to
EPNT (AF SERIES DIES)

• Connectors for both CDA dies (page 116/117) and AF dies (page
118/119) available
Solid barrier
Across Flat (AF) Dies AF AF
Die Die
Part Catalogue Cable Size Part Catalogue Cable Size
AF AF
Number Number (mm2) Number Number (mm2)
(mm) (mm)
EPNT-25/16-9AF 25AL to 16Cu 9.0 EPNT-95/7/064-173AF 95AL to 7/.064Cu 17.3
EPNT-35/10-9AF 35AL to 10Cu 9.0 EPNT-95/16-173AF 95AL to 16Cu 17.3
EPNT-70/7/064-132AF 70AL to 7/.064Cu 13.2 EPNT-120/95-173AF 120AL to 95Cu 17.3
EPNT-70SOL/16-132AF 70 Solid AL to 16Cu 13.2 EPNT-150/16-22AF 150AL to 16Cu 22.0
EPNT-95/7/14-173AF 95AL to 7/14Cu 17.3 EPNT-150/50-22AF 150AL to 50Cu 22.0
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
to to
EPNT (AF SERIES DIES)
Cable Joints
Across Flat (AF) Dies Continued AF AF
Die Die
Part Catalogue Cable Size Part Catalogue Cable Size
AF AF
Number Number (mm2) Number Number (mm2)
(mm) (mm)
EPNT-300/95-284AF 300AL to 95Cu 28.4
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
BI-METAL COMPRESSION AL to
INSTALLATION GUIDE Cu
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is not from the outermost cable strands. Never use the same brush
pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal and EP Joint Seal compound. If for cleaning the aluminium and copper cable strands. Insert
the cable is insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the the two conductors into the connector.
conductors. The exposed strands of the cable should allow
3. Compress the connector starting from 10mm either side of 4. Continue compressing the connector working towards the
the middle. Do not compress over the friction weld that joins end where the cable is inserted. The “bites” of the die should
the copper and aluminium parts of the connector. be overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important that you

joint connection.
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
TRANSITION JOINT FOR DIFFERENT SIZED CABLES AL to
BI-METAL WITH BARRIER Cu
EPBJ (DA SERIES DIES)
Cable Joints
• Friction welded high conductivity aluminium and copper rod
• Connectors for both aluminium CDA dies (page 121/122) and AF
dies (page 123/124) available
• For copper compression end use CDCU dies or copper AF dies
Solid barrier
Alcan DA Dies
Cable Die Cable Die

Part Catalogue Die Size Part Catalogue Die Size
Size Size Size Size
Number Number Copper Number Number Copper
(mm2) Alum. (mm2) Alum.
25AL to 70 Sol AL
EPBJ-25/16-M-3-DCu35 CDA3 CDCu35 EPBJ-70SOL/35-M-5P-DCu35 CDA5P CDCu35
16Cu to 35Cu
35AL to 70 Sol AL
EPBJ-35/10-M-4-DCu35 CDA4 CDCu35 EPBJ-70SOL/70-M-5P-DCu70 CDA5P CDCu70
10Cu to 70Cu
35AL to 95AL to
EPBJ-35/16-M-4-DCu35 CDA4 CDCu35 EPBJ-95/7/14-M-6-DCu50 CDA6 CDCu50
16Cu 7/14Cu
35AL to 95AL to
EPBJ-35/25-M-4-DCu35 CDA4 CDCu35 EPBJ-95/7/064-M-6-DCu50 CDA6 CDCu50
25Cu 7/.064Cu
50AL to 95AL to
EPBJ-50/16-M-4-DCu35 CDA4 CDCu35 EPBJ-95/16-M-6-DCu35 CDA6 CDCu35
16Cu 16Cu
50AL to 95AL to
25Cu 25Cu
50AL to 95AL to
35Cu 35Cu
70AL to 95AL to
16Cu 50Cu
70AL to 95AL to
25Cu 70Cu
70AL to 120AL to
35Cu 16Cu
70AL to 120AL to
50Cu 25Cu
70AL to 120AL to
EPBJ-70/7/064-M-5-DCu50 CDA5 CDCu50 EPBJ-120/35-M-6-DCu35 CDA6 CDCu35
7/.064Cu 35Cu
70 Sol AL 120AL to
EPBJ-70SOL/16-M-5P-DCu35 CDA5P CDCu35 EPBJ-120/50-M-6-DCu50 CDA6 CDCu50
to 16Cu 50Cu
70 Sol AL 120AL to
EPBJ-70SOL/25-M-5P-DCu35 CDA5P CDCu35 EPBJ-120/70-M-6-DCu70 CDA6 CDCu70
to 25Cu 70Cu
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
EPBJ (DA SERIES DIES)
Alcan DA Dies Continued
Cable Die Cable Die

Part Catalogue Die Size Part Catalogue Die Size
Size Size Size Size
Number Number Copper Number Number Copper
(mm2) Alum. (mm2) Alum.
120AL to 300AL to
95Cu 50Cu
150AL to 300AL to
16Cu 70Cu
150AL to 300AL to
25Cu 95Cu
150AL to 300AL to
30Cu 120Cu
150AL to 300AL to
35Cu 150Cu
150AL to 300AL to
50Cu 185Cu
150AL to 300AL to
70Cu 240Cu
150AL to 400AL to
95Cu 25Cu
150AL to 400AL to
120Cu 70Cu
150AL to 400AL to
185Cu 95Cu
185AL to 400AL to
16Cu 120Cu
185AL to 400AL to
25Cu 150Cu
185AL to 400AL to
35Cu 185Cu
185AL to 400AL to
50Cu 240Cu
185AL to 400AL to
70Cu 300Cu
185AL to 500AL to
95Cu 70Cu
185AL to 500AL to
120Cu 95Cu
185AL to 500AL to
150Cu 120Cu
240AL to 500AL to
25Cu 185Cu
240AL to 500AL to
35Cu 240Cu
240AL to 500AL to
50Cu 300Cu
240AL to 630AL to
70Cu 95Cu
240AL to 630AL to
95Cu 150Cu
240AL to 630AL to
120Cu 185Cu
240AL to 630AL to
150Cu 300Cu
240AL to 630AL to
185Cu 400Cu
300AL to 800AL to
25Cu 500Cu
300AL to
EPBJ-300/35-M-9-DCu35 CDA9 CDCu35
35Cu
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
EPBJ (AF SERIES DIES)
Cable Joints
• Connectors for both aluminium CDA dies (page 121/122) and AF
dies (page 123/124) available
• For copper compression end use CDCU dies or copper AF dies
Solid barrier
Die Die
Cable Die AF Cable Die AF
Part Catalogue Size Part Catalogue Size
Size Copper Size Copper
Number Number Alum. Number Number Alum.
(mm2) (mm) (mm2) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
25 AL to 70 Sol AL
EPBJ-25/16-9AF-92AF 9.0 9.2 EPBJ-70SOL/35-132AF-92AF 13.2 9.2
16Cu to 35Cu
35 AL to 70 Sol AL
EPBJ-35/10-9AF-92AF 9.0 9.2 EPBJ-70SOL/70-132AF-115AF 13.2 11.5
10Cu to 70Cu
35 AL to 95 AL to
EPBJ-35/16-9AF-92AF 9.0 9.2 EPBJ-95/7/14-173AF-104AF 17.3 10.4
16Cu 7/14Cu
35 AL to 95 AL to
EPBJ-35/25-9AF-92AF 9.0 9.2 EPBJ-95/7/064-173AF-104AF 17.3 10.4
25Cu 7/.064Cu
50 AL to 95 AL to
EPBJ-50/16-132AF-92AF 13.2 9.2 EPBJ-95/16-173AF-92AF 17.3 9.2
16Cu 16Cu
50 AL to 95 AL to
25Cu 25Cu
50 AL to 95 AL to
35Cu 35Cu
70 AL to 95 AL to
16Cu 50Cu
70 AL to 95 AL to
25Cu 70Cu
70 AL to 120 AL
35Cu to 16Cu
70 AL to 120 AL
50Cu to 25Cu
70 AL to 120 AL
EPBJ-70/7/064-132AF-104AF 13.2 10.4 EPBJ-120/35-173AF-92AF 17.3 9.2
7/.064Cu to 35Cu
70 Sol AL 120 AL
EPBJ-70SOL/16-132AF-92AF 13.2 9.2 EPBJ-120/50-173AF-104AF 17.3 10.4
to 16Cu to 50Cu
70 Sol AL 120 AL
EPBJ-70SOL/25-132AF-92AF 13.2 9.2 EPBJ-120/70-173AF-115AF 17.3 11.5
to 25Cu to 70Cu
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
EPBJ (AF SERIES DIES)
Across Flat (AF) Dies Continued AF AF
Die Die
Part Catalogue Size Part Catalogue Size
Size Copper Size Copper
Number Number Alum. Number Number Alum.
(mm2) (mm) (mm2) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
120 AL 300 AL
to 95Cu to 50Cu
150 AL 300 AL
to 16Cu to 70Cu
150 AL 300 AL
to 25Cu to 95Cu
150 AL 300 AL
to 30Cu to 120Cu
150 AL 300 AL
to 35Cu to 150Cu
150 AL 300 AL
to 50Cu to 185Cu
150 AL 300 AL
to 70Cu to 240Cu
150 AL 400 AL
to 95 Cu to 25Cu
150 AL 400 AL
to 120Cu to 70Cu
150 AL 400 AL
to 185Cu to 95Cu
185 AL 400 AL
to 16Cu to 120Cu
185 AL 400 AL
to 25Cu to 150Cu
185 AL 400 AL
to 35Cu to 185Cu
185 AL 400 AL
to 50Cu to 240Cu
185 AL 400 AL
to 70Cu to 300Cu
185 AL 500 AL
to 95Cu to 70Cu
185 AL 500 AL
to 120Cu to 95Cu
185 AL 500 AL
to 150Cu to 120Cu
240 AL 500 AL
to 25Cu to 185Cu
240 AL 500 AL
to 35Cu to 240Cu
240 AL 500 AL
to 50Cu to 300Cu
240 AL 630 AL
to 70Cu to 95Cu
240 AL 630 AL
to 95Cu to 150Cu
240 AL 630 AL
to 120Cu to 185Cu
240 AL 630 AL
to 150Cu to 300Cu
240 AL 630 AL
to 185Cu to 400
300 AL 800 AL
to 25Cu to 500
300 AL
EPBJ-300/35-284AF-92AF 28.4 9.2
to 35Cu
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
COPPER COMPRESSION Cu to
Cable Joints
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is from the outermost cable strands. If the connector is not
not pre-filled with EP Joint Seal compound. If the cable is pre-filled with jointing compound, apply EP Joint Seal (white)
insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the conductors. to the cleaned cable strands insert the two conductors into
The exposed strands of the cable should allow for 10%-15% the connector.
elongation of the connector once compressed.

joint connection.
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
SAME SIZED CABLES Cu to
COPPER WITHOUT BARRIER Cu
EPCJ
• Manufactured from high conductivity copper tube

• Tinned for protection against oxidation
• To connect stranded copper conductors
• Indented with a centre dimple for equal conductor insertion
• For installation use indent tool or hydraulic tool with CDCU dies or
copper AF dies
AF
Hexagon
Cable
Part Catalogue CrImping Die Die AF
Size Tool Catalogue Number
Number Number Catalogue (mm)
(mm2)
Number
EPCJ-0.5 0.5
Mechanical
EP-HX4
EPCJ-2.5 2.5
Mechanical
EPCJ-4 4.0
EP-HX10
EPCJ-6 6.0
Mechanical
EP-HX16
EPCJ-10 10.0
EPCJ-16 16.0 CDCu16M 9.2
Mechanical
EP-HX50
EPCJ-25 25.0 CDCu25M 9.2

EP-HX120-B
Mechanical
EPCJ-35 35.0 CDCu35M 9.2

EPCJ-50 50.0 CDCu50M 10.4
EPCJ-70 70.0 CDCu70M 11.5
Hydraulic
12 Tonne
EPCJ-95 95.0 CDCu95M 14.2

EPCJ-120 120.0 CDCu120M 16.5
Hydraulic
60 Tonne
EPCJ-150 150.0 CDCu150M 18.3

EPCJ-185 185.0 CDCu185M 20.0
EPCJ-240 240.0 CDCu240M 23.1
EPCJ-300 300.0 CDCu300M 26.0
EPCJ-400 400.0 CDCu400M 28.1
EPCJ-500 500.0 CDCu500M 31.0
100 Tonne
Hydraulic
EPCJ-630 630.0 CDCu630M 39.0

EPCJ-800 800.0 CDCu800M 43.2
EPCJ-1000 1,000.0 CDCu1000M 52.5
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
SAME SIZED CABLES Cu to
COPPER WITH BARRIER Cu
EPCJSL
Cable Joints
• Water blocked with a press fitted centre barrier
• Tinned finish for protection against oxidation
• Indented with a centre dimple for equal conductor insertion
copper AF dies
AF
Hexagon
Part Catalogue Cable Size Die AF
Crimping Die
Number Number (mm2) (mm)
Catalogue Number
EPCJSL-10-92AF 10 CDCu35 9.2
EPCJSL-120-165AF 120 CDCu120 16.5
EPCJSL-150-183AF 150 CDCu150 18.3
EPCJSL-185-20AF 185 CDCu185 20.0
EPCJSL-240-231AF 240 CDCu240 23.1
EPCJSL-300-26AF 300 CDCu300 26.0
EPCJSL-400-281AF 400 CDCu400 28.1
EPCJSL-500-31AF 500 CDCu500 31.0
EPCJSL-630-39AF 630 CDCu630 39.0
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
SAME SIZED OR DIFFERENT SIZED CABLES Cu to
COPPER WITH BARRIER - HEAVY DUTY Cu
EPCNT
• Manufactured from high conductivity copper rod

• Water blocked with a solid centre barrier
• Pre-filled with EP Joint Seal jointing compound
• Untinned as standard, tinned finish available on request
• Recommended for oil filled or paper lead medium voltage copper cables
• Heavy duty for high short circuit withstand/high continuous current applications
• For installation use a hydraulic tool with CDCU dies or copper AF dies
• Same sized cables catalogue number example: EPCNT-185/185-CDCU185
• Different sized cables catalogue number example: EPCNT-185/95-CDCU185
• Custom manufacture available for imperial copper cables, e.g. 0.3in2,
37/.144
Solid barrier

(Same sized conductors illustrated) (Same sized conductors illustrated)
Main Conductor Tap Conductor

Compression Die AF Compression Die AF
Main Main Conductor Tap Conductor

Part Catalogue Conductor Compression Die Tap Conductor Compression Die
Number Number Size Die AF Size (mm2) Die AF
(mm2) Die Size Die Size
(mm) (mm)
EPCNT-16 /...-CDCu35 16 CDCu35 9.2 16 CDCu35 9.2
EPCNT-25 /...-CDCu35 25 CDCu35 9.2 25 CDCu35 9.2
EPCNT-35 / ...-CDCu35 35 CDCu35 9.2 35 CDCu35 9.2
EPCNT-400 / ...-CDCu400 400 CDCu400* 28.1 400 CDCu400* 28.1
EPCNT-50O / ...-JDCU500 500 JDCu500* 31.0 500 JDCu500* 31.0
EPCNT-630 / ...-JDCU630 630 JDCu630* 39.0 630 JDCu630* 39.0
* Suitable for use with 60 tonne tool.
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
TRANSITION JOINT FOR DIFFERENT SIZED CABLES Cu to
COPPER WITH BARRIER Cu
EPNTCu
Cable Joints
• Water blocked with a press fitted centre barrier
• Tinned finish for protection against oxidation
copper AF dies
Solid barrier
AF AF
Conductor Conductor
Size (mm) Size (mm)
(mm2) (mm2)
Main Tap Main Tap
EPNTCu-16/6-63/44AF 16 to 6 6.3 4.4 EPNTCu-150/70-183/115AF 150 to 70 18.3 11.5

EPNTCu-120/95-165/142AF 120 to 95 16.5 14.2
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
ELLIPTICAL COMPRESSION AL to
1. Ensure you have the correct size of die, a suitable compression 2. Use a stainless steel wire brush to remove the oxide layer from
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is not the outermost strands. Use a different brush for aluminium and
pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal and EP Joint Seal compound. Strip copper. Coat the cleaned aluminium cable strands with EP
the insulation off the ends of the conductors. The exposed Uni-Seal compound. Coat the cleaned copper cable strands
strands of the cable should allow for 10%-15% elongation with EP Joint Seal compound. Insert the 4 conductors into
of the connector once compressed. the elliptical compression connector.
3. Compress the connector, starting from the blank end. 4. Continue compressing the connector working towards the end
where the cable is inserted. The “bites” of the die should be
overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important that you do not
leave any gaps between bites of the die. It is good practice
to rotate the tool by one flat every “bite”.
5. Once fully compressed remove any die flashing or sharp

edges with a file and then insulate the connection with a
heat shrink cable end cap. It is best practice to insert some
mastic tape into the crutch of the compressed elliptical joint
to completely seal it against water ingress.
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
ELLIPTICAL COMPRESSION - MULTIPLE CABLES AL AL
to to
ALUMINIUM AL Cu
EPECJ
Cable Joints
• Manufactured from high conductivity elliptical aluminium rod
• To connect LV stranded and stranded compacted aluminium conductors
• To stranded copper conductors in low voltage (LV) street-side pillar boxes
• Many combinations of main/tap conductors available as standard
• Install with EP jointing compounds
• EP Uni-Seal (grey) for aluminium cable(s)
• EP Joint Seal (white) for copper cable(s)
• All elliptical cap joints are installed with an EJ die

Die Size Die Size
386456 EPECJ-1/25,3/16 EJ Die 385674 EPECJ-2/120,3/16 EJ Die
399987 EPECJ-3/25 EJ Die 385664 EPECJ-2/120,1/35 EJ Die
386243 EPECJ-2/35S,2/25 EJ Die 313920 EPECJ-2/150,2/16 EJ Die
399826 EPECJ 1/70,2/25 EJ Die 395115 EPECJ-1/185,2/16 EJ Die
313892 EPECJ-2/70,2/25 EJ Die 399876 EPECJ-1/185,1/35,2/16 EJ Die
939959 EPECJ-3/70 EJ Die 388392 EPECJ-1/185,1/95 EJ Die
395065 EPECJ-4/70 EJ Die 386253 EPECJ-1/185,1/95,2/16 EJ Die
388851 EPECJ-1/95,1/35,2/16 EJ Die 385657 EPECJ-1/185,1/95,2/25 EJ Die
399252 EPECJ-1/95,1/70,2/16 EJ Die 387346 EPECJ-1/185,1/95,2/35 EJ Die
395113 EPECJ-1/95,2/16 EJ Die 388836 EPECJ-1/185,1/95S,2/25 EJ Die
388447 EPECJ-1/95,3/25 EJ Die 387943 EPECJ-1/185CM,1/95CM,2/16 EJ Die
386358 EPECJ-1/120,1/95,2/25 EJ Die 387622 EPECJ-1/240,1/25 EJ Die
385675 EPECJ-2/120,BLANK EJ Die 399286 EPECJ-1/240,2/35 EJ Die
313910 EPECJ-2/120,2/16 E J Die
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
ELLIPTICAL COMPRESSION - MULTIPLE CABLES AL to
ALUMINIUM MULTI-JOINTS AL
EPEMJ
• Manufactured from high conductivity elliptical aluminium rod

• To connect LV stranded and stranded compacted aluminium conductors
• To stranded copper conductors for low voltage (LV) rising mains to
415V pillar boxes
• Install with EP jointing compounds
• EP Uni-Seal (grey) for aluminium cable(s)
• EP Joint Seal (white) for copper cable(s)
• All elliptical multi joints are installed with an EJ die

Die Size Die Size
386243 EPEMJ-2/35S,2/25 386273 EPEMJ-1/185,2/95+2/25
313984 EPEMJ-3/70,2/70 396049 EPEMJ-1/185,1/120+2/16
395039 EPEMJ-4/70S,4/70S 386363 EPEMJ-1/185+1/120,1/120
386024 EPEMJ-3/95,3/16 313988 EPEMJ-2/185,2/35
385952 EPEMJ-3/95,2/25 386255 EPEMJ-2/185,1/70
395117 EPEMJ-4/95,4/95 313990 EPEMJ-2/185,2/70
395118 EPEMJ-4/120,4/120 385947 EPEMJ-2/185+2/16,1/185
386356 EPEMJ-1/185,2/25 385959 EPEMJ-2/185,1/185+3/16
386272 EPEMJ-1/185,1/95+2/25 385964 EPEMJ-2/185,1/185+1/25
Section 4
Section
CABLE JOINTS
MULTI-JOINT COMPRESSION - MULTIPLE CABLES Cu to
COPPER Cu
EPCuMJ
Cable Joints
• Manufactured from high conductivity copper rod
• To connect multiple LV stranded copper conductors
• Commonly used for making street lighting taps from main street
lighting circuits
• Install with EP Joint Seal (white) jointing compound applied to all cables
AF
Main Tap
Part Catalogue Die AF
Conductors Conductors Die Size
Number Number (mm)
(mm2) (mm2)
EPCuMJ-3/25-1/35-CDCu120 3/25 1/35 CDCu120 16.5
EPCuMJ-3/35-1/50-CDCu120 3/35 1/50 CDCu120 16.5
EPCuMJ-3/35-2/16-CDCu185 3/35 2/16 CDCu185 20.0
EPCuMJ-3/35-2/35-CDCu185 3/35 2/35 CDCu185 20.0
EPCuMJ-2/50-Blank-CDCu185 2/50 Blank CDCu185 20.0
EPCuMJ-2/50-1/50-CDCu185 2/50 1/50 CDCu185 20.0
EPCuMJ-2/50-1/16-CDCu185 2/50 1/16 CDCu185 20.0
Section 4
CABLE JOINTS
SHEAR BOLT CONNECTORS
GLL/B, CLL
Aluminium Shear Bolt Connectors - CLL
• Shear bolt connectors with wide cable size acceptance ranges

• Suitable for low voltage
• Machined from high conductivity aluminium tube
• To connect stranded and stranded compacted low voltage aluminium
conductors
• Torque controlled shear bolts guarantee electrical performance
• Install with socket and ½” ratchet drive
Dimensions
Part Catalogue Conductor Size
Number Number (mm2) Length Connector Diameter
(mm) (mm)
CLL10-35 10 - 35
CLL50-95 50 - 95
CLL120-185 120 - 185
CLL240-300 240 - 300
Aluminium Shear Bolt Connectors - GLL/B
• Shear bolt connectors with wide cable size acceptance ranges

• Suitable for medium voltage
• Machined from high conductivity aluminium tube
• To connect stranded and stranded compacted medium voltage
Dimensions
Number Number (mm2) Length Connector Diameter
(mm) (mm)
GLL10-35/2/B 10 - 35 45 19
GLL16-70/4/B 16 - 70 106 23
GLL25-95/2/B 25 - 95 65 24
GLL50-150/4/B 50 - 150 135 28
GLL95-240/6/B 25 - 240 149 34
GLL185-400/6/B 185 - 400 218 44
Section 4
Section
SECTION 5 - OVERHEAD CABLE JOINTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Overhead Cable Joints

Section Page
Non Tension Joint for Same Sized Cables - Aluminium without Barrier - EPNTAAJ, EPNTJ,
EPNTAAAJ.................................................................................................................................... 5 136
Transition Joint for Different Sized Conductors - Aluminium with Barrier - EPNT....................... 5 137
Full Tension Joint for Same Sized Cables - Aluminium without Barrier - EPAAJ, EPJ,
EPAAAJ............................................................................................................................... 5 138
Full Tension Joint for Same Sized Cables - Copper without Barrier - EPCuJ...................... 5 139
Section 5
OVERHEAD CABLE JOINTS
NON TENSION JOINT FOR SAME SIZED CABLES AL to
EPNTAAJ, EPNTJ, EPNTAAAJ (DA AND AF SERIES DIES)
For Joining Overhead Conductors in Non Tension Situations

• For non tension connection of overhead AAC, ACSR and AAAC
• Install connectors for AAC and ACSR with CDA series compression dies
• Install connectors for AAAC with AF type aluminium compression dies
Solid barrier
Non Tension Uni Joints for AAC Conductors - EPNTAAJ Non Tension Uni Joints for ACSR Conductors - EPNTJ
Part Catalogue Conductor Part Catalogue Conductor

Die Size Die Size
Number Number Size (mm2) Number Number Size (mm2)
EPNTAAJ-Ladybird-3 Ladybird CDA3 EPNTJ-Squirrel-3 Squirrel CDA3
EPNTAAJ-Namu-3 Namu CDA3 EPNTJ-Gopher-4 Gopher CDA4
EPNTAAJ-Poko-4 Poko CDA4 EPNTJ-Ferret-5 Ferret CDA5
EPNTAAJ-Fly-5 Fly CDA5 EPNTJ-Mink-6 Mink CDA6
EPNTAAJ-Grasshopper-5 Grasshopper CDA5 EPNTJ-Dog-7 Dog CDA7
EPNTAAJ- Kutu-5 Kutu CDA5 EPNTJ-Dingo-7 Dingo CDA7
EPNTAAJ-Bee-6 Bee CDA6 EPNTJ-Jaguar-9 Jaguar CDA9
EPNTAAJ-Beetle-6 Beetle CDA6
EPNTAAJ-Cricket-6 Cricket CDA6
Non Tension Uni Joints for AAAC Conductors - EPNTAAAJ
EPNTAAJ-Rango-6 Rango CDA6
EPNTAAJ-Wasp-6 Wasp CDA6 Part Catalogue Conductor
Die Size
Number Number Size (mm2)
EPNTAAJ-Weke-7 Weke CDA7
EPNTAAAJ-Boron-11AF Boron 11.0AF
EPNTAAJ-Weta-7 Weta CDA7
EPNTAAAJ-Chlorine-14AF Chlorine 14.0AF
EPNTAAJ-Butterfly-9 Butterfly CDA9
EPNTAAAJ-Fluorine-14AF Fluorine 14.0AF
EPNTAAJ-Cockroach-9 Cockroach CDA9
EPNTAAAJ-Helium-18AF Helium 18.0AF
EPNTAAJ-Mata-9 Mata CDA9
EPNTAAAJ-Hydrogen-22AF Hydrogen 22.0AF
EPNTAAAJ-Iodine-22AF Iodine 22.0AF
EPNTAAAJ-Neon-285AF Neon 28.5AF
Section 5
Section
TRANSITION JOINT FOR DIFFERENT SIZED CONDUCTORS AL AL

to to
For Joining Copper and Aluminium Conductors - Water Blocked

• For non tension connection of overhead AAC, ACSR and AAAC
• To stranded copper or aluminium conductors or
• Install with CDA series compression dies
Solid barrier
Part Catalogue Die Part Catalogue Die

Name/mm2 Name/mm2
Number Number Size Number Number Size
EPNT-Namu/Namu-3 Namu/Namu CDA3 EPNT-Beetle/95-6 Beetle/95 CDA6
EPNT-Kutu/7/064-5 Kutu/7/.064 CDA5 EPNT-Beetle/120-6 Beetle/120 CDA6
EPNT-Kutu/7/080-5 Kutu/7/.080 CDA5 EPNT-Beetle/185-6 Beetle/185 CDA6
EPNT-Kutu/16-5 Kutu/16 CDA5 EPNT-Weke/Rango-7 Weke/Rango CDA7
EPNT-Kutu/25-5 Kutu/25 CDA5 EPNT-Weke/95-7 Weke/95 CDA7
EPNT-Kutu/19/064-5 Kutu/19/.064 CDA5 EPNT-Weke/19/064-7 Weke/19/.064 CDA7
EPNT-Cricket/7/064-6 Cricket/7/.064 CDA6 EPNT-Weke/19/080-7 Weke/19/.080 CDA7
EPNT-Cricket/19/064-6 Cricket/19/.064 CDA6 EPNT-Weta/35-7 Weta/35 CDA7
EPNT-Rango/16-6 Rango/16 CDA6 EPNT-Weta/95-7 Weta/95 CDA7
EPNT-Rango/25-6 Rango/25 CDA6 EPNT-Huhu/70-7 Huhu/70 CDA7
EPNT-Rango/35-6 Rango/35 CDA6 EPNT-Huhu/185-7 Huhu/185 CDA7
EPNT-Rango/95-6 Rango/95 CDA6 EPNT-Cockroach/Cricket-9 Cockroach/Cricket CDA9
EPNT-Beetle/16-6 Beetle/16 CDA6 EPNT-Cockroach/37/083-9 Cockroach/37/.083 CDA9
EPNT-Beetle/35-6 Beetle/35 CDA6 EPNT-Cockroach/240-9 Cockroach/240 CDA9
EPNT-Beetle/70-6 Beetle/70 CDA6 EPNT-Mata/300-9 Mata/300 CDA9
Section 5
FULL TENSION JOINT FOR SAME SIZED CABLES AL to
EPAAJ, EPJ, EPAAAJ (DA AND AF SERIES DIES)
For Joining Overhead Conductors Full Tension/Midspan

• For full tension connection of overhead AAC, ACSR, SBC and AAAC
• Rated 95% of conductor Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS) for all but
large ACSR conductors
• Mechanically tested in accordance with AS1154.3-2009
• Install connectors for AAC, ACSR and SBC conductors with CDA
series compression dies
• Install connectors for AAAC with AF series compression dies
Full Tension Uni Joints for AAC Conductors - EPAAJ Full Tension Uni Joints for ACSR Conductors - EPJ
Part Catalogue Conductor Part Catalogue Conductor

Die Size Die Size
Number Number Size (mm2) Number Number Size (mm2)
EPAAJ-Namu-3 Namu CDA3 EPJ-Squirrel-3 Squirrel CDA3
EPAAJ-Poko-4 Poko CDA4 EPJ-Thrush-3 Thrush CDA3
EPAAJ-Kutu-5 Kutu CDA5 EPJ-Gopher-4 Gopher CDA4
EPAAJ-Rango-6 Rango CDA6 EPJ-Raven-5 Raven CDA5
EPAAJ-Beetle-6 Beetle CDA6 EPJ-Ferret-5 Ferret CDA5
EPAAJ-Bee-6 Bee CDA6 EPJ-Mink-6 Mink CDA6
EPAAJ-Wasp-6 Wasp CDA6 EPJ-Raccoon-6 Raccoon CDA6
EPAAJ-Cricket-6 Cricket CDA6 EPJ-Pigeon-6 Pigeon CDA6
EPAAJ-Weke-7 Weke CDA7 EPJ-Dog-7 Dog CDA7
EPAAJ-Weta-7 Weta CDA7 EPJ-Dingo-7 Dingo CDA7
EPAAJ-Cockroach-9 Cockroach CDA9 EPJ-Wolf-8* Wolf CDA8*
EPAAJ-Butterfly-9 Butterfly CDA9 EPJ-Jaguar-9* Jaguar CDA9*
*Uni-Joints for large ACSR conductors will not meet tensile

Full Tension Uni Joints for AAAC Conductors - EPAAAJ requirements of AS1154:2004. A multi-piece assembly must
be used if full tension required.
Die Size
Number Number Size (mm2)
Full Tension Uni Joints for Aluminium Smooth Body
EPAAAJ-Boron-11AF Boron 11.0AF Conductors (SBC) - EPJ
EPAAAJ-Chlorine-14AF Chlorine 14.0AF
Die Size
EPAAAJ-Fluorine-14AF Fluorine 14.0AF Number Number Size (mm2)
EPAAAJ-Hydrogen-18AF Hydrogen 18.0AF EPJ-Mullet-3 Mullet CDA3
EPAAAJ-Helium-22AF Helium 22.0AF EPJ-Herring-4 Herring CDA4
EPAAAJ-Iodine-22AF Iodine 22.0AF EPJ-Flounder-5 Flounder CDA5
EPAAAJ-Neon-285AF Neon 28.5AF EPJ-Hake-6 Hake CDA6
Section 5
Section
FULL TENSION JOINT FOR SAME SIZED CABLES Cu

to
COPPER WITHOUT BARRIER Cu
EPCuJ
For Joining Copper Overhead Conductors Full Tension/Midspan

• For full tension connection of overhead copper conductors
• Rated 95% of conductor Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS)
• Mechanically tested in accordance with AS1154.3-2009
• Install with CDCU series compression dies
AF
Part Catalogue Conductor Size Die AF

Die Size
EPCuJ-7/064-CDCu50 7/.064, 7/16, 7/1.63mm Copper CDCu50 10.4
EPCuJ-19/052-CDCu70 19/.052, 19/1.32mm Copper CDCu70 11.5
EPCuJ-19/080-CDCu120 19/.080, 19/.083, 19/14, 19/2.03mm Copper CDCu120 16.5
EPCuJ-37/080-CDCu185 37/.083, 37/.080, 37/2.11mm Copper CDCu185 20.0
Section 5
Section 5
Section
SECTION 6 - CABLE TERMINALS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cable Terminals
Section Page
Aluminium Compression - Installation Guide...................................................................... 6 142

Aluminium Lug - Unsealed - EPT........................................................................................ 6 143
Aluminium Lug - Sealed - EPTE......................................................................................... 6 144
Bi-Metal Compression - Installation Guide.......................................................................... 6 145
Bi-Metal Compression Terminal - EPTB.............................................................................. 6 146
Bi-Metal Pin Terminal - EPBPT............................................................................................ 6 147
Bi-Metal Switch Connector - EPBSWC............................................................................... 6 149
Copper Compression - Installation Guide........................................................................... 6 150
Copper Lug - Standard - Unsealed - EPTCu...................................................................... 6 151
Copper Lug - Flared - Unsealed - EPTCuFL...................................................................... 6 152
Copper Lug - Narrow Palm - Unsealed - EPTCuNP............................................................ 6 153
Copper Lug - Long Barrel - Sealed - EPTCuSL.................................................................. 6 154
Copper Lug - Heavy Duty - Sealed - EPTECu.................................................................... 6 155
Copper Lug - Long Palm - Sealed - EPTECu2................................................................... 6 156
Copper Switch Connector - EPCSWC................................................................................ 6 157
Shear Bolt Terminals - AUL/B, DTLL/B................................................................................ 6 158
Shear Bolt Terminals - JTLL................................................................................................ 6 159
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
ALUMINIUM COMPRESSION AL to
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is from the outermost cable strands. Insert the conductor into
not pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal compound. If the cable is the connector.
insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the conductors.
The exposed strands of the cable should allow for 10%-15%
3. Compress the connector, starting from the palm end. 4. Continue compressing the connector working towards the
be overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important that you do
not leave any gaps between bites of the die.

connection. It is best practice to use jointing compound
between the electrical contact surfaces of the compression
terminal and whatever it is being bolted to.
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
ALUMINIUM LUG - UNSEALED AL to
EPT (DA AND AF SERIES DIES) AL
Cable Terminals
• Forged from high conductivity aluminium tube
• To terminate stranded and stranded compacted aluminium conductors
• Terminals for both CDA dies and AF dies available
• Customised palm sizes (2, 3 and 4 bolt) and hole sizes available
Cable Bolt Cable Bolt

Part Catalogue Die Part Catalogue Die AF
Size Hole Size Hole
Number Number Size Number Number (mm)
(mm²) Size (mm²) Size
EPT-16/25C-M-3-M8 16/25C M8 CDA3 EPT-16-9AF-M8 16 M8 9.0
EPT-70SOL-M-5P-M8 70 Solid M8 CDA5P EPT-70SOL-132AF-M8 70 Solid M8 13.2
EPT-300/400C-M-9-M16 300/400 M16 CDA9 EPT-300-284AF-M16 300 M16 28.4
EPT-630-M-12-M16 630 M16 CDA12 EPT-630-432AF-M16 630 M16 43.2
EPT-800C-M-12-M16 800C M16 CDA12 EPT-800-432AF-M16 800 M16 43.2
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
ALUMINIUM LUG - SEALED AL to
EPTE (DA AND AF SERIES DIES) AL
• Forged from high conductivity aluminium rod

• With solid water blocked terminal palm
Cable Bolt Cable Bolt

Part Catalogue Die Part Catalogue Die AF
Size Hole Size Hole
Number Number Size Number Number (mm)
(mm²) Size (mm²) Size
EPTE-16/25C-M-3-M8 16/25C M8 CDA3 EPTE-16-9AF-M8 16 M8 9.0
EPTE-70SOL-M-5P-M8 70 Solid M8 CDA5P EPTE-70SOL-132AF-M8 70 Solid M8 13.2
EPTE-300/400C-M-9-M16 300/400 M16 CDA9 EPTE-300-284AF-M16 300 M16 28.4
EPTE-630-M-12-M16 630 M16 CDA12 EPTE-630-432AF-M16 630 M16 43.2
EPTE-800C-M-12-M16 800C M16 CDA12 EPTE-800-432AF-M16 800 M16 43.2
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
BI-METAL COMPRESSION AL to
Cable Terminals
not pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal compound. If the cable is the connector.

Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
BI-METAL COMPRESSION TERMINAL AL to
EPTB (DA AND AF SERIES DIES) Cu
• Friction welded high conductivity aluminium rod and forged copper terminal
• With solid water blocked copper terminal palm
• Two bolt palm bi-metal terminals available as standard for large conductors
Cable Cable
Part Catalogue Bolt Die Part Catalogue Bolt Die
Size Size
Number Number Size Size Number Number Size Size
(mm²) (mm²)
EPTB-16/25C-M-3-M10 16/25C M10 CDA3 EPTB-16-9AF-M10 16 M10 9.0
EPTB-70SOL-M-5P-M8 70 Solid M8 CDA5P EPTB-70SOL-132AF-M8 70 Solid M8 13.2
EPTB-500/630C-M-11 Blank 500/630C CDA11 EPTB-500-39AF Blank 500 39.0
EPTB-630-M-12 Blank 630 CDA12 EPTB-630-432AF Blank 630 43.2
EPTB-800C-M-12-Blank 800C CDA12 EPTB-800-432AF-Blank 800 43.2
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
BI-METAL PIN TERMINAL AL to
EPBPT (DA SERIES DIES) Cu
Cable Terminals
• At switchgear terminals supplied with copper clamp type connections
• Solid water blocked terminal construction
• Install with DA series aluminium dies
Alcan DA Dies
Pin Pin
Cable Cable
Part Catalogue Size, Die Part Catalogue Size, Die
Size Size
Number Number ø Size Number Number ø Size
(mm²) (mm²)
(mm) (mm)
EPBPT-16/25C-M-3-8 16/25C 8 CDA3 EPBPT-185/240C-M-7-12 185/240C 12 CDA7
EPBPT-70SOL-M-5P-8 70 Sol 8 CDA5P EPBPT-400/500C-M-9-16 400/500C 16 CDA9
EPBPT-70SOL-M-5P-10 70 Sol 10 CDA5P EPBPT-500/630C-M-11-8 500/630C 8 CDA11
EPBPT-120/150C-M-6-8 120/150C 8 CDA6 EPBPT-630-M-12-8 630 8 CDA12
EPBPT-150/185C-M-7-10 150/185C 10 CDA7 EPBPT-800C-M-12-8 800C 8 CDA12
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
BI-METAL PIN TERMINAL AL to
EPBPT (AF SERIES DIES) Cu

• At switchgear terminals supplied with copper clamp type connections
• Solid water blocked terminal construction
• Install with AF series aluminium dies
Pin Pin
Cable Cable
Part Catalogue Size, Die AF Part Catalogue Size, Die AF
Size Size
Number Number ø (mm) Number Number ø (mm)
(mm²) (mm²)
(mm) (mm)
EPBPT-16-9AF-8 16 8 9.0 EPBPT-185-22AF-12 185 12 22.0
EPBPT-16-9AF-10 16 10 9.0 EPBPT-240-284AF-8 240 8 28.4
EPBPT-25-9AF-8 25 8 9.0 EPBPT-240-284AF-10 240 10 28.4
EPBPT-25-9AF-10 25 10 9.0 EPBPT-240-284AF-12 240 12 28.4
EPBPT-35-9AF-8 35 8 9.0 EPBPT-300-284AF-8 300 8 28.4
EPBPT-35-9AF-10 35 10 9.0 EPBPT-300-284AF-10 300 10 28.4
EPBPT-50-132AF-8 50 8 13.2 EPBPT-300-284AF-12 300 12 28.4
EPBPT-50-132AF-10 50 10 13.2 EPBPT-400-39AF-8 400 8 39.0
EPBPT-70-132AF-8 70 8 13.2 EPBPT-400-39AF-10 400 10 39.0
EPBPT-70-132AF-10 70 10 13.2 EPBPT-400-39AF-12 400 12 39.0
EPBPT-70SOL-132AF-8 70 Sol 8 13.2 EPBPT-400-39AF-16 400 16 39.0
EPBPT-70SOL-132AF-10 70 Sol 10 13.2 EPBPT-500-39AF-8 500 8 39.0
EPBPT-95-173AF-8 95 8 17.3 EPBPT-500-39AF-10 500 10 39.0
EPBPT-95-173AF-10 95 10 17.3 EPBPT-500-39AF-12 500 12 39.0
EPBPT-95-173AF-12 95 12 17.3 EPBPT-500-39AF-16 500 16 39.0
EPBPT-120-173AF-8 120 8 17.3 EPBPT-630-432AF-8 630 8 43.2
EPBPT-120-173AF-10 120 10 17.3 EPBPT-630-432AF-10 630 10 43.2
EPBPT-120-173AF-12 120 12 17.3 EPBPT-630-432AF-12 630 12 43.2
EPBPT-150-22AF-8 150 8 22.0 EPBPT-630-432AF-16 630 16 43.2
EPBPT-150-22AF-10 150 10 22.0 EPBPT-800-432AF-8 800 8 43.2
EPBPT-150-22AF-12 150 12 22.0 EPBPT-800-432AF-10 800 10 43.2
EPBPT-185-22AF-8 185 8 22.0 EPBPT-800-432AF-12 800 12 43.2
EPBPT-185-22AF-10 185 10 22.0 EPBPT-800-432AF-16 800 16 43.2
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
BI-METAL SWITCH CONNECTOR AL to
EPBSWC (DA AND AF SERIES DIES) Cu
Cable Terminals
• Stainless steel connection sleeves and hexagonal socket sleeve screws
• At switchgear terminals supplied with copper pin terminals
• Solid water blocked construction
• Switch connectors for both CDA dies and AF dies available
Alcan DA Dies
Part Catalogue Cable Size Pin Groove Size, Connector

Die Size
Number Number (mm²) ø (mm) Length (mm)
EPBSWC-16-X 16 35.0 CDA3
EPBSWC-120-X 120 35.0 CDA6
EPBSWC-150-X 150 40.0 CDA7
EPBSWC-185-X 185 40.0 CDA7
EPBSWC-240-X 240 40.0 CDA8
EPBSWC-300-X 300 40.0 CDA9
EPBSWC-400-X 400 60.0 CDA9
EPBSWC-500-X 500 60.0 CDA11
EPBSWC-630-X 630 60.0 CDA12
EPBSWC-800-X 800 90.0 CDA12
EPBSWC-1000-X 1,000 90.0 CDA
Across Flat (AF) Dies AF
Part Catalogue Cable Size Pin Groove Size, Connector

Die AF (mm)
Number Number (mm²) ø (mm) Length (mm)
EPBSWC-16-9AF 16 35.0 9.0
EPBSWC-25-9AF 25 35.0 9.0
EPBSWC-35-9AF 35 35.0 9.0
EPBSWC-50-132AF 50 35.0 13.2
EPBSWC-70-132AF 70 35.0 13.2
EPBSWC-95-173AF 95 35.0 17.3
EPBSWC-120-173AF 120 35.0 17.3
EPBSWC-150-22AF 150 40.0 22.0
EPBSWC-185-22AF 185 40.0 22.0
EPBSWC-240-285AF 240 40.0 28.5
EPBSWC-300-285AF 300 40.0 28.5
EPBSWC-400-39AF 400 60.0 28.5
EPBSWC-400-39AF 400 60.0 39.0
EPBSWC-500-39AF 500 60.0 39.0
EPBSWC-630-432AF 630 60.0 43.2
EPBSWC-800-432AF 800 90.0 43.2
EPBSWC-1000-525AF 1,000 90.0 52.5
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER COMPRESSION Cu to
not pre-filled with EP Joint Seal compound. If the cable is the connector.

Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER LUG - STANDARD - UNSEALED Cu to
EPTCu Cu
Cable Terminals
• Forged from high conductivity copper tube
• To terminate stranded copper conductors
copper AF dies
Cable Cable
Part Catalogue Bolt Part Catalogue Bolt
Size Die Size Size Die Size
(mm2) (mm2)
EPTCu-15-M4 1.5 - 2.5 M4 Indent EPTCu-50-CDCu50-M8 50 M8 CDCu50
EPTCu-25-M4 2.5 M4 Indent EPTCu-70-CDCu70-M8 70 M8 CDCu70
EPTCu-4-M5 4 M5 Indent EPTCu-95-CDCu95-M8 95 M8 CDCu95
EPTCu-16-CDCu16-M5 16 M5 CDCu16 EPTCu-150-CDCu150-M16 150 M16 CDCu150
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER LUG - FLARED - UNSEALED Cu to
EPTCuFL Cu

• To terminate multi-stranded flexible copper conductors
• For installation on stranded conductors use hydraulic tool CDCU
dies or copper AF dies
• For installation on flexible conductors use CDCU dies or copper AF
dies with half hex
AF
Palm
Bolt Size Thickness Die Size
(mm)
EPTCuFL-16-CDCu16-M6 25 M6 7.1 CDCu16 6.3
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER LUG - NARROW PALM - UNSEALED Cu to
EPTCuNP Cu
Cable Terminals
• At low voltage switchgear with terminal palm width restrictions
copper AF dies
AF
Palm
(mm)
EPTCuNP-35-CDCu35-M6 35 M6 15.0 CDCu35 9.2
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER LUG - LONG BARREL - SEALED Cu to
EPTCuSL Cu

• Solder sealed blank terminal palm
• Tinned as standard
• Long barrel for high short circuit withstand/high continuous current applications
• Ideal for pressurised oil filled copper cable medium voltage terminations
AF
Palm
Thickness Die Size
(mm)
EPTCuSL-16-CDCu16-BL 16 13.0 CDCu16 6.3
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER LUG - HEAVY DUTY - SEALED Cu to
EPTECu Cu
Cable Terminals
• Forged from high conductivity copper rod
• To terminate stranded or flexible copper conductors
• Water blocked terminal palm
• Recommended for earthing applications
• Custom manufacture available for imperial copper cables, e.g. 0.3in2, 37/.144
AF
Palm
(mm)
EPTECu-16-CDCu16-M12 16 M12 17.0 CDCu16 6.3
EPTECu-240-CDCu240-BL 240 BL 41.0 CDCu240 23.1
EPTECu-630LP-CDCu630-BL 630 BL 65.0 CDCu630 39.0
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER LUG - LONG PALM - SEALED Cu to
EPTECu2 Cu

• To terminate stranded or flexible copper conductors
• Water blocked 2 bolt blank terminal palm as standard
• Factory drilled terminal palm to specified hole size / centres available on request
• Heavy duty for high short circuit withstand / high continuous current applications
• Custom manufacture available for imperial copper cables e.g. 0.3in2, 37/.144
AF
Palm
Thickness Die Size
(mm)
EPTECu2-16-CDCu35-BL 16 35.0 CDCu35 9.2
Note: Blank palm supplied as standard. Factory drilled palm to specified hole size and centres available.
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
COPPER SWITCH CONNECTOR Cu to
EPCSWC Cu
Cable Terminals
• Machined from copper rod
• Stainless steel connection sleeves and hexagonal socket sleeve screws
• At switchgear terminals supplied with copper pin terminals
• Solid water blocked construction
• Switch connectors for both CDA dies and AF dies available
AF
Connector
Part Catalogue Cable Size Pin Groove Size, ø Die AF
Length Die Size
Number Number (mm²) (mm) (mm)
(mm)
EPCSWC-16-CDCu16-X 16 8/10/12/16 35.0 CDCu16 6.3
EPCSWC-1000-CDCu1000-X 1,000 8/10/12/16 90.0 CDCu1000 48.0
Note: * Replace “X” in catalogue number with desired pin groove size (e.g. “EPCSWC-16-CDCu16-10”).
Section 6
CABLE TERMINALS
SHEAR BOLT TERMINALS AL to
AUL/B, DTLL/B AL
Aluminium Shear Bolt Terminal - AUL/B
• Shear bolt terminal with wide cable size acceptance ranges

• Suitable for low voltage and medium voltage
• Forged from high conductivity aluminium rod
• To terminate stranded and stranded compacted low voltage and medium
voltage aluminium conductors
• With solid water blocked terminal palm
• Heat cycle tested to IEC 61238-1, 2003-05, Class A
Dimensions
Conductor
Part Catalogue
Size Barrel Stud Size
Number Number Length Palm Width
(mm2) Diameter
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
AUL16-70-12/B 16 - 70 90 23 23 M12
AUL25-95-12/B 25 - 95 74 24 24 M12
AUL50-150-12B 50 - 150 108 28 28 M12
AUL95-240-12/B 95 - 240 129 34 34 M12
AUL95-240-16/B 95 - 240 129 34 34 M16
AUL185-400-12/B 185 - 400 174 44 44 M12
AUL185-400-16/B 185 - 400 174 44 44 M16
Bi-Metal Shear Bolt Terminal - DTLL/B

AL to
• Shear bolt bi-metal terminal with wide cable size acceptance ranges
Cu
• Suitable for medium voltage
• Friction welded high conductivity aluminium rod and forged copper
terminal
• To terminate stranded and stranded compacted medium voltage aluminium
conductors
• Heat cycle tested to IEC 61238-1, 2003-05, Class A
Dimensions
Conductor
Part Catalogue
(mm2) Diameter
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
DTLL16-70-12/B 16 - 70 92 23 24 M12
DTLL25-95-12/B 25 - 95 78 24 24 M12
DTLL50-150-12/B 50 - 150 108 28 30 M12
DTLL95-240-16/B 95 - 240 129 34 35 M16
DTLL185-400-16/B 185 - 400 196 44 50 M16
Section 6
Section
CABLE TERMINALS
SHEAR BOLT TERMINALS AL to
JTLL Cu
Cable Terminals
Bi-Metal Shear Bolt Terminal - JTLL
• Terminal with wide cable size acceptance ranges

• Suitable for low voltage
• To terminate stranded and stranded compacted low voltage aluminium conductors
• Heat cycle tested to IEC 61238-1, 2003-05, Class B
Dimensions
Conductor
Part Catalogue
(mm2) Diameter
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
JTLL10-35 10 - 35
JTLL50-95 50 - 95
JTLL120-185 120 - 185
JTLL240-300 240 - 300
Section 6
Section 6
Section
SECTION 7 - OVERHEAD CONDUCTOR TERMINALS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Overhead Conductor
Terminals
Section Page
Aluminium Terminal - EPT................................................................................................... 7 162

Aluminium Jumper Terminal - EPJT.................................................................................... 7 164
Bi-Metal Terminal - EPTB.................................................................................................... 7 166
Bi-Metal Terminal - 2 Bolt - EPTB2...................................................................................... 7 168
Copper Terminal - Heavy Duty - EPTECu........................................................................... 7 169
Copper Jumper Terminal - EPJTCu.................................................................................... 7 170
Section 7
OVERHEAD CONDUCTOR TERMINALS
ALUMINIUM TERMINAL AL to
EPT AL
All Aluminium Terminal Lugs for Overhead Conductors

• For termination of overhead AAC, ACSR and AAAC aluminium conductors
• 3° palm angle supplied as standard
• 15° palm angle can be specified by changing “EPT” to “EPAT”
e.g. EPAT-Beetle-6-M13
• Install connectors for AAC and ACSR conductors with CDA series
compression dies
AAC Conductor Fittings
Bolt Bolt
Conductor Hole Conductor Hole
Size Size
EPT-Namu-3-M8 Namu M8 CDA3 EPT-Moka-6-M10 Moka M10 CDA6
EPT-Namu-3-M10 Namu M10 CDA3 EPT-Moka-6-M12 Moka M12 CDA6
EPT-Mosquito-3-M8 Mosquito M8 CDA3 EPT-Clegg-6-M10 Clegg M10 CDA6
EPT-Mosquito-3-M10 Mosquito M10 CDA3 EPT-Clegg-6-M12 Clegg M12 CDA6
EPT-Ladybird-3-M8 Ladybird M8 CDA3 EPT-Wasp-6-M10 Wasp M10 CDA6
EPT-Ladybird-3-M10 Ladybird M10 CDA3 EPT-Wasp-6-M12 Wasp M12 CDA6
EPT-Poko-4-M8 Poko M8 CDA4 EPT-Beetle-6-M10 Beetle M10 CDA6
EPT-Poko-4-M10 Poko M10 CDA4 EPT-Beetle-6-M12 Beetle M12 CDA6
EPT-Ant-4-M8 Ant M8 CDA4 EPT-Bee-6-M10 Bee M10 CDA6
EPT-Ant-4-M10 Ant M10 CDA4 EPT-Bee-6-M12 Bee M12 CDA6
EPT-Ant-4-M12 Ant M12 CDA4 EPT-Cricket-6-M12 Cricket M12 CDA6
EPT-Kutu-5-M8 Kutu M8 CDA5 EPT-Cricket-6-M16 Cricket M16 CDA6
EPT-Kutu-5-M10 Kutu M10 CDA5 EPT-Weke-7-M10 Weke M10 CDA7
EPT-Kutu-5-M12 Kutu M12 CDA5 EPT-Weke-7-M12 Weke M12 CDA7
EPT-Fly-5-M8 Fly M8 CDA5 EPT-Weta-7-M12 Weta M12 CDA7
EPT-Fly-5-M10 Fly M10 CDA5 EPT-Hornet-7-M12 Hornet M12 CDA7
EPT-Fly-5-M12 Fly M12 CDA5 EPT-Hornet-7-M16 Hornet M16 CDA7
EPT-Bluebottle-5-M8 Bluebottle M8 CDA5 EPT-Caterpillar-7-M12 Caterpillar M12 CDA7
EPT-Bluebottle-5-M10 Bluebottle M10 CDA5 EPT-Caterpillar-7-M16 Caterpillar M16 CDA7
EPT-Bluebottle-5-M12 Bluebottle M12 CDA5 EPT-Chafer-8-M12 Chafer M12 CDA8
EPT-Earwig-5-M8 Earwig M8 CDA5 EPT-Chafer-8-M16 Chafer M16 CDA8
EPT-Earwig-5-M10 Earwig M10 CDA5 EPT-Spider-8-M12 Spider M12 CDA8
EPT-Earwig-5-M12 Earwig M12 CDA5 EPT-Spider-8-M16 Spider M16 CDA8
EPT-Grasshopper-5-M8 Grasshopper M8 CDA5 EPT-Mata-9-M12 Mata M12 CDA9
EPT-Grasshopper-5-M10 Grasshopper M10 CDA5 EPT-Cockroach-9-M12 Cockroach M12 CDA9
EPT-Grasshopper-5-M12 Grasshopper M12 CDA5 EPT-Cockroach-9-M16 Cockroach M16 CDA9
EPT-Rango-6-M8 Rango M8 CDA6 EPT-Butterfly-9-M12 Butterfly M12 CDA9
EPT-Rango-6-M10 Rango M10 CDA6 EPT-Butterfly-9-M16 Butterfly M16 CDA9
EPT-Rango-6-M12 Rango M12 CDA6
Section 7
Section
ALUMINIUM TERMINAL AL to
EPT AL
Overhead Conductor
ACSR Conductor Fittings AAAC Conductor Fittings AF
Terminals
Bolt Bolt Die
Conductor Hole Die Size Conductor Hole AF
Size Size (mm)
EPT-Squirrel-3-M8 Squirrel M8 CDA3 EPT-Boron-11AF-M8 Boron M8 11.0
EPT-Squirrel-3-M10 Squirrel M10 CDA3 EPT-Boron-11AF-M10 Boron M10 11.0
EPT-Gopher-4-M8 Gopher M8 CDA4 EPT-Chlorine-14AF-M8 Chlorine M8 14.0
EPT-Gopher-4-M10 Gopher M10 CDA4 EPT-Chlorine-14AF-M10 Chlorine M10 14.0
EPT-Ferret-5-M8 Ferret M8 CDA5 EPT-Fluorine-14AF-M8 Fluorine M8 14.0
EPT-Ferret-5-M10 Ferret M10 CDA5 EPT-Fluorine-14AF-M10 Fluorine M10 14.0
EPT-Mink-6-M8 Mink M8 CDA6 EPT-Fluorine-14AF-M12 Fluorine M12 14.0
EPT-Mink-6-M10 Mink M10 CDA6 EPT-Helium-18AF-M8 Helium M8 18.0
EPT-Mink-6-M12 Mink M12 CDA6 EPT-Helium-18AF-M10 Helium M10 18.0
EPT-Raccoon-6-M8 Raccoon M8 CDA6 EPT-Helium-18AF-M12 Helium M12 18.0
EPT-Raccoon-6-M10 Raccoon M10 CDA6 EPT-Hydrogen-22AF-M10 Hydrogen M10 22.0
EPT-Raccoon-6-M12 Raccoon M12 CDA6 EPT-Hydrogen-22AF-M12 Hydrogen M12 22.0
EPT-Dog-7-M10 Dog M10 CDA7 EPT-Iodine-22AF-M10 Iodine M10 22.0
EPT-Dog-7-M12 Dog M12 CDA7 EPT-Iodine-22AF-M12 Iodine M12 22.0
EPT-Dingo-7-M12 Dingo M12 CDA7 EPT-Neon-285AF-M12 Neon M12 28.5
EPT-Dingo-7-M16 Dingo M16 CDA7 EPT-Neon-285AF-M16 Neon M16 28.5
EPT-Wolf-8-M12 Wolf M12 CDA8
EPT-Wolf-8-M16 Wolf M16 CDA8
EPT-Jaguar-9-M12 Jaguar M12 CDA9
EPT-Jaguar-9-M16 Jaguar M16 CDA9
Section 7
ALUMINIUM JUMPER TERMINAL AL to
EPJT AL
Aluminium Jumper Terminals for Overhead Conductors

• 0°, 15°, 45°, 60° and 90° palm angles available on request
• 2 holes suit M10/M12 or M16 supplied as standard
• Many terminals tested to IEC61284, Second Edition, 1997-09, Class A
• 90°C maximum continuous current rating
• Install connectors for AAC and ACSR conductors with CDA series compression dies
Bolt Hole Bolt Hole

Conductor Hole Centres Conductor Hole Centres
Size (mm) Size (mm)
EPJT-Namu-3-M8 Namu M8 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Moka-6-M10 Moka M10 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Namu-3-M10 Namu M10 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Moka-6-M12 Moka M12 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Mosquito-3-M8 Mosquito M8 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Clegg-6-M10 Clegg M10 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Mosquito-3-M10 Mosquito M10 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Clegg-6-M12 Clegg M12 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Ladybird-3-M8 Ladybird M8 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Wasp-6-M10 Wasp M10 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Ladybird-3-M10 Ladybird M10 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Wasp-6-M12 Wasp M12 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Poko-4-M8 Poko M8 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Beetle-6-M10 Beetle M10 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Poko-4-M10 Poko M10 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Beetle-6-M12 Beetle M12 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Ant-4-M8 Ant M8 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Bee-6-M10 Bee M10 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Ant-4-M10 Ant M10 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Bee-6-M12 Bee M12 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Ant-4-M12 Ant M12 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Cricket-6-M12 Cricket M12 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Kutu-5-M8 Kutu M8 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Cricket-6-M16 Cricket M16 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Kutu-5-M10 Kutu M10 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Weke-7-M10 Weke M10 CDA7 2H@50
EPJT-Kutu-5-M12 Kutu M12 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Weke-7-M12 Weke M12 CDA7 2H@50
EPJT-Fly-5-M8 Fly M8 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Weta-7-M12 Weta M12 CDA7 2H@50
EPJT-Fly-5-M10 Fly M10 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Hornet-7-M12 Hornet M12 CDA7 2H@50
EPJT-Fly-5-M12 Fly M12 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Caterpillar-7-M12 Caterpillar M12 CDA7 2H@50
EPJT-Bluebottle-5-M8 Bluebottle M8 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Caterpillar-7-M16 Caterpillar M16 CDA7 2H@50
EPJT-Bluebottle-5-M10 Bluebottle M10 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Chafer-8-M12 Chafer M12 CDA8 2H@50
EPJT-Bluebottle-5-M12 Bluebottle M12 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Chafer-8-M16 Chafer M16 CDA8 2H@50
EPJT-Earwig-5-M8 Earwig M8 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Spider-8-M12 Spider M12 CDA8 2H@50
EPJT-Earwig-5-M10 Earwig M10 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Spider-8-M16 Spider M16 CDA8 2H@50
EPJT-Earwig-5-M12 Earwig M12 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Mata-9-M12 Mata M12 CDA9 2H@50
EPJT-Grasshopper-5-M8 Grasshopper M8 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Cockroach-9-M12 Cockroach M12 CDA9 2H@50
EPJT-Grasshopper-5-M10 Grasshopper M10 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Cockroach-9-M16 Cockroach M16 CDA9 2H@50
EPJT-Grasshopper-5-M12 Grasshopper M12 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Butterfly-9-M12 Butterfly M12 CDA9 2H@50
EPJT-Rango-6-M8 Rango M8 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Butterfly-9-M16 Butterfly M16 CDA9 2H@50
EPJT-Rango-6-M10 Rango M10 CDA6 2H@50
EPJT-Rango-6-M12 Rango M12 CDA6 2H@50
Section 7
Section
ALUMINIUM JUMPER TERMINAL AL to
EPJT AL
Overhead Conductor
Terminals
Bolt Hole Bolt Die Hole
Part Catalogue Die Part Catalogue
Conductor Hole Centres Conductor Hole AF Centres
Number Number Size Number Number
Size (mm) Size (mm) (mm)
EPJT-Squirrel-3-M8 Squirrel M8 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Boron-11AF-M8 Boron M8 11.0 2H@50
EPJT-Squirrel-3-M10 Squirrel M10 CDA3 2H@50 EPJT-Boron-11AF-M10 Boron M10 11.0 2H@50
EPJT-Gopher-4-M8 Gopher M8 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Chlorine-14AF-M8 Chlorine M8 14.0 2H@50
EPJT-Gopher-4-M10 Gopher M10 CDA4 2H@50 EPJT-Chlorine-14AF-M10 Chlorine M10 14.0 2H@50
EPJT-Ferret-5-M8 Ferret M8 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Fluorine-14AF-M8 Fluorine M8 14.0 2H@50
EPJT-Ferret-5-M10 Ferret M10 CDA5 2H@50 EPJT-Fluorine-14AF-M10 Fluorine M10 14.0 2H@50
EPJT-Mink-6-M8 Mink M8 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Fluorine-14AF-M12 Fluorine M12 14.0 2H@50
EPJT-Mink-6-M10 Mink M10 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Helium-18AF-M8 Helium M8 18.0 2H@50
EPJT-Mink-6-M12 Mink M12 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Helium-18AF-M10 Helium M10 18.0 2H@50
EPJT-Raccoon-6-M8 Raccoon M8 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Helium-18AF-M12 Helium M12 18.0 2H@50
EPJT-Raccoon-6-M10 Raccoon M10 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Hydrogen-22AF-M10 Hydrogen M10 22.0 2H@50
EPJT-Raccoon-6-M12 Raccoon M12 CDA6 2H@50 EPJT-Hydrogen-22AF-M12 Hydrogen M12 22.0 2H@50
EPJT-Dog-7-M10 Dog M10 CDA7 2H@50 EPJT-Iodine-22AF-M10 Iodine M10 22.0 2H@50
EPJT-Dog-7-M12 Dog M12 CDA7 2H@50 EPJT-Iodine-22AF-M12 Iodine M12 22.0 2H@50
EPJT-Dingo-7-M12 Dingo M12 CDA7 2H@50 EPJT-Neon-285AF-M12 Neon M12 28.5 2H@50
EPJT-Dingo-7-M16 Dingo M16 CDA7 2H@50 EPJT-Neon-285AF-M16 Neon M16 28.5 2H@50
EPJT-Wolf-8-M12 Wolf M12 CDA8 2H@50
EPJT-Wolf-8-M16 Wolf M16 CDA8 2H@50
EPJT-Jaguar-9-M12 Jaguar M12 CDA9 2H@50
EPJT-Jaguar-9-M16 Jaguar M16 CDA9 2H@50
Section 7
BI-METAL TERMINAL AL to
EPTB Cu
Bi-Metal Terminal for Terminating Aluminium Conductors
compression dies
Bolt Bolt
Conductor Hole Conductor Hole
Size Size
EPTB-Namu-3-M8 Namu M8 CDA3 EPTB-Moka-6-M10 Moka M10 CDA6
EPTB-Namu-3-M10 Namu M10 CDA3 EPTB-Moka-6-M12 Moka M12 CDA6
EPTB-Mosquito-3-M8 Mosquito M8 CDA3 EPTB-Clegg-6-M10 Clegg M10 CDA6
EPTB-Mosquito-3-M10 Mosquito M10 CDA3 EPTB-Clegg-6-M12 Clegg M12 CDA6
EPTB-Ladybird-3-M8 Ladybird M8 CDA3 EPTB-Wasp-6-M10 Wasp M10 CDA6
EPTB-Ladybird-3-M10 Ladybird M10 CDA3 EPTB-Wasp-6-M12 Wasp M12 CDA6
EPTB-Poko-4-M8 Poko M8 CDA4 EPTB-Beetle-6-M10 Beetle M10 CDA6
EPTB-Poko-4-M10 Poko M10 CDA4 EPTB-Beetle-6-M12 Beetle M12 CDA6
EPTB-Ant-4-M8 Ant M8 CDA4 EPTB-Bee-6-M10 Bee M10 CDA6
EPTB-Ant-4-M10 Ant M10 CDA4 EPTB-Bee-6-M12 Bee M12 CDA6
EPTB-Ant-4-M12 Ant M12 CDA4 EPTB-Cricket-6-M12 Cricket M12 CDA6
EPTB-Kutu-5-M8 Kutu M8 CDA5 EPTB-Cricket-6-M16 Cricket M16 CDA6
EPTB-Kutu-5-M10 Kutu M10 CDA5 EPTB-Weke-7-M10 Weke M10 CDA7
EPTB-Kutu-5-M12 Kutu M12 CDA5 EPTB-Weke-7-M12 Weke M12 CDA7
EPTB-Fly-5-M8 Fly M8 CDA5 EPTB-Weta-7-M12 Weta M12 CDA7
EPTB-Fly-5-M10 Fly M10 CDA5 EPTB-Hornet-7-M12 Hornet M12 CDA7
EPTB-Fly-5-M12 Fly M12 CDA5 EPTB-Hornet-7-M16 Hornet M16 CDA7
EPTB-Bluebottle-5-M8 Bluebottle M8 CDA5 EPTB-Caterpillar-7-M12 Caterpillar M12 CDA7
EPTB-Bluebottle-5-M10 Bluebottle M10 CDA5 EPTB-Caterpillar-7-M16 Caterpillar M16 CDA7
EPTB-Bluebottle-5-M12 Bluebottle M12 CDA5 EPTB-Chafer-8-M12 Chafer M12 CDA8
EPTB-Earwig-5-M8 Earwig M8 CDA5 EPTB-Chafer-8-M16 Chafer M16 CDA8
EPTB-Earwig-5-M10 Earwig M10 CDA5 EPTB-Spider-8-M12 Spider M12 CDA8
EPTB-Earwig-5-M12 Earwig M12 CDA5 EPTB-Spider-8-M16 Spider M16 CDA8
EPTB-Grasshopper-5-M8 Grasshopper M8 CDA5 EPTB-Mata-9-M12 Mata M12 CDA9
EPTB-Grasshopper-5-M10 Grasshopper M10 CDA5 EPTB-Cockroach-9-M12 Cockroach M12 CDA9
EPTB-Grasshopper-5-M12 Grasshopper M12 CDA5 EPTB-Cockroach-9-M16 Cockroach M16 CDA9
EPTB-Rango-6-M8 Rango M8 CDA6 EPTB-Butterfly-9-M12 Butterfly M12 CDA9
EPTB-Rango-6-M10 Rango M10 CDA6 EPTB-Butterfly-9-M16 Butterfly M16 CDA9
EPTB-Rango-6-M12 Rango M12 CDA6
Section 7
Section
BI-METAL TERMINAL AL to
EPTB Cu
Overhead Conductor
Terminals
Bolt Bolt Die
Part Catalogue Die Part
Conductor Hole Catalogue Number Conductor Hole AF
Number Number Size Number
Size Size (mm)
EPTB-Squirrel-3-M8 Squirrel M8 CDA3 EPTB-Boron-11AF-M8 Boron M8 11.0
EPTB-Squirrel-3-M10 Squirrel M10 CDA3 EPTB-Boron-11AF-M10 Boron M10 11.0
EPTB-Gopher-4-M8 Gopher M8 CDA4 EPTB-Chlorine-14AF-M8 Chlorine M8 14.0
EPTB-Gopher-4-M10 Gopher M10 CDA4 EPTB-Chlorine-14AF-M10 Chlorine M10 14.0
EPTB-Ferret-5-M8 Ferret M8 CDA5 EPTB-Fluorine-14AF-M8 Fluorine M8 14.0
EPTB-Ferret-5-M10 Ferret M10 CDA5 EPTB-Fluorine-14AF-M10 Fluorine M10 14.0
EPTB-Mink-6-M8 Mink M8 CDA6 EPTB-Fluorine-14AF-M12 Fluorine M12 14.0
EPTB-Mink-6-M10 Mink M10 CDA6 EPTB-Helium-18AF-M8 Helium M8 18.0
EPTB-Mink-6-M12 Mink M12 CDA6 EPTB-Helium-18AF-M10 Helium M10 18.0
EPTB-Raccoon-6-M8 Raccoon M8 CDA6 EPTB-Helium-18AF-M12 Helium M12 18.0
EPTB-Raccoon-6-M10 Raccoon M10 CDA6 EPTB-Hydrogen-22AF-M10 Hydrogen M10 22.0
EPTB-Raccoon-6-M12 Raccoon M12 CDA6 EPTB-Hydrogen-22AF-M12 Hydrogen M12 22.0
EPTB-Dog-7-M10 Dog M10 CDA7 EPTB-Iodine-22AF-M10 Iodine M10 22.0
EPTB-Dog-7-M12 Dog M12 CDA7 EPTB-Iodine-22AF-M12 Iodine M12 22.0
EPTB-Dingo-7-M12 Dingo M12 CDA7 EPTB-Neon-285AF-M12 Neon M12 28.5
EPTB-Dingo-7-M16 Dingo M16 CDA7 EPTB-Neon-285AF-M16 Neon M16 28.5
EPTB-Wolf-8-M12 Wolf M12 CDA8
EPTB-Wolf-8-M16 Wolf M16 CDA8
EPTB-Jaguar-9-M12 Jaguar M12 CDA9
EPTB-Jaguar-9-M16 Jaguar M16 CDA9
Section 7
BI-METAL TERMINAL - 2 BOLT AL to
EPTB2 Cu
For Terminating Aluminium Conductors
• 2 holes suit M10/M12 or M16 with 0° (straight) palm angle supplied as
standard
• Other hole sizes and hole centres supplied on request
• Many terminals tested to IEC61284, Second Edition, 1997-09, Class A
• 90°C maximum continuous current rating
compression dies
Part Number Catalogue Number Conductor Bolt Hole Size Die Size Hole Centres (mm)
EPTB2-Mata-9-M12 Mata M12 CDA9 2H@50

EPTB2-Cockroach-9-M12 Cockroach M12 CDA9 2H@50
EPTB2-Butterfly-9-M12 Butterfly M12 CDA9 2H@50
EPTB2-Butterfly-9-M16 Butterfly M16 CDA9 2H@50
EPTB2-Centipede-11-M12 Centipede M12 CDA11 2H@50
EPTB2-Centipede-11-M16 Centipede M16 CDA11 2H@50
EPTB2-Cicada-12-M12 Cicada M12 CDA12 2H@50
EPTB2-Cicada-12-M16 Cicada M16 CDA12 2H@50
ACSR Conductor Fittings
Part Number Catalogue Number Conductor Bolt Hole Size Die Size Hole Centres (mm)
EPTB2-Jaguar-9-M12 Jaguar M12 CDA9 2H@50

EPTB2-Jaguar-9-M16 Jaguar M16 CDA9 2H@50
EPTB2-Goat-10-M12 Goat M12 CDA10 2H@50
EPTB2-Goat-10-M16 Goat M16 CDA10 2H@50
EPTB2-Zebra-11-M12 Zebra M12 CDA11 2H@50
EPTB2-Zebra-11-M16 Zebra M16 CDA11 2H@50
AAAC Conductor Fittings AF
Part Number Catalogue Number Conductor Bolt Hole Size Die AF (mm) Hole Centres (mm)
EPTB2-Neon-285AF-M12 Neon M12 28.5 2H@50

EPTB2-Neon-285AF-M16 Neon M16 28.5 2H@50
EPTB2-Nobelium-345AF-M12 Nobelium M12 34.5 2H@50
EPTB2-Nobelium-345AF-M16 Nobelium M16 34.5 2H@50
EPTB2-Oxygen-40AF-M12 Oxygen M12 40.0 2H@50
EPTB2-Oxygen-40AF-M16 Oxygen M16 40.0 2H@50
EPTB2-Phosphorous-40AF-M12 Phosphorous M12 40.0 2H@50
EPTB2-Phosphorous-40AF-M16 Phosphorous M16 40.0 2H@50
EPTB2-Sulfur-475AF-M12 Sulfur M12 47.5 2H@50
EPTB2-Sulfur-475AF-M16 Sulfur M16 47.5 2H@50
Section 7
Section
COPPER TERMINAL - HEAVY DUTY Cu to
EPTECu Cu
Overhead Conductor
All Copper Terminal Lugs for Overhead Conductors and Earthing
Terminals
• To terminate stranded, imperial, copper conductors
Copper Conductors AF
Part Number Catalogue Number Conductor Bolt Hole Size Die Size Die AF (mm)
EPTECu-7/064-CDCu50-M10 7/.064, 7/16, 7/1.63 M10 CDCu50 10.4

EPTECu-19/052-CDCu70-M10 19/.052, 19/1.32 M10 CDCu70 11.5
19/.064, 19/16,
EPTECu-19/064-CDCu95-M10 M10 CDCu95 14.2
19/1.63
19/.080, 19/0.83,
19/14, 19/2.03
37/.083, 37/.080,
37/2.11
Section 7
COPPER JUMPER TERMINAL Cu to
EPJTCu Cu
All Copper Jumper Terminal for Overhead Conductors

• To terminate stranded, imperial, copper conductors
• 0°, 15°, 45°, 60° and 90° palm angles available on request
• 2 holes suit M10 or M12 supplied as standard
• Customised palm sizes (2 bolt) and hole sizes available
• Heavy duty for high short circuit withstand/high continuous current
applications
Copper Conductors AF
Die AF Hole Centres

Part Number Catalogue Number Conductor Bolt Hole Size Die Size
(mm) (mm)
EPJTCu-7/064-CDCu50-M10 7/.064, 7/16, 7/1.63 M10 CDCu50 10.4 2H@50
EPJTCu-19/052-CDCu70-M10 19/.052, 19/1.32 M10 CDCu70 11.5 2H@50
19/.064, 19/16,
EPJTCu-19/064-CDCu95-M10 M10 CDCu95 14.2 2H@50
19/1.63
19/.080, 19/0.83,
19/14, 19/2.03
37/.083, 37/.080,
37/2.11
Section 7
Section
SECTION 8 - CONNECTORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Connectors
Section Page
Two Piece Line Tap - Installation Guide.............................................................................. 8 172

Two Piece Line Tap - EP...................................................................................................... 8 173
Two Piece Line Tap Selection Chart - AAC Conductors...................................................... 8 174
Two Piece Line Tap Selection Chart - ACSR Conductors................................................... 8 176
Two Piece Line Tap Selection Chart - AAAC Conductors.................................................... 8 178
Tee Joint Line Tap - Installation Guide................................................................................ 8 180
Tee Joint Line Tap - EPTJ.................................................................................................... 8 181
Figure 6 Line Tap - Installation Guide................................................................................. 8 183
Figure 6 Line Tap - EPLT..................................................................................................... 8 184
Aluminium Parallel Groove Clamps - JBL-A............................................................ 8 185
Earth Bonding Clamp - EBC............................................................................................... 8 186
Split Bolt - HB..................................................................................................................... 8 186
Insulation Piercing Connector - MVIPPG............................................................................ 8 187
Insulation Piercing Connector - JBC................................................................................... 8 188
Bail Clamp and Live Line Clamp......................................................................................... 8 189
Section 8
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP
INSTALLATION GUIDE
tool and EP Joint Seal and EP Uni-Seal jointing compounds. from the outermost cable strands. Never use the same brush
If the cable is insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the for cleaning the aluminium and copper cable strands. Slide
conductors. The exposed strands of the cable should allow the two piece line tap onto the mainline conductor.
3. Push the female part of the connector into the male part of 4. Once the male and female ends of the connector are flush,
the connector. insert the copper or aluminium tap conductor. Compress the
connector working from one end to the other. The “bites” of
the die should be overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important
that you do not leave any gaps between bites of the die.

connection. It is best practice to insulate the connector with
a tape insulation system after installation.
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP - EP
Connectors
For Joining Aluminium and Copper Conductors
• Manufactured from high conductivity aluminium extrusion • Different lengths of line tap connector allow one or two
• EP line taps permit taps to be taken from LV underground taps to be taken from a main conductor
aluminium conductors • Always install a line tap with jointing compound
• Or taps to be taken from LV or MV overhead AAC, ACSR • EP Uni-Seal (grey) for aluminium cable(s)
and AAAC aluminium conductors • EP Joint Seal (white) for copper cable(s)
• Taps can be aluminium AAC, ACSR, AAAC or metric • Install EP line taps with a hydraulic compression tool and
aluminium overhead conductors CDA series compression dies
• Or taps can be stranded metric/imperial copper or • Always insulate the line tap connection to seal it after
aluminium conductors installation.
• Reliable and easy to install without the need to cut the • For complete installation instructions refer to page 172
mainline conductor
Section 8
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP SELECTION CHART - AAC CONDUCTORS
Named Conductor NAMU GNAT PO
7/1.35 - - - -
and/or Stranding 7/2.11 7/2.21 7/2
Diameter (mm) 4.05 5.10 5.59 6.10 6.32 6.42 6.63 7.

Named Conductor
and/or Stranding Nearest Imperial 7/.052 7/.064 19/.044 7/.080 7/.083 19/.052
OD (mm) 3.96 4.88 5.59 6.10 6.33 - 6.60
16 25
(Nearest Imperial) Diameter (mm) mm2/Stranding -
7/1.70
- - -
7/2.15
-
EP0.10 L25 EP0.40 L25

395002/397067 395003/395232/
387342
EP0.00 L25 EP0.10L L38
NAMU 7/2.11 6.32 -
395001/396556 395010
EP0.20 L25 EP0.30 L25
EP0.40L L38
EP0.10L L40 395177
399615
EP0.10 L25 EP0.40 L25

395002/397067 395003/395232/
387342
25 EP0.00 L25 EP0.10L L38 EP0.50 L38
- 6.42
7/2.15 395001/396556 395010
EP0.20 L25 EP0.30 L25
386329/397068
EP0.40L L38
EP0.10L L40 395177
399615
EP0.10 L25 EP0.40 L25

395002/397067 395003/395232/
387342
EP0.00 L25 EP0.10L L38 EP0.50 L38 EP0.50 L38
GNAT 7/2.21 6.63 -
395001/396556 395010
EP0.20 L25 EP0.30 L25
386329/397068 386329/397068
EP0.40L L38
EP0.10L L40 395177
399615
EP0.01 L25 EP0.11 L25 EP0.41 L25 EP0.51 L38 EP0.51 L38 EP0.6
POKO 7/2.36 7.09 -
386329 397073
EP0.21 L25 EP0.31 L25
399383 397074 397074 397
APHIS 3/3.35 7.21 -
386329 397073
EP0.21 L25 EP0.31 L25
399383 397074 397074 397
35 EP0.12 L38 EP0.52 L38 EP0.52 L38 EP0.6

MOSQUITO 7/2.59 7.77
19/1.53
EP0.02 L38 300036/399921 EP0.22 L38 EP0.32 L38 EP0.42 L38
399607 399607 386
399616
EP0.12 L38 EP0.52 L38 EP0.52 L38 EP0.6

WEEVIL 3/3.66 7.85 - EP0.02 L38 300036/399921 EP0.22 L38 EP0.32 L38 EP0.42 L38 399607 399607 386
399616
EP0.13 L38
LADYBIRD 7/2.79 8.38 - EP0.03 L38 399537 EP0.23 L38 EP0.33 L38 EP0.43 L38 EP0.53 L38 EP0.53 L38 EP0.6
EP1.10 L25
EP1.40 L25
395005/395231
50 EP1.00 L25 EP1.10L L38 EP1.20 L25 EP1.50 L38 EP1.50 L38 EP1.6
KUTU 7/3.00 9.00 19/1.78 395009 395011/399562 399562 EP1.30 L25 397070 397070 386
EP1.40L L38
EP1.10L L50 395012
381585
EP1.10 L25
MAIN CONDUCTOR SIZE
EP1.40 L25
395005/395231
EP1.00 L25 EP1.10L L38 EP1.20 L25 EP1.50 L38 EP1.50 L38 EP1.6
ANT 7/3.10 9.30 - 395009 395011/399562 399562 EP1.30 L25 397070 397070 386
EP1.40L L38
EP1.10L L50 395012
381585
EP1.11 L25 EP1.31 L25 EP1.6

FLY 7/3.40 10.21 - EP1.01 L25 EP1.21 L25 386861 EP1.41 L25 EP1.51 L25 EP1.51 L25 399
EP1.12 L38
385678
70 EP1.02 L38 EP1.22 L38 EP1.32 L38 EP1.42 L38 EP1.52 L38 EP1.52 L38 EP1.6
19/2.14 386898 386898
EP1.12L L50
386287/386562
EP2.100 L38
395007/396558
EP2.000 L38 EP2.400 L38 EP2.500 L38 EP2.500 L38
RANGO 7/3.66 10.97 - 395006 EP2.200 L38 EP2.300 L38 395062 386859 386859
EP2.60
EP2.100L L64
EARWIG 7/3.78 11.35 - EP2.001 L38 EP2.101 L38 EP2.201 L38 EP2.301 L38 EP2.401 L38 EP2.501 L38 EP2.501 L38 EP2.6
GRASSHOPPER 7/3.91 11.73 - EP2.002 L38 EP2.102 L38 EP2.202 L38 EP2.302 L38 EP2.402 L38 EP2.502 L38 EP2.502 L38 EP2.60
EP2.003 L38 EP2.103 L38 EP2.203 L38 EP2.303 L38 EP2.403 L38 EP2.503 L38 EP2.503 L38 EP2.60
MOKO 7/4.09 12.27 - 395165 395000 395168 386
95 EP2.104 L38 EP2.204 L38 EP2.504 L38 EP2.504 L38 EP2.60

CLEGG 7/4.17 12.50
19/2.52
EP2.004 L38
385915
EP2.304 L38 EP2.404 L38
385695 385695
WASP 7/4.39 13.18 -
387660
BEETLE 19/2.67 13.34 - 386256 386561/386643 397077/388029 397077/388029
120 EP3.00 L50 EP3.10 L50 EP3.20 L50 EP3.30 L50 EP3.40 L50 EP3.50 L65 EP3.50 L65 EP3.6
WEKE 7/4.72 14.17
37/2.03 395181/397080 386920 395013 386288/388007 386288/388007 387
BEE 7/4.90 14.71 -
399748
EP3.31 L50 EP3.41 L50
386626 386626 399
EP4.501 L45 EP4.501 L45

WAXWING 19/3.10 15.49 - EP3.02 L65 EP3.12 L65 EP3.22 L65 EP3.32 L65 EP3.42 L65 EP4.6
EP4.103 L38 EP4.403 L38

CRICKET 7/5.36 16.08 - EP4.003 L38
395016
EP4.203 L38 EP4.303 L38
395017
EP4.503 L45 EP4.503 L45 EP4.60
EP4.103 L38 EP4.403 L38

HORNET 19/3.25 16.26 - EP4.003 L38 395016 EP4.203 L38 EP4.303 L38 395017 EP4.503 L45 EP4.503 L45 EP4.60
EP4.105 L45 EP4.405 L45 EP4.505 L50 EP4.505 L50

WETA 19/3.35 16.76 - EP4.005 L45 395182/396564 EP4.205 L45 EP4.305 L45 395008 397041 397041 EP4.60
EP4.506 L50
EP4.406 L51 385553
185 EP4.106 L50 EP4.506 L50
CATERPILLAR 19/3.53 17.65 37/2.52 EP4.006 L50 388296/386919 EP4.206 L51 EP4.306 L51 385553 EP4.60
EP4.406L L65 EP4.506L L85
395514 386359
CHAFER 19/3.78 18.92 - EP4.008 L50 EP4.108 L50 EP4.208 L50 EP4.308 L50 EP4.408 L50 EP4.508 L50 EP4.508 L50 EP4.60
MATA 19/3.86 19.30 - EP4.009 L50 EP4.109 L50 EP4.209 L50 EP4.309 L50 EP4.409 L50 EP4.509 L50 EP4.509 L50 EP4.60
240 EP4.410 L50

SPIDER 19/3.99 19.94
61/2.25
EP4.010 L50 EP4.110 L50 EP4.210 L50 EP4.310 L50
399377
EP4.111 L50
COCKROACH 19/4.22 21.08 - EP4.011 L50 395019/395021/
395020
Section 8 BUTTERFLY 19/4.65 23.24 300

61/2.52
EP4.012 L51

Section
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP SELECTION CHART - AAC CONDUCTORS
AT POKO APHIS MOSQUITO WEEVIL LADYBIRD KUTU ANT FLY RANGO
- -
.21 7/2.36 3/3.35 7/2.59 3/3.66 7/2.79 7/3.00 7/3.10 7/3.40 7/3.66
7.77 8.99
63 7.09 7.21 7.85 - 8.38 9.30 10.21 10.70 10.97
7.65 8.90
052 19/.064 19/.083

60 - - - - - - - - -
8.13 10.54
35 50 70
- - - - - - - -
19/1.53 19/1.78 19/2.14
Connectors
0 L38
397068
1 L38 EP0.61 L38

074 397072
1 L38 EP0.61 L38

074 397072
2 L38 EP0.62 L38

607 386354
2 L38 EP0.62 L38

607 386354
3 L38 EP0.63 L38
0 L38 EP1.60 L38 EP1.70 L38 EP1.90L L65 EP1.110L L65

070 386355 386006 395061 395178/395230
0 L38 EP1.60 L38

070 386355 EP1-2.5L
EP1.61 L38
1 L25 399836
2 L38 EP1.62 L38

898
0 L38 EP2.600 L38 EP2.700 L38 EP2.800 L38 EP2.900 L50 EP2.1000 L50 EP2.1100 L50 EP2.1200 L50
859 396560 387238/395164 395162/395163
3 L38 EP2.603 L38 EP2.703 L38 EP2.803 L38 EP2.903 L50 EP2.1003 L50 EP2.1103 L50
386353 386351 395169/386352
4 L38 EP2.604 L38 EP2.704 L50 EP2.804 L50 EP2.904 L50

695 399792/399611
5 L38 EP2.605 L51 EP2.705 L51 EP2.805 L51 EP2.905 L51
6 L38 EP2.606 L51 EP2.706 L51 EP2.806 L50 EP2.906 L50 EP2.1106 L50
388029 . 385552 399324
EP4.1400 L50
395015
0 L65 EP3.60 L65 EP3.70 L65 EP3.80 L65 EP3.90 L65 EP4.1000 L50 EP4.1100 L50 EP4.1200 L50 EP4.1300 L50 EP4.1500 L50
388007 387661 395064 386921 395014/397078 397079/386853
EP4.1400L L65
397083
EP4.1400 L50
395015
626 399517 396562 395014/397078 397079/386853
EP4.1400L L65
397083
1 L45 EP4.601 L45 EP4.701 L45 EP4.801 L45 EP4.901 L50 EP4.1001 L50 EP4.1101 L50 EP4.1201 L50 EP4.1301 L50 EP4.1401 L50 EP4.1501 L50
EP4.1103 L50
3 L45 EP4.603 L45 EP4.703 L51 EP4.803 L51 EP4.903 L51 EP4.1003 L51
395018
EP4.1103 L50
3 L45 EP4.603 L45 EP4.703 L51 EP4.803 L51 EP4.903 L51 EP4.1003 L51 395018
5 L50 EP4.805 L50 EP4.1105 L50 EP4.1405 L51

041 EP4.605 L50 EP4.705 L50 396566 EP4.905 L51 EP4.1005 L51 395170/397042/ EP4.1205 L50 395597
399613
6 L50 EP4.806 L50 EP4.1006 EP4.1406 L50

553 EP4.606 L50 EP4.706 L50 395515 EP4.906 L50 SPECIAL 385654
8 L50 EP4.608 L50 EP4.907 L50 EP4.1007 L50 EP4.1508 L50
9 L50 EP4.609 L50 EP4.1509 L50
Section 8
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP SELECTION CHART - ACSR CONDUCTORS
TAP CONDUCTOR SIZE

7/1.35 - - - -
Diameter (mm) 4.05 5.10 5.59 6.10 6.32 6.42 6.63 7.

Named Conductor
and/or Stranding Nearest Imperial 7/.052 7/.064 19/.044 7/.080 7/.083 19/.052
OD (mm) 3.96 4.88 5.59 6.10 6.33 - 6.60
16 25
7/1.70
- - -
7/2.15
-
EP0.10 L25 EP0.40 L25

395002/397067 395003/395232/
387342
EP0.00 L25 EP0.10L L38
SQUIRREL 6/2.11 6.32 -
395001/396556 395010
EP0.20 L25 EP0.30 L25
EP0.40L L38
EP0.10L L40 395177
399615
EP0.10 L25 EP0.40 L25

395002/397067 395003/395232/
387342
25 EP0.00 L25 EP0.10L L38 EP0.50 L38
- 6.42 7/2.15 395001/396556 395010 EP0.20 L25 EP0.30 L25 386329/397068
EP0.40L L38
EP0.10L L40 395177
399615
MAIN CONDUCTOR SIZE
GOPHER 6/2.36 7.09 - 386329 397073 EP0.21 L25 EP0.31 L25 399383 397074 397074 397
EP1.10 l25
EP1.40 L25
395005/395231
FERRET 6/3.00 9.00 19/1.78 395009 395011/399562 399562 EP1.30 L25 397070 397070 386
EP1.40L L38
EP1.10L L50 395012
381585
EP1.12 L38
385678
70 EP1.52 L38 EP1.52 L38
- 19/2.14 EP1.02 L38 EP1.22 L38 EP1.32 L38 EP1.42 L38 386898 386898 EP1.6
EP1.12L L50
386287/386562
EP2.100 L38
395007/396558
EP2.000 L38 EP2.400 L38 EP2.500 L38 EP2.500 L38
MINK 6/3.66 10.97 - 395006 EP2.200 L38 EP2.300 L38 395062 386859 386859
EP2.60
EP2.100L L64
RACCOON 6/4.09 12.27 - 395165 395000 395168 386
DOG 6/4.72 14.17 37/2.03 395181/397080 386920 395013 386288/388007 386288/388007 387
EP4.501 L45 EP4.501 L45

WAXWING 19/3.10 15.49 - EP3.02 L65 EP3.12 L65 EP3.22 L65 EP3.32 L65 EP3.42 L65 EP4.6
150 EP4.502 L45 EP4.502 L45

COYOTE 26/2.54 - 7/1.91 15.88 37/2.25 EP4.002 L38 EP4.102 L38 EP4.202 L38 EP4.302 L38 EP4.402 L38 399612 399612
EP4.60
EP4.404 L38
TIGER 37/2.36 16.54 - EP4.004 L38 EP4.104 L38 EP4.204 L38 EP4.304 L38 EP4.504 L45 EP4.504 L45 EP4.60
EP4.506 L50
EP4.406 L51
385553
185 EP4.106 L50 EP4.506 L50
CATERPILLAR 19/3.53 17.65 37/2.52 EP4.006 L50 388296/386919 EP4.206 L51 EP4.306 L51 385553
EP4.60
EP4.406L L65 EP4.506L L85
395514 386359
EP4.209 L50
MATA 19/3.86 19.30 - EP4.009 L50 EP4.109 L50 EP4.309 L50 EP4.409 L50 EP4.509 L50 EP4.509 L50 EP4.60
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP SELECTION CHART - ACSR CONDUCTORS
Connectors
TAP CONDUCTOR SIZE
GNAT POKO APHIS MOSQUITO WEEVIL LADYBIRD KUTU ANT FLY RANGO
- -
7/2.21 7/2.36 3/3.35 7/2.59 3/3.66 7/2.79 7/3.00 7/3.10 7/3.40 7/3.66
7.77 8.99
6.63 7.09 7.21 7.85 - 8.38 9.30 10.21 10.70 10.97
7.65 8.90
19/.052 19/.064 19/.083

6.60 - - - - - - - - -
8.13 10.54
- 35 50 70
- - - - - - - -
19/1.53 19/1.78 19/2.14
EP0.51 L38 EP0.61 L38

397074 397072
EP1.50 L38 EP1.60 L38 EP1.70 L38 EP1.90L L65 EP1.110L L65
397070 386355 386006 395061 395178/395230
EP1.52 L38
386898 EP1.62 L38
EP2.500 L38 EP2.600 L38 EP2.700 L38 EP2.800 L38 EP2.900 L50 EP2.1000 L50 EP2.1100 L50 EP2.1200 L50
386859 396560 387238/395164 395162/395163
EP2.503 L38 EP2.603 L38 EP2.703 L38 EP2.803 L38 EP2.903 L50 EP2.1003 L50 EP2.1103 L50
386353 386351 395169/386352
EP4.1400 L50
395015
EP3.50 L65 EP3.60 L65 EP3.70 L65 EP3.80 L65 EP3.90 L65 EP4.1100 L50 EP4.1200 L50 EP4.1300 L50 EP4.1500 L50
86288/388007 387661 395064 386921 EP4.1000 L50 395014/397078 397079/386853
EP4.1400L L65
397083
EP4.501 L45
EP4.601 L45 EP4.701 L45 EP4.801 L45 EP4.901 L50 EP4.1001 L50 EP4.1101 L50 EP4.1201 L50 EP4.1301 L50 EP4.1401 L50 EP4.1501 L50
EP4.502 L45 EP4.602 L45 EP4.702 L45 EP4.802 L45 EP4.902 L50 EP4.1002 L50 EP4.1102 L50 EP4.1202 L50 EP4.1302 L50 EP4.1402 L50 EP4.1502 L50
399612 399614
EP4.504 L45 EP4.604 L45 EP4.704 L51 EP4.804 L51 EP4.904 L51 EP4.1004 L51 EP4.1104 L51
EP4.506 L50 EP4.606 L50 EP4.706 L50 EP4.806 L50 EP4.906 L50 EP4.1006 EP4.1406 L50
385553 395515 SPECIAL 385654
EP4.509 L50 EP4.609 L50 EP4.1509 L50
Section 8
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP SELECTION CHART - AAAC CONDUCTORS
TAP CONDUCTOR SIZE

7/1.35 - - - -
Diameter (mm) 4.05 5.10 5.59 6.10 6.32 6.42 6.63 7.

Named Conductor
and/or Stranding
Nearest Imperial 7/.052 7/.064 19/.044 7/.080 7/.083 19/.052
OD (mm) 3.96 4.88 5.59 6.10 6.33 - 6.60
16 25
7/1.70
- - -
7/2.15
-
ARGON 7/1.75 5.25
EP0.10 L25 EP0.40 L25

395002/397067 395003/395232/
387342
EP0.00 L25 EP0.10L L38 EP0.50 L38 EP0.50 L38
BORON 7/2.25 6.75 - 395001/396556 395010 EP0.20 L25 EP0.30 L25 386329/397068 386329/397068
EP0.40L L38
EP0.10L L40 395177
399615
CHLORINE 7/2.50 7.50

MAIN CONDUCTOR SIZE
CHROMIUM 7/2.50 8.25
EP1.10 l25
EP1.40 L25
395005/395231
FLUORINE 7/3.00 9.00 19/1.78 395009 395011/399562 399562 EP1.30 L25 397070 397070 386
EP1.40L L38
EP1.10L L50 395012
381585
EP2.100 L38
395007/396558
EP2.000 L38 EP2.400 L38 EP2.500 L38 EP2.500 L38
HELIUM 7/3.75 11.30 - 395006 EP2.200 L38 EP2.300 L38 395062 386859 386859
EP2.60
EP2.100L L64
HYDROGEN 7/4.50 13.50
IODINE 7/4.75 14.30 37/2.03 395181/397080 386920 395013 386288/388007 386288/388007 387
EP4.103 L38 EP4.403 L38

KRYPTON 19/3.25 16.30 - EP4.003 L38 395016 EP4.203 L38 EP4.303 L38 395017 EP4.503 L45 EP4.503 L45 EP4.60
EP4.406 L51 EP4.506 L50

385553
185 EP4.106 L50 EP4.506 L50
LUTETIUM 19/3.50 17.50
37/2.52
EP4.006 L50
388296/386919
EP4.206 L51 EP4.306 L51
385553
EP4.60
EP4.406L L65 EP4.506L L85
395514 386359
NEON 19/3.75 18.80
EP4.111 L50
NITROGEN 37/3.00 21.00 - EP4.011 L50 395019/395021/
395020
NOBELIUM 37/3.25 22.80
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
TWO PIECE LINE TAP SELECTION CHART - AAAC CONDUCTORS
Connectors
TAP CONDUCTOR SIZE
AT POKO APHIS MOSQUITO WEEVIL LADYBIRD KUTU ANT FLY RANGO

- -
21 7/2.36 3/3.35 7/2.59 3/3.66 7/2.79 7/3.00 7/3.10 7/3.40 7/3.66
7.77 8.99
3 7.09 7.21 7.85 - 8.38 9.30 10.21 10.70 10.97
7.65 8.90
052 19/.064 19/.083

0 - - - - - - - - -
8.13 10.54
35 50 70
- - - - - - - -
19/1.53 19/1.78 19/2.14
0 L38
397068
L38 EP1.60 L38 EP1.70 L38 EP1.90L L65 EP1.110L L65

070 386355 386006 395061 395178/395230
859 396560 387238/395164 395162/395163
EP4.1400 L50
395015
388007 387661 395064 386921 395014/397078 397079/386853
EP4.1400L L65
397083
EP4.1103 L50
3 L45 EP4.603 L45 EP4.703 L51 EP4.803 L51 EP4.903 L51 EP4.1003 L51 395018
6 L50 EP4.606 L50 EP4.706 L50

EP4.806 L50
EP4.906 L50
EP4.1006 EP4.1406 L50
553 395515 SPECIAL 385654
Section 8
CONNECTORS
TEE JOINT LINE TAP
INSTALLATION GUIDE
1. Ensure you have the correct size of die, a suitable compression 2. Use a stainless steel wire brush to remove the oxide layer from
tool, with EP Joint Seal and EP Uni-Seal jointing compounds. the outermost cable strands. Never use the same brush for
If the cable is insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the cleaning the aluminium and copper cable strands. Apply EP
conductors. The exposed strands of the cable should allow Uni-Seal to the cleaned aluminium strands of the conductor.
for 10%-15% elongation of the connector once compressed. Offer the tee joint line tap up to the mainline conductor and
insert the slide on the top.
3. Once the slide and the body of the connector are flush, 4. Compress the tee joint to the mainline working alternately
compression can begin. from one end to the other. The “bites” of the die should be
overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important that you do not
leave any gaps between the bites of the die.
5. Use a stainless steel wire brush to remove the oxide layer 6. Once fully compressed, remove any die flashing or sharp
from the outermost cable strands of the tap conductor. If the edges with a file. If the cable is insulated, apply a heatshrink
tee joint is not pre-filled with jointing compound, apply it to or tape insulation system to electrically insulate the cable
the cleaned cable strands and insert the tap conductor into connection. It is best practice to insulate the connector with
the tee joint line tap. Compress by starting at the mainline a tape insulation system after installation.
end of the tap. It is important that you do not leave any gaps
between bites of the die.
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
TEE JOINT LINE TAP - EPTJ
Connectors
A
• Manufactured from high conductivity LM6 cast aluminium • Time tested and field proven, for installation there is no
alloy need to cut the mainline conductor
• Tee joint line taps permit taps to be taken from LV or MV • Always install a line tap with jointing compound
overhead AAC, ACSR and AAAC aluminium conductors • EP Uni-Seal (grey) for aluminium cable(s)
• Taps can be aluminium AAC, ACSR, AAAC or metric • EP Joint Seal (white) for copper cable(s)
aluminium overhead conductors • Install with a hydraulic compression tool and CDA series
• Or taps can be stranded metric/imperial copper or compression dies
aluminium conductors • For complete installation instructions refer to page 180
Conductor Diameter Range (mm)

Nominal Dimensions (mm) Hexagonal
Part Catalogue
Main Tap Compression
Number Number
Die Number
Min. Max. Min. Max. A B C
EPTJ-00 6.33 6.42 0 8.90

152 64 15.90 CDA4
EPTJ-00.1 6.62 7.65 0 8.90
EPTJ-0 8.38 9.00 0 14.71
EPTJ-0.1 10.70 10.98 0 14.71 178 76 25.40 CDA6
EPTJ-0.2 11.79 12.60 0 14.71
EPTJ-1.0 10.70 13.33 0 17.64
EPTJ-1.1 14.15 14.21 0 17.64
EPTJ-2.0 14.71 16.25 0 17.64 222 89 30.15 CDA7
EPTJ-2.1 16.75 17.70 0 17.64
EPTJ-2.2 18.30 19.30 0 17.64
EPTJ-3.1 20.00 21.10 0 25.65
241 89 38.10 CDA9
EPTJ-3.2 22.68 23.20 0 25.65
Section 8
CONNECTORS
TEE JOINT LINE TAP - EPTJ
400mm2 25.65
Butterfly 23.20
Nobelium 22.80
300mm2 22.68
Cockroach 21.10
Nitrogen 21.00
240mm2 20.25
Jaguar/Mata 19.30
Chafer 18.90
Neon 18.80
Wolf 18.13
185mm2 17.64
Lutetium 17.50
Dingo/Weta 16.75
Krypton 16.30
Cricket 16.10
Waxwing 15.94
150mm2 15.75
Bee 14.71
Iodine 14.30
120mm2 14.21
Dog/Weke 14.15
Hydrogen 13.50
EPTJ-3.1
EPTJ-3.2
Beetle 13.33
Wasp 13.20
Tap Conductor
95mm2 12.60
Raccoon 12.30
Grasshopper 11.70
EPTJ-2.0
EPTJ-2.1
EPTJ-2.2
EPTJ-1.1
Helium 11.30
Mink/Rango 10.98
70mm2 10.70
EPTJ-0.1 *
EPTJ-0.2 *
Fly 10.20
EPTJ-1.0
EPTJ-0
Rabbit 10.00
Kutu/Ferret 9.00
Fluorine 9.00
50mm2 8.90
Ladybird 8.40
Chromium 8.25
35mm2 7.65
Chlorine 7.50
EPTJ-00.1
EPTJ-00
Gopher/Poko 7.08
Boron 6.75
Flounder 6.70
25mm2 6.42
Squirrel/Namu 6.33
Magpie 6.33
Argon 5.25
16mm2 5.10
ø
20.25
22.68
22.80
23.20
25.65
12.30
12.60
13.20
13.33
13.50
14.21
14.30
14.71
15.75
15.94
16.30
16.75
18.80
18.90
19.30
10.00
10.20
10.70
10.98
14.15
18.13
16.10
21.00
21.10
17.50
17.64
11.30
11.70
5.25
6.33
6.33
6.42
6.70
6.75
8.25
8.40
8.90
9.00
9.00
5.10
(mm)
7.08
7.50
7.65
Squirrel/Namu
Gopher/Poko
Grasshopper
Conductor Name
Jaguar/Mata
Mink/Rango
Dingo/Weta
Kutu/Ferret
Cockroach
Dog/Weke
Chromium
Hydrogen
Nobelium
and/or mm2
Waxwing
Flounder
Raccoon
Ladybird
Lutetium
Nitrogen
Chlorine
240mm2
300mm2
400mm2
Fluorine
120mm2
150mm2
185mm2
Butterfly
Krypton
Magpie
Helium
25mm2
35mm2
50mm2
70mm2
95mm2
Cricket
16mm2
Chafer
Rabbit
Beetle
Iodine
Argon
Boron
Wasp
Neon
Wolf
Bee
Fly
Main Conductor
Note: * EPTJ-1.0 can also be selected in these areas.
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
FIGURE 6 LINE TAP
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Connectors
tool and EP Joint Seal and EP Uni-Seal jointing compounds. from the outermost cable strands of the mainline conductor.
If the cable is insulated, strip the insulation off the ends of the Apply EP Uni-Seal jointing compound. Never use the same
conductors. The exposed strands of the cable should allow brush for cleaning the aluminium and copper cable strands.
for 10%-15% elongation of the connector once compressed. Hang the figure 6 line tap onto the mainline conductor.
3. Use a stainless steel wire brush to remove the oxide layer 4. Compress the connector with a round CT series die working
from the outermost cable strands of the tap conductor. Apply from one end to the other. The “bites” of the die should be
EP Uni-Seal if the tap conductor is aluminium, EP Joint Seal overlapped by at least 10mm. It is important that you do not
if the tap conductor is copper. Never use the same brush for leave any gaps between bites of the die.
cleaning the aluminium and copper cable strands. Insert
the tap conductor.

connection. It is best practice to insulate the connector with
a tape insulation system after installation.
Section 8
CONNECTORS
FIGURE 6 LINE TAP - EPLT
• Manufactured from high conductivity aluminium extrusion • Different lengths of line tap connector allow one or two
• Figure 6 line taps permit taps to be taken from LV taps to be taken from a main conductor
underground aluminium conductors • Always install a line tap with jointing compound
• Or taps to be taken from LV or MV overhead AAC, ACSR • EP Uni-Seal (grey) for aluminium cable(s)
and AAAC aluminium conductors • EP Joint Seal (white) for copper cable(s)
• Taps can be aluminium AAC, ACSR, AAAC or metric • Install EP line taps with a hydraulic compression tool and
aluminium overhead conductors CT series compression dies
• Or taps can be stranded metric/imperial copper or • Always insulate the line tap connection to seal it after
aluminium conductors installation.
• Simple and very low cost, for installation there is no need • For complete installation instructions refer to page 183
to cut the mainline conductor
Outer Diameter Range (mm)

Compression
Common Main Sizes
Part Catalogue Die Number
Main Tap Common Tap Sizes
Number Number
Hydraulic 12
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Ton
EPLT-1.01 5.41 7.62 4.62 5.03 Squirrell/Namu Gopher/Poko 7/.064 CT-1
EPLT-1.02 5.41 7.62 5.03 5.59 Squirrell/Namu Gopher/Poko 16mm 2
CT-1
EPLT-1.32 5.41 7.62 5.59 6.05 Squirrell/Namu Gopher/Poko 19/.044 CT-1
EPLT-1.04 5.41 7.62 6.05 6.40 Squirrell/Namu Gopher/Poko Squirrel/Namu CT-1
EPLT-1.05 5.41 7.62 6.40 6.81 Squirrell/Namu Gopher/Poko 25mm2 CT-1
EPLT-1.06 5.41 7.62 6.81 7.59 Squirrell/Namu Gopher/Poko Gopher/Poko CT-1
EPLT-2.00 7.65 10.97 4.62 5.03 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango 7/.064 CT-2
EPLT-2.01 7.65 10.97 5.03 5.59 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango 16mm2 CT-2
EPLT-2.03 7.65 10.97 6.05 6.40 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango Squirrel/Namu CT-2
EPLT-2.04 7.65 10.97 6.40 6.81 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango 25mm2 CT-2
EPLT-2.05 7.65 10.97 6.81 7.59 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango Gopher/Poko CT-2
EPLT-2.06 7.65 10.97 7.59 8.18 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango 35mm /19/.064
2
CT-2
EPLT-2.07 7.65 10.97 8.18 8.84 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango Ladybird CT-2
EPLT-2.08 7.65 10.97 8.84 9.58 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango 50mm2/Ferret/Kutu CT-2
EPLT-2.09 7.65 10.97 9.58 10.26 Ferret/Kutu Mink/Rango Fly CT-2
EPLT-3.00 11.35 14.35 4.62 5.03 95mm2 Dog/Weke 7/.064 CT-3
EPLT-3.00A 11.35 14.35 5.03 5.59 95mm 2
Dog/Weke 16mm 2
CT-3
EPLT-3.00B 11.35 14.35 5.59 6.05 95mm2 Dog/Weke 19/.044 CT-3
EPLT-3.01 11.35 14.35 6.05 6.40 95mm 2
Dog/Weke Squirrell/Namu CT-3
EPLT-3.02 11.35 14.35 6.40 6.81 95mm2 Dog/Weke 25mm2 CT-3
EPLT-3.03 11.35 14.35 6.81 7.59 95mm 2
Dog/Weke Gopher/Poko CT-3
EPLT-3.05 11.35 14.35 8.18 8.84 95mm2 Dog/Weke 35mm2/19/.064 CT-3
EPLT-3.06 11.35 14.35 8.84 9.58 95mm 2
Dog/Weke Ferret/Kutu CT-3
EPLT-3.07 11.35 14.35 9.58 10.26 95mm2 Dog/Weke Fly CT-3
EPLT-3.09 11.35 14.35 10.59 11.35 95mm2 Dog/Weke 70mm2/Mink/Rango CT-3
EPLT-3.12 11.35 14.35 12.75 13.26 95mm2 Dog/Weke Wasp/37/.072 CT-3
EPLT-3.13 11.35 14.35 13.26 13.84 95mm2 Dog/Weke Beetle CT-3
EPLT-3.14 11.35 14.35 13.84 14.35 95mm2 Dog/Weke Dog/Weke CT-3
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
ALUMINIUM PARALLEL GROOVE CLAMPS - JBL-A
Aluminium Parallel Groove Clamp - JBL-A
Connectors
• Extruded from high conductivity aluminium alloy for maximum strength
and conductivity
• Perfectly suited to connect same sized or different sized aluminium
conductors
• Complete with pressure pad to ensure uniform clamping pressure
along the connector
• Stainless steel fastening supplied as standard
• Galvanised steel fastening optional
Part Catalogue Conductor Size of Package Weight

Bolts
Number Number Both Sides (mm2) (pcs) (kg/100pc)
JBL-A16-120/2 16 - 120 2 120 16
JBL-A16-120/3 16 - 120 3 80 25
JBL-A35-240/2 35 - 240 2 48 35
JBL-A35-240/3 35 - 240 3 24 54
Section 8
CONNECTORS
EARTH BONDING CLAMP - EBC
SPLIT BOLT - HB
Earth Bonding Clamp - EBC
Electropar PLP’s earth bonding clamp is used for permanent earth bonds. The
earth bonding clamp is manufactured with an aluminium body and stainless
fasteners.
Diameter Range (mm)

Part Catalogue
Number Number
Minimum Maximum
EBC-0719 17 19
EBC-1937 19 37
Split Bolt - HB
Electropar PLP’s split bolt is designed to join or tap aerial hard drawn or
insulated copper conductors while applying an evenly distributed load to
ESAA specifications. Electropar PLP’s split bolt is available in natural brass or
electro-tinned.
Catalogue Number Conductor

Part Conductor Size
Diameter
Number (mm2)
Natural Brass Electro-Tinned (mm)
HB22 HB22T 16 5.10

HB24 HB24T 35 7.65
HB25 HB25T 70 10.70
HB26 HB26T 95 12.46
HB28 HB28T 185 15.75
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
INSULATION PIERCING CONNECTOR
MVIPPG
Connectors
Tested in accordance with standard EN50397-2, the medium Once installed, the connection between the connector and the
voltage insulation piercing parallel groove type connector cable is made watertight by silicone grease that fills any gaps
is designed for making non tension connections between in the insulation around the connector’s teeth. Designed for use
aluminium conductors at voltages up to 36kV. Ideal for tap with covered conductors that have diameters between 12.7mm
connection to transformers, switchgear, cables or fuses, the and 22.3mm, the insulation piercing connector is perfectly
advantage of this type of connector is that the insulation does suited to conductors sized between 35mm2 and 150mm2 with
not need to be peeled from the cable. insulation thickness between 2.3 and 3.3mm.
Part Catalogue Main Conductor Size (mm2) Tap Conductor Size (mm2) Bolt Installation
Number Number (Min./Max.) (Min./Max.) Torque (Nm)
MVIPPG35/150 35 – 150 35 – 150 40
MVIPPG35/150 ready to install on MVIPPG35/150 removed from

conductor. Insulation does not need to MVIPPG35/150 installed on conductor. conductor. Silicone grease acts
be removed. as sealant.
Section 8
CONNECTORS
INSULATION PIERCING CONNECTOR
JBC
JBC insulation piercing connectors can be used with all types • Main line: Insulated aluminium cable.
of LV-ABC conductors as well as connections in service line • Tap line: Insulated aluminium cable or insulated copper
systems, building electrical systems and street lighting systems. cable.
Installation of JBC insulation piercing connectors can be easily • Body is moulded from tough, weather-resistant materials.
done by tightening the bolts to force the teeth to penetrate the • Specially designed shear head allows for efficient
insulation of the main line and tap lines simultaneously. Stripping installation under controlled shear torque which ensures
of insulation is not required for either main or tap cables. the contact teeth properly penetrate the cable without
damaging the mechanical strength of the conductor.
• Tested underwater for watertightness at 6kV for 1 minute.
• Safe live-line installation.
• Seals and grease are applied to prevent moisture entering
the cable and connector which guarantees excellent
waterproof and corrosion resistant performance.
• End cap is attached to the body so no loose parts can fall
to the ground during installation.
• Standard: EN 50483-4, NFC 33-020, NFC 33-004.
Main Conductor Tap Conductor Weight

Part Number Type Bolts Package (pcs)
Size (mm2) Size (mm2) (kg/100pcs)
JBC10-35/1.5-10 10 - 35 1.5 - 10 1 180 6
JBC6-35/6-35 6 - 35 6 - 35 1 112 12
JBC16-70/6-35 16 - 70 6 - 35 1 112 12
JBC16-70/1.5-10 16 - 70 1.5 - 10 1 180 6
JBC16-70/16-70 16 - 70 16 - 70 1 48 14
JBC16-95/2.5-35 16 - 95 2.5 - 35 1 64 12
JBC25-95/25-95 25 - 95 25 - 95 1 40 18
JBC25-120/25-120 25 - 120 25 - 120 1 32 23
JBC35-70/6-35 35 - 70 6 - 35 1 64 13
JBC35-150/6-35 35 - 150 6 - 35 1 64 14
JBC35-150/35-150 35 - 150 35 - 150 1 40 31
JBC35-150/35-150/2 35 - 150 35 - 150 2 25 38
JBC35-185/35-185 35 - 185 35 - 185 2 24 44
Section 8
Section
CONNECTORS
BAIL CLAMP AND LIVE LINE CLAMP
Connectors
Bail Clamp (Stirrup Clamp)
Bail clamps protect overhead distribution lines by allowing hot line clamp connections
to be made without contacting the main line. Made from high strength, high
conductivity aluminium alloy, Electropar PLP's bail clamps accept a wide range
of mainline conductor sizes.
Designed for installation via hotstick, both sizes of bail clamp are perfectly suited
to installation with standard linesman's tools.

Number Number (mm2)
P03270-000 25 - 50
P03271-000 70 - 185
Live Line Clamp
Live line clamps provide the means of connecting line, fuse or transformer taps to
mainline aluminium or ACSR conductors. Live line clamps can be installed directly
onto the mainline conductor or onto a bail clamp (stirrup clamp).
Designed for installation on energised conductor via hotstick, the body and keeper
of the connector are aluminium alloy, the eye-stem is bronze alloy and the eye-stem
spring which maintains continuous contact pressure at the connector is stainless steel.
Part Catalogue Conductor Outer Diameter

Number Number (mm)
P03272-000 5 - 32
Section 8
Section 8
Section
SECTION 9 - CONDUCTOR UNI DEADENDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Conductor Uni Deadends

Section Page
AAC, ACSR and AAAC Type - Installation Guide................................................................ 9 192

Full Tension Uni Deadend - Clevis End - EPUDC............................................................... 9 193
Full Tension Uni Deadend - Tongue and Oval Eye End - EPUDT, EPUDOE...................... 9 195
Section 9
CONDUCTOR UNI DEADENDS
AAC, ACSR AND AAAC TYPE
INSTALLATION GUIDE
tool and the correct jointing compound if the connector is not from the outermost cable strands. Insert the conductor into
pre-filled with EP Uni-Grip “C” jointing compound. the connector.
3. Compress the connector starting from the insulator attachment 4. Continue compressing the connector working towards the
end. end where the cable is inserted. The “bites” of the die should
not leave any gaps between bites of the die. You must rotate
the tool by one flat every “bite” to avoiding “banana-ing” the
deadend joint.

edges with a file.
Section 9
Section
FULL TENSION UNI DEADEND FOR AAC, AAAC AND ACSR CONDUCTORS

CLEVIS END
EPUDC
For Full Tension Termination of AAC, ACSR and AAAC Conductors
• Manufactured from high conductivity aluminium tube and • Double terminal palms (2 bolt or 4 bolt) available on
galvanised mild steel request
• For full tension connection of overhead AAC, ACSR, • Pre-filled with EP Uni-Seal jointing compound
SBC and AAAC aluminium conductors • Install connectors for AAC, ACSR and SBC conductors
• Rated 95% of conductor Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS) with CDA series compression dies
• Mechanically tested in accordance with AS1154.3-2009 • Install connectors for AAAC with AF series compression
• In line and opposed terminal palms available dies
• Single terminal palms (2 bolt or 4 bolt) supplied as • For item drawings and complete installation instructions
standard contact Electropar PLP
Clevis Type Uni Deadends for AAC Conductors
Part Catalogue Die

Jumper Connection
Number Number Size
383654 EPUDC-Butterfly-9-No Palm CDA9 No Palm
383653 EPUDC-Cockroach-9-No Palm CDA9 No Palm
385671 EPUDC-OP15-Cricket-7-2/M16/50 CDA7 2H@50mm Suit M16
381042 EPUDC-OP15-Butterfly-9-2/M12/50 CDA9 2H@50mm Suit M12
399498 EPUDC-OP15-Butterfly-9-2/M16/50 CDA9 2H@50mm Suit M16
388009 EPUDC-OP-2-Butterfly-9-2/M12/50 CDA9 2 Palms, 2H@50mm Suit M16
384857 EPUDC-OP15-Cockroach-9-2/M16/50 CDA9 2H@50mm Suit M16
382032 EPUDC-OP-Mata-9-WJT CDA9 Welded jumper terminal
399880 EPUDC-Centipede-11-WJT CDA11 Welded jumper terminal
384651 EPUDC-OP15-Centipede-11-2/M16/50 CDA11 2H@50mm Suit M16
384653 EPUDC-OP-Centipede-11-3/M16/50 CDA11 3H@50mm Suit M16
384651 EPUDC-Centipede-11-2/M16/50 CDA11 2H@50
384651 EPUDC-OP-Centipede-11-2/M16/50 CDA11 2H@50
384653 EPUDC-OP-Centipede-11-3/M16/50 CDA11 3H@50
• For conductors or palm configurations not listed contact Electropar PLP directly.
Section 9
CLEVIS END
EPUDC
galvanised mild steel request
• Mechanically tested in accordance with AS1154.3-2009 • Install connectors for AAAC with AF series compression
• In line and opposed terminal palms available dies
• Single terminal palms (2 bolt or 4 bolt) supplied as • For item drawings and complete installation instructions
standard contact Electropar PLP
Clevis Type Uni Deadends for ACSR Conductors
Part Catalogue Die

Jumper Connection
Number Number Size
3003128 EPUDC-OP15-Squirrel-5-2/M12/50 CDA5 2H@50mm Suit M12
384363 EPUDC-OP15-Ferret-5-2/M16/50 CDA5 2H@50mm Suit M16
3001113 EPUDC-OP15-Raccoon-6-2/M12/50 CDA6 2H@50mm Suit M12
388574 EPUDC-OP-2-Mink-6-2/M12/50 CDA6 2 Palms, 2H@50mm Suit M12
381813 EPUDC-OP15-Dog-7-WJT CDA7 Welded jumper terminal
383959 EPUDC-OP15-Dog-7-2/M16/50 CDA7 2H@50mm Suit M16
381812 EPUDC-OP15-Dog-7-2WJT CDA7 2x Welded jumper terminal
2 Palms, 2H@50mm Suit M12
381606 EPUDC-OP15-2-Dog-7-2/M12/50-WJT CDA7
and welded jumper terminal
381812 EPUDC-Dog-7 Drg 5615 CDA7
Clevis Type Uni Deadends for AAAC Conductors
Part Catalogue Die Hole Size/Centres

Number Number Size (mm)
EPUDC-OP-Helium-18AF-2/M16/50 18.0AF 2H@50mm Suit M16
EPUDC-OP-2-Helium-18AF-2/M16/50 18.0AF 2 Palms, 2H@50mm Suit M16
386852 EPUDC-OP15-Iodine-22AF-2/M16/50 22.0AF 2H@50mm Suit M16
383154 EPUDC-OP15-Krypton-285AF-2/M16/50 28.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M16
EPUDC-OP-Neon-285AF-2/M16/50 28.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M16
EPUDC-OP-Neon-285AF-2/M12/50 28.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M12
EPUDC-OP-2-Neon-285AF-2/M16/50 28.5AF 2 Palms, 2H@50mm Suit M16
3000057 EPUDC-OP-Nobelium-34.5-2/M12/50 34.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M12
Section 9
Section

TONGUE AND OVAL EYE END
EPUDT, EPUDOE
Tongue End - In Line Oval Eye End - In Line
Tongue End - Opposed Oval Eye End - Opposed
forged, galvanised steel request
for all but large ACSR conductors • Install connectors for AAAC with AF series compression
• Mechanically tested in accordance with AS1154.3-2009 dies
• In line and opposed terminal palms available • For item drawings and complete installation instructions
• Single terminal palms (2 bolt or 4 bolt) supplied as contact Electropar PLP
standard
Tongue Type Uni Deadends for ACSR Conductors
Part Catalogue Die

Jumper Connection
Number Number Size
3003667 EPUDT-OP-Squirrel-5-2/M12/50 CDA5 2H@50mm Suit M12
3003668 EPUDT-OP-Ferret-5-2/M12/50 CDA5 2H@50mm Suit M12
3001114 EPUDT-OP-Raccoon-6-2/M12/50 CDA6 2H@50mm Suit M12
394618 EPUDT-OP-Mink-6-2/M12/50 CDA6 2H@50mm Suit M12
3003669 EPUDT-OP-Dog-7-2/M12/50 CDA7 2H@50mm Suit M12
Oval Eye Type Uni Deadends for AAAC Conductors
Part Catalogue Die

Jumper Connection
Number Number Size
3004011 EPUDOE-OP15-Krypton-285AF-2/M12/50- 28.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M12
341069 EPUDOE-OP-Neon-285AF-2/M16/50 28.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M16
380560 EPUDOE-OP-Nitrogen-345AF-2/M12/50 34.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M12
384668 EPUDOE-IL-Nitrogen 345AF-2/M12/50 34.5AF 2H@50mm Suit M12
3005082 EPUDOE-IL-Phosphorous 40-0-4/M12/50 40.0AF 4H@50mm Suit M12
381167 EPUDOE-IL-Oxygen-40-4/M12/50 40.0AF 4H@50mm Suit M12
382528 EPUDOE-IL-2-Oxygen 40-4/M12/50 40.0AF 2 Palms, 4H@50mm Suit M12
3004973 EPUDOE-OP-Oxygen-40-0-2/M16/60- 40.0AF 2H@60mm Suit M16
3005889 EPUDOE-IL-Sulphur-47-5-4/M16/60 47.5AF 4H@60mm Suit M16
3002241 EPUDOE-OP30-Sulphur-2/M16/60 47.5AF 4H@50mm Suit M16
Section 9
Section 9
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Hardware Fittings
Section Page
Wedge Deadend for COMPACTLIGN™ Spacer Cables - GD............................................. 10 198

Bolted Deadend - Strain Clamp for Bare Phase Conductors - EPBD.................................. 10 199
Clevis Thimbles................................................................................................................... 10 200
Socket Clevis - SC.............................................................................................................. 10 201
Socket Thimble - STH......................................................................................................... 10 201
Socket Tongue - ST............................................................................................................. 10 201
Tongue Clevis - TC.............................................................................................................. 10 202
Ball Clevis - BC................................................................................................................... 10 202
Y Tongue Clevis - CTY........................................................................................................ 10 202
Wire Rope Thimble - Closed - THWC.................................................................................. 10 203
Wire Rope Thimble - Open - THWO.................................................................................... 10 203
Vee Shackle - VS................................................................................................................ 10 204
Galvanised Forged Steel Shackles - S, TS......................................................................... 10 204
M16 Galvanised Pole Step for Concrete Poles -GPSC....................................................... 10 205
Wire Rope Grip - WRG....................................................................................................... 10 205
Aluminium Sheave - 54mm - AS......................................................................................... 10 205
Machined Steel Sheave - THGR......................................................................................... 10 205
M20 and M24 Elongated Eye Bolts - GEBE....................................................................... 10 206
M16 Safety Hook Bolt - GSHB............................................................................................ 10 206
M16 Galvanised Hook Bolt - GEB....................................................................................... 10 207
M16 and M20 Round Eye Bolts - GEBR............................................................................. 10 207
M20 Round Eye Bolt - Special Assembly - GEBR-...-SQW................................................. 10 207
Eye Tongues - ET, TET........................................................................................................ 10 208
Twisted Eye Tongue - TET................................................................................................... 10 208
Link Eye - LE...................................................................................................................... 10 208
Ball Eye - BE...................................................................................................................... 10 209
Ball Hook - Long Shank - BHL............................................................................................ 10 209
Ball Hook - Short Shank - BHS........................................................................................... 10 209
Tongue Hook - TH............................................................................................................... 10 210
Tongue Hook - Latched - THL............................................................................................. 10 210
Open Hook Nut - ENGO..................................................................................................... 10 210
Oval Eye Nut....................................................................................................................... 10 210
Link - Single Plate - LSP...................................................................................................... 10 211
Link - Double Plate - L......................................................................................................... 10 211
U-Bolt Stay Tensioner - GADJ............................................................................................. 10 211
Yoke Bar for ABC Suspension - YABCOF............................................................................ 10 211
Belleville Washer................................................................................................................. 10 212
Pole Cap - EPC................................................................................................................... 10 212
Aluminium Gain Block - Type 1 - AGB................................................................................. 10 213
Aluminium Gain Block - Type 2 - AGB................................................................................. 10 213
Stainless Steel Conical Washer - SSCW............................................................................ 10 213
Screw Anchor - ANCHOR................................................................................................... 10 214
Screw Anchor Additional Parts............................................................................................ 10 215
Stainless Steel Banding System......................................................................................... 10 216
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
WEDGE DEADEND FOR COMPACTLIGN™ SPACER CABLES
GD
• Manufactured from cast LM6 aluminium alloy with UV- • No need to strip the insulation from the insulated overhead
stabilised polyamide wedge inserts cables
• With stainless steel strap for attaching to clevis thimble • Available as standard with 5kN or 8kN mechanical
or other crossarm hardware strength rating
• Use for terminating low voltage insulated overhead cables • Wide acceptance range owing to innovative wedge
• Use for terminating COMPACTLIGN™ insulated overhead technology
MV (spacer) cables • Fast and easy to install and re-sag overhead insulated
conductors
5kN 8kN Outer Diameter Range (mm)

Minimum Maximum
GD5-1316 GD5-1316 13.0 16.0
GD5-1619 GD5-1619 16.0 19.0
GD5-1922 GD5-1922 19.0 22.0
GD5-2225 GD5-2225 22.0 25.0
GD5-2528 GD5-2528 25.0 28.0
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
BOLTED DEADEND
STRAIN CLAMP FOR BARE PHASE CONDUCTORS
EPBD
Hardware Fittings
3 U-Bolt Type Straight Type
B
A
øC
• Manufactured from cast LM6 aluminium alloy for AAC, • Commonly used for distribution substation strung bus
ACSR and AAAC conductors connections
• Manufactured from hot dip galvanised ductile iron for • No need to cut the mainline conductor for installation
copper conductors • Install with socket and ½” ratchet drive
Minimum Outer Dimensions (mm)

Part Catalogue
Material Breaking Diameter
Number Number
Strength (kN) Range (mm) A B C
2 U-Bolt Type
Galvanised Ductile
EPBD-E23449-000 70 6.0 - 11.0 21 150 16
Iron
3 U-Bolt Type
Galvanised Ductile
EPBD-E71830-000 70 5.0 - 15.0 19 200 16
Iron
EPBD-173246-000 Aluminium 59 10.0 - 16.0 19 203 16
EPBD-200226-000 Aluminium 59 10.0 - 16.0 19 203 16
EPBD-A35453-000 Aluminium 59 10.0 - 16.0 19 203 16
4 U-Bolt Type
EPBD-478326-000 Aluminium 78 16.0 - 21.0 27 209 16
5 U-Bolt Type
EPBD-824700-000 Aluminium 80 13.0 - 30.0 34 330 16

EPBD-732170-000 Aluminium 80 13.0 - 30.0 34 330 16
Strain Clamp Straight Type
EPBD-P03403-000 Aluminium and 22 4.1 - 10.2 - - -

EPBD-P03404-000 Galvanised Steel 26 9.1 - 15.2 - - -
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
CLEVIS THIMBLES A
Aluminium Clevis Thimbles for Terminating PREFORMED™ Deadends C
Clevis Pin Clevis Thimble Thimble

Part Catalogue Thimble Pulling Eye
Diameter (mm) Opening (mm) Radius (mm) Opening (mm)
Number Number Rating (kN) Rating (kN)
“D” “A” “C” “B”
332305 EPACT-70-R25 70 40 16 22.0 28.5 28.0
453000 ACT-27-16 70 N/A 16 20.0 36.0 28.0
453002 ACT-37-16 70 N/A 16 20.0 36.0 36.0
EPACT-70-R25 ACT-27-16 ACT-37-16
Galvanised Cast Iron Clevis Thimbles for Terminating PREFORMED™ Deadends
Clevis Pin Clevis Thimble Thimble

Part Catalogue Thimble Pulling Eye
Diameter (mm) Opening (mm) Radius (mm) Opening (mm)
Number Number Rating (kN) Rating (kN)
“D” “A” “C” “B”
453001 CTH-070-MCI 70 N/A 16 20.0 10.0 20.0
940614 GCT-120-TC5F 120 N/A 16 23.5 28.0 23.5
CTH-070-MCI GCT-120-TC5F
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
SOCKET CLEVIS - SC
SOCKET THIMBLE - STH
SOCKET TONGUE - ST
Hardware Fittings
Socket Clevis - Galvanised Forged Steel - SC
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Socket Size Bolt Size

Number Number (kN) (mm) (mm)
SC-070-1 70 16 M16
SC-120-1 120 16 M16
SC-160-1 160 20 M20
SC-210-1 210 20 M20
Note: Socket clevis available with “W” or “R” clip security pin.
Socket Thimble - Galvanised Cast Iron - STH
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Thimble Bend

Number Number (kN) Radius (mm)
STH-070-1 70
Note: Socket thimble supplied with “W” clip security pin.
Socket Tongue - ST
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Bolt Size

Number Number (kN) (mm)
ST-070-1 70 M16
ST-160-1 160 M20
ST-210-1 210 M20
Note: Socket tongue supplied with “W” clip security pin.
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
TONGUE CLEVIS - TC
BALL CLEVIS - BC
Y TONGUE CLEVIS - CTY
Tongue Clevis - Galvanised Cast Iron - TC

TC-070-1 70 M16
TC-120-1 120 M16
Ball Clevis - Cast Iron - BC
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Bolt Size Ball Size

BC-070-1 70 M16 16
BC-120-1 120 M16 16
BC-160-8 160 M20 20
BC-210-1 210 M20 20
Y Tongue Clevis - Forged - CTY
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Bolt Size Ball Size

CTY-070-1 70 M16 18
CTY-160-44-8 160 M16 21.5
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
WIRE ROPE THIMBLE - CLOSED - THWC
WIRE ROPE THIMBLE - OPEN - THWO
Hardware Fittings
Electropar PLP’s open and closed wire rope thimbles are used Closed wire rope thimbles are generally used when the guy
together with Galvanised Steel Deadend Grips to protect the attachment to the pole is a hook. When the guy attachment to the
loop of the deadend from wear and abrasion. pole is an eyebolt, the open wire rope thimble is most suitable.
Wire Rope Thimble - Closed - THWC
Part Catalogue Bend Radius Seat Width Threaded

Number Number (mm) (mm) Length (mm)
THWC-10 12.5 11 150
THWC-12 15 13 150
THWC-16 20 18 150
THWC-20 25 22 150
Wire Rope Thimble - Open - THWO
Part Catalogue Bend Radius Seat Width Threaded

Number Number (mm) (mm) Length (mm)
THW0-10 12.5* 11 14
453062 THW0-12 15* 13 17
THW0-16 20* 18 21
THW0-20-4 25* 22 24
THW0-22 27.5* 24 28
Note: * Bend radius will be slightly larger on open thimbles.
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
VEE SHACKLE - VS
GALVANISED FORGED STEEL SHACKLES - S, TS
Vee Shackle - VS
Electropar PLP’s forged Vee shackles have been designed specifically for use
with steel U channel crossarms as part of deadend assemblies. Simple and low
cost, the Vee shackle is rated 70kN and is supplied galvanised and complete with
stainless steel split pin as standard.
Part Catalogue Opening Width Rating

Size
Number Number (mm) (mm) (kN)
VS-01 M12 105 69 70
Galvanised Forged Steel Shackle - S
Part Catalogue Tension Rating

Bolt Size
Number Number (kN)
S-070-1 70 M16
S-120-1 120 M16
S-160-1 160 M20
S-210-1 210 M20
Galvanised Forged Steel Shackle - Twisted - TS

Bolt Size
Number Number (kN)
TS-070-1 70 M16
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
M16 GALVANISED POLE STEP FOR CONCRETE POLES - GPSC
WIRE ROPE GRIP - WRG
ALUMINIUM SHEAVE - 54mm - AS
Hardware Fittings
MACHINED STEEL SHEAVE - THGR
M16 Galvanised Pole Step for Concrete Poles - GPSC
Part Catalogue Bolt Size Length

Number Number (mm) (mm)
GPSC-16180 M16 180
Wire Rope Grip - WRG
Part Catalogue Conductor Diameter Bolt Size

WRG-08 8.00 M8
WRG-10 9.00 - 10.00 M10
WRG-12 11.00 - 12.00 M12
WRG-14 13.00 - 14.00 M12
WRG-16 16.00 M16
WRG-18 18.00 M16
WRG- 21 20.00 - 22.00 M16
WRG-26 24.00 - 26.00 M20
WRG- 28 28.00 M20
WRG-32 32.00 M20
WRG-36 36.00 M24
WRG- 40 40.00 M24
Aluminium Sheave - 54mm - AS
Part Catalogue Bore Diameter

Colour Code
Number Number (mm)
AS-54-17 17 Red
AS-54-22 22 Green
Note: Bolt holes to suit M16 and M20 bolts.
Machined Steel Sheave - THGR
Part Catalogue Hose Size Sheave Diameter

THGR-57 21 57
THGR-75 26 75
THGR-146A-C 50 146
THGR-1468-C 26 146
THGR-150 32 150
THGR-150-25 25 150
THGR-150-36 38 150
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
M20 AND M24 ELONGATED EYE BOLTS - GEBE
M16 SAFETY HOOK BOLT - GSHB
M20 and M24 Elongated Eye Bolts - GEBE
The M20 and M24 elongated eye bolts are used with the Electropar PLP anchor.
Other lengths are available on request.
Catalogue Number Threaded

Part Length
Length
Number M20 M24 (mm)
(mm)
GEBE-20150 GEBE-24150 150 150
GEBE-20200 GEBE-24200 200 150
GEBE-20250 GEBE-24250 250 150
GEBE-20300 GEBE-24300 300 150
GEBE-20350 GEBE-24350 350 150
GEBE-20400 GEBE-24400 400 150
GEBE-20420 GEBE-24420 420 150
GEBE-20450 GEBE-24450 450 150
GEBE-20500 GEBE-24500 500 150
GEBE-20550 GEBE-24550 550 150
GEBE-20600 GEBE-24600 600 150
GEBE-20650 GEBE-24650 650 150
GEBE-20700 GEBE-24700 700 150
GEBE-20750 GEBE-24750 750 150
GEBE-20800 GEBE-24800 800 150
GEBE-202500 GEBE-242500 2500 150
M16 Safety Hook Bolt - GSHB
The M16 safety hook bolt is used with the Electropar PLP anchor. Other lengths
are available on request.
Pole
Diameter Threaded
Part Catalogue Length Bolt Size
Range (mm) Length
(mm)
Min. Max.
453190 GSHB-16200 200 61 160 150 16

453192 GSHB-16300 300 160 260 150 16
453194 GSHB-16400 400 261 360 150 16
GSHB-16500 500 361 460 150 16
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
M16 GALVANISED HOOK BOLT - GEB
M16 AND M20 ROUND EYE BOLTS - GEBR
M20 ROUND EYE BOLT - SPECIAL ASSEMBLY - GEBR-...-SQW
Hardware Fittings
M16 Galvanised Hook Bolt - GEB
Electropar PLP’s M16 galvanised hook bolts have a straight hook and are made
of galvanised steel for use with either wood or concrete poles.
Part Catalogue Length Threaded Bolt Size

Number Number (mm) Length (mm) (mm)
GEB-16150-T 150 150 16
GEB-16250- T 250 250 16
GEB-16350- T 350 350 16
GEB-16450- T 450 450 16
Note: Other lengths are available on request.
M16 and M20 Round Eye Bolts - GEBR
Electropar PLP’s M16 and M20 round eye bolts are made of galvanised steel for use with
either wood or concrete poles.
Threaded Threaded
Part Catalogue Length Part Catalogue Length
Length Length
Number Number (mm) Number Number (mm)
(mm) (mm)
GEBR-16150 150 100 GEBR-20190 190 150
GEBR-16200 200 100 GEBR-20200 200 150
GEBR-16250 250 100 GEBR-20250 250 150
GEBR-16300 300 100 GEBR-20300 300 150
GEBR-16350 350 100 GEBR-20350 350 150
GEBR-16400 400 100 GEBR-20400 400 150
GEBR-16450 450 100 GEBR-20450 450 150
GEBR-16500 500 100 GEBR-20500 500 150
GEBR-20600 600 150
Note: Other lengths are available on request.
M20 Round Eye Bolt - Special Assembly - GEBR
Electropar PLP’s M20 round eye bolts are made of galvanised steel for use with
either wood or concrete poles.
Part Catalogue Length Threaded Length

GEBR-20400-SQW 400 100
GEBR-20425-SQW 425 100
GEBR-20450-SQW 450 100
GEBR-20475-SQW 475 100
GEBR-20500-SQW 500 100
GEBR-20525-SQW 525 150
GEBR-20550-SQW 550 150
GEBR-20575-SQW 575 150
GEBR-20600-SQW 600 150
GEBR-20650-SQW 650 150
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
EYE TONGUES - ET, TET
TWISTED EYE TONGUE - TET
LINK EYE - LE
Eye Tongue - Forged - ET

ET-070-1 70 M16
ET-070-22 70 M20
ET-120-1 120 M16
ET-160-1 160 M20
Eye Tongue - Forged - TET

TET-070 70 M16
TET-120-1 120 M16
TET-160-1 160 M20
Twisted Eye Tongue - TET
The twisted eye tongue is designed to be used between a Vee shackle and a
polymeric longrod insulator within a medium voltage deadend string. Rated 70kN,
the twisted eye tongue is forged and then galvanised as standard.
Part Catalogue Thickness Rating

Size
Number Number (mm) (kN)
TET70NS M16 14 70
Link Eye - Galvanised Forged Steel - LE

Number Number (kN)
LE-070-1 70
LE-120 120
LE-160-1 160
LE-210-1 210
LE-320 320
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
BALL EYE - BE
BALL HOOK - LONG SHANK - BHL
BALL HOOK - SHORT SHANK - BHS
Hardware Fittings
Ball Eye - Galvanised Forged Steel - BE
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Ball Size

BE-070-1 70 16
BE-120-1 120 16
BE-160-1 160 20
BE-210-8 210 20
Ball Hook - Long Shank - Galvanised Forged Steel - BHL

Number Number (kN)
BHL-070-1 70
Note: Safety latch available. Replace “-1” in catalogue number for “-2”
(e.g. “BHL-070-2”).
Ball Hook - Short Shank - Galvanised Forged Steel - BHS

Number Number (kN)
BHS-070-1 70
Note: Safety latch available. Replace “-1” in catalogue number for “-2”
(e.g. “BHS-070-2”).
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
TONGUE HOOK - TH
TONGUE HOOK - LATCHED - THL
OPEN HOOK NUT - ENGO
OVAL EYE NUT
Tongue Hook - Galvanised Forged Steel - TH

Number Number (kN)
TH-070-1 70
Tongue Hook - Latched - Galvanised Forged Steel - THL

Number Number (kN)
THL-070-1 70
Open Hook Nut - Galvanised Steel - ENGO
Electropar PLP’s open hook nut is made to suit 16mm and 20mm threaded rods.
It can be attached to thimble eye bolts or standard bolts where it is necessary to
connect to a structure.
Part Catalogue Thread Size

Number Number (mm)
ENGO-12 M12
453122 ENGO-16 M16
* Note: Also closed hook nut is also available - ENGC
Oval Eye Nut
Electropar PLP’s oval eye nuts are manufactured from cast iron. Manufactured as
standard to suit common metric and imperial sizes, threads are tapped 0.4 oversize
to accommodate galvanised bolts.
UTS
Metric Sizes Metric Sizes
(kN)
EN10 M10
EN12 M12
52
EN16 M16
EN20 M20
Imperial Sizes UTS

Imperial Sizes
(Inch) (kN)
EN38 3/8
EN50 1/2
52
EN58 5/8
EN75 3/4
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
LINK - SINGLE PLATE - LSP
LINK - DOUBLE PLATE - L
U-BOLT STAY TENSIONER - GADJ
Hardware Fittings
YOKE BAR FOR ABC SUSPENSION - YABCOF
Link - Single Plate - LSP
Part Catalogue Rating Hole Separation

LSP-070-100 70 100
LSP-070-150 70 150
LSP-070-200 70 200
LSP-070-250 70 250
LSP-070-300 70 300
LSP-070-350 70 350
Note: Link plates are available in 70, 120 and 160kN. Replace “-070” in catalogue
number with “-120” or “-160” respectively (e.g. “LSP-120-100”).
Link - Double Plate - L
Part Catalogue Rating Hole Separation

L-070-100 70 100
L-070-150 70 150
L-070-200 70 200
L-070-250 70 250
L-070-300 70 300
L-070-350 70 350
Note: Link plates are available in 70, 120 and 160kN. Replace “-070” in catalogue
number with “-120” or “-160” respectively (e.g. “L-120-100”).
U-Bolt Stay Tensioner - GADJ
Electropar PLP’s U-bolt stay tensioner is made from galvanised steel for use on
stay wires and anchors. The U-bolt stay tensioner is used when loads exceed
140 kN.
Suits
Tension Total Thread
Part Catalogue Anchor U-Bolt
Rating Length Length
Number Number Rod Ø Ø
(kN) (mm) (mm)
(mm)
GADJ-144-350 144 M24 320 240 M20
GADJ-308-530 308 M30 530 250 M30
GADJ-320-530 320 M36 530 250 M30
Yoke Bar for ABC Suspension - YABCOF
Electropar PLP’s double suspension yoke bar provides up to 60° line deviation by
using two suspension clamps of 30° each.
Part Catalogue Diameter Length - Hook to Hook

YABCOF-150 16 150
YABCOF-300 16 300
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
BELLEVILLE WASHER
POLE CAP - EPC
Belleville Type Spring Washer
• Maintains continuous pressure on between bolted current carrying electrical

surfaces.
• Reduce bolted joint fastener failures in electrical applications where maintaining
adequate load on the bolted connection is essential.
• Failure of a bolted connection is often due to a loss in load of the bolt or bolts
holding the connection together.
• Loss of load can be attributable to electro-migration in the joint or joints that
make up the connection. Electro-migration is the transport of material caused
by the gradual movement of the ions in a conductor due to the momentum
transfer between conducting electrons and diffusing metal atoms.
• Other natural occurring events that cause loss of mechanical load are
embedment of the high spots in the joint, changes in temperature, vibration,
yielding of the material making up the joint, relaxation of the bolts, over
tightening or under tightening the bolts.
Bolt Size Outer Load Weight

Part Catalogue
Pack Diameter Flat per 100
Number Number
Inch Metric (mm) (kg) (kg)
Zinc Plated Steel Washers

321001 M10-20 3/8 M10 100 20 900 0.32
321002 M12-27 1/2 M12 50 27 1,590 0.69
321004 M12-34 1/2 M12 50 34 2,025 1.34
321014 M20-50 3/4 M20 25 50 5,400 5.00
Stainless Steel Washers
321030 M 6-14-301 1/4 M6 100 14 270 0.10
321020 M10-20-301 3/8 M10 100 20 600 0.32
321021 M10-24-301
321022 M12-27-301 1/2 M12 50 27 1,050 0.68
321036 M12-30-301 1/2 M12 50 30 1,170 1.14
Pole Cap - EPC
• Cold forged aluminium pole caps.

• Suit softwood and hardwood poles.
• Can be stretched or crushed on site to pole diameters close to nominal size.
• Screw attached at pole top.
Part Catalogue Diameter

Number Number (mm)
314230 EPC230 230
314260 EPC260 260
314290 EPC290 290
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
ALUMINIUM GAIN BLOCK - TYPE 1 - AGB
ALUMINIUM GAIN BLOCK - TYPE 2 - AGB
STAINLESS STEEL CONICAL WASHER - SSCW
Hardware Fittings
Aluminium Gain Block - Type 1 - AGB
Electropar PLP’s type 1 aluminium gain block is used for pole top transformer
mounting.
Part Catalogue Length x Width Hole Diameter

AGB-100-22 100 x 100 22
Aluminium Gain Block - Type 2 - AGB
Electropar PLP’s type 2 aluminium gain block is used for mounting crossarms
onto concrete or wooden poles.
Part Catalogue Crossarm Size

Number Number (mm)
AGB-100 100
AGB-125 125
Stainless Steel Conical Washer - SSCW
When compressed by a bolt into timber, the coils of a stainless steel conical
spring washer compact into each other until the entire form is flat. The volute
tapered washer maintains a constant pressure on the bolt, ensuring that any
shrinkage of the timber does not affect the torque of the bolt.
Part Catalogue Bolt Size

Number Number (mm)
SSCW-12 M12
SSCW-16/20 M16 / M20
SSCW-24 M24
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
SCREW ANCHOR - ANCHOR
Selection of Screw Anchor Soil Classification
The selection of the most appropriate Electropar PLP The most important factor affecting the holding strength
screw anchor for any particular application should be done that can be achieved by a screw anchor is the type of soil in
by comparing the holding capacity of the anchor with the which it is installed. The Soil Classification Table has been
maximum load on the guy wire. The maximum load on the designed to assist in the identification of the soil. However,
guy is determined from the line design. The holding strength while a reasonable assessment of the surface soil type may
of the anchor will depend on the soil classification and the size be undertaken, the holding strength of the anchor will depend
and installing torque for the anchor. on the soil at the depth to which the anchor is driven. Often
the soil is different at this level, as different soil strata may be
encountered in driving the anchor.
Installation Techniques
The best way to check the holding strength of the anchor is to
The holding strength that can be achieved by an anchor can do a proof loading (pull out) test on each anchor installation,
also be affected by installation technique, and care must be but this is not always possible nor economical. Following
taken by the operator to ensure that the soil is not churned by extensive field trials, it has been established that there is
allowing the anchor to act as an auger as it is installed. This is good correlation between the installation torque and the
most easily avoided by keeping a downward pressure on the soil conditions. This means that the holding strength of the
anchor during installation. anchors can be determined from the installation torque.
Tables show the relationship between the holding strength

Load-Rating Factor and the torque applied for several sizes of single and double
flight anchors. Of course the installation torque is only an
For some loading conditions, however, it may be desirable to indication of the soil conditions at the time of installation. Care
use a load rating factor for the holding strength of the anchor. should therefore be taken when anchors are installed in hard
When the continuous (everyday) tension in the guy exceeds dry ground that may become water logged following rain.
50% of the maximum working tension of the guy, there is a
possibility that the anchor may creep. Even though there is no
failure of the anchor in the ground, this may lead to relaxation Soil Classification Table
of the guy, and necessitate periodic retensioning. To avoid
this, the load rating factor should be applied to the holding
Standard
strength of the anchor. Soil
Penetrometer
Classification Soil Descrption
Test
Number
Blows/300mm
Rated Holding Strength and Installation Torque
1 Solid bedrock
Hardpan, dense/very dense sand,
Soil Classification 2 compact gravel, laminated rock, 41 - 46
Anchor
Single Helix slate schist, sandstone
Size
2 3 4 5 6 7 Hard clay, dense sand, shale,
3 broken bedrock, compact clay, 34 - 41
Holding gravel mixture
200 115 95 80 60 45 25
Strength (kN)
Very stiff hard clay, claypan,
Installation 4 medium/dense sand gravel, 27 - 34
7,600 5,600 3,700 2,300 1,300 400
Torque (Nm) compact gravel and sand
Holding Very stiff clay, medium sand,
250 105 85 70 50 30 5 20 - 20
Strength (kN) loose sand and gravel
Installation Stiff/very stiff clay, medium sand,
6,100 4,200 2,500 1,500 600 6 13 - 20
Torque (Nm) clayey silt
Holding Medium/stiff clay, loose sand,
262 105 85 70 50 30 7 6 - 13
Strength (kN) fill, silt
Installation Very soft/soft clay, very loose
6,100 4,200 2,500 1,500 600
Torque (Nm) 8 sand, swamp, marsh, saturated 0-6
Holding silt, humus
300 115 95 80 60 40
Strength (kN)
Installation
6,800 4,400 3,100 1,750 800
Torque (Nm) Load-Rating Factor Graph
Note: Example: If you require a guy holding strength of 70kN

and have a soil classification of 5, you will need to
Load Factor
torque a 262mm anchor to 2,500Nm.
Determination of Guy Loads
The maximum design loading in the guy should usually be

available as part of the line design information and this design
load should be used with the rated strength tables and graph Everyday Tension
attached to select the most suitable anchor for each job. Max. Working Tension
Section 10
10
Section
HARDWARE FITTINGS
SCREW ANCHOR - ANCHOR
SCREW ANCHOR ADDITIONAL PARTS
Hardware Fittings
Screw Anchor - ANCHOR
Electropar PLP’s screw anchor outperforms competition with its high holding capacity.
Due to its one piece high strength steel casting, there is no welding to fracture or fail.
The screw anchor has a specially designed tip with multiple cutting faces that allow
for positive entry into all soil types.
External Drive
Part Catalogue Blade Diameter Thread Size
ANCHOR-200-24-38-EX 200 M24
ANCHOR-250-24-38-EX 250 M24
ANCHOR-262-24-IN 262 M24
ANCHOR-300-24-38-EX 300 M24
Internal Drive
Note: EX = External Drive, IN = Internal Drive
Screw Anchor Rod - ANCHOR-ROD
Electropar PLP’s screw anchor rod is designed for use with the Electropar
PLP stay tensioner or Electropar PLP thimble eye nut. Assembly includes
2 x M24 nuts.
Thread Overall Thread

Part Catalogue
Size Length Length
Number Number
(mm) (mm) (mm)
ANCHOR-ROD-24A M24 2140 60
ANCHOR-ROD-24A-S/S M24 2140 60
Note: S/S = Stainless steel
Coupling
Electropar PLP’s coupling suits M24 rods.
Thread Overall Thread

Part Catalogue
Size Length Length
Number Number
(mm) (mm) (mm)
GHCN-24-5 M24 140 60
ANCHOR-ROD-COUPLING-24-140x60-S/S M24 140 60
Note: S/S = Stainless steel
Thimble Eye Nut - THEN
Electropar PLP’s medium duty thimble eye nut is manufactured for high strength
applications. The thimble eye nut is suitable for 16mm, 20mm and 24mm rods.
Part Catalogue Tension Rating Thimble Bend Thread Size

Number Number (kN) Radius (mm)
THEN-24 144 30 M24
Section 10
HARDWARE FITTINGS
STAINLESS STEEL BANDING SYSTEM
The Electropar PLP EpaStrap Stainless Steel Banding System uses the unique
Band Lock System to attach fittings safely and securely to steel or concrete poles.
The EpaStrap Banding System is supplied as one unit and does not require any
special tools for installation. Quick and easy to install, the Electropar PLP Stainless
Steel Banding System accepts 12, 16 or 19mm stainless steel strapping.
EpaStrap Grade 304 Stainless Steel Strap
Part Catalogue Width Thickness Length Tensile Weight

Unit
Number Number (mm) (mm) (m) Strength (kg) (kg)
453611 9.53 0.50 30 335 Roll 1.30
453613 12.70 0.50 30 400 Roll 1.70
453610 19.00 0.50 30 670 Roll 2.35
EpaStrap Grade 304 Stainless Steel Buckles
Part Catalogue Width Weight

Amount Unit
Number Number (mm) (kg)
453615 9.53 100/box each 0.43
453616 12.70 100/box each 0.85
453612 19.00 100/box each 1.50
EpaStrap Tool
Part Catalogue Weight

Description Unit
Number Number (kg)
453614 EpaStrap Strapping Tool Each 2.00
Band Lock
Part Catalogue
Description
Number Number
451530 BL-10 EpaSTrap Band Lock
Section 10
11
Section
SECTION 11 - PROTECTION & INSULATION SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Protection & Insulation

Systems
Section Page
PREFORMED™ Kover Guard - PKG................................................................................. 11 219

PREFORMED™ Guy/Stay Guard - PSG............................................................................ 11 220
Insulator Cover - Single Pin or Post Insulator - RPC........................................................... 11 221
Insulator Cover - Double Pin or Post Insulator - RPC......................................................... 11 223
Midsun High Voltage Insulation .......................................................................................... 11 225
Spiral BIRD-FLIGHT™ Diverter - SBFD............................................................................. 11 228
Spiral BIRD-FLIGHT™ Diverter - SWAN - SBFDS............................................................. 11 228
Section 11
Section 11
11
Section
PROTECTION & INSULATION SYSTEMS
PREFORMED™ KOVER GUARD

PKG
Systems
U Shaped Circular Fully Enclosed Flared
Length
Diameter
PREFORMED™ Kover Guards are available for all types of cable Kover Guards are manufactured from UV-stabilised and impact
including earth wire and fibre optic cable, and offer protection resistant material that is corrosion, rot and termite proof. A
from both impact and accidental damage. Kover Guards have fire-retardant option is available (PKGFR type). Three profile
been designed as a better alternative to the steel or wooden designs are available: U shaped, circular fully enclosed or flared.
earth wire cover strips, having the advantages of high strength,
light weight and long term durability.
Internal
Part Catalogue Length Material
Profile Diameter
Number Number (m) Colour
(mm)
PKG-019-1.2-G U Shaped 19 1.2 Grey
PKG-019-2.8-G U Shaped 19 2.8 Grey
PKGFR-020-2.7 Fully Enclosed 20 2.7 Black
PKGFR-025-2.7 Fully Enclosed 25 2.7 Black
PKGFL-020-2.0-B Flared 20 2.0 Black
PKGFL-020-2.0-G Flared 20 2.0 Grey
Section 11
PREFORMED™ GUY/STAY GUARD
PSG
Slit Unslit
Length
Diameter
Fixing holes
Electropar PLP's Stay Guards are designed to identify and The specially formulated material used to manufacture the
protect guy wires and stay wires. Stay Guards clearly identify Stay Guards makes them resilient, able to withstand blows
stays in residential, industrial and rural situations, safeguarding without shattering or cracking, even in sub-zero temperatures,
against accidental collision. lightweight, compact, corrosion-resistant and self-extinguishing.
Part Catalogue Internal Diameter Length Standard Pack

Number Number (mm) (m) Quantity
PSG-025-2U 22 2.0 24
PSG-025-2U-FH 22 2.0
PSG-025-2S-FH 22 2.0 60
PSG-025-2.5U 22 2.5
PSG-025-2.5U-FH 22 2.5
PSG-025-2.5S-FH 22 2.5
PSG-030-2U 28 2.0 24
PSG-030-2U-FH 28 2.0
PSG-030-2S-FH 28 2.0 24
PSG-030-2.5U 28 2.5 12
PSG-030-2.5S 28 2.5
PSG-030-2.5U-FH 28 2.5
PSG-030-2.5S-FH 28 2.5
PSG-036-2U 32 2.0
PSG-036-2U-FH 32 2.0
PSG-036-2S-FH 32 2.0 24
Note: FH = Fixing Holes

S = Slit
U = Unslit
Section 11
11
Section
INSULATOR COVER - SINGLE PIN OR POST INSULATOR

RPC
Systems
Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are rated 42kV for dielectric Manufactured from Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE)
strength and are designed to provide additional insulation for and supplied with four (4) round eye lock pins, Electropar PLP’s
medium voltage covered conductor distribution lines. insulator covers are a one piece design, lightweight and easily
installed by hand or by hotstick. Suitable for installation over
For overhead covered conductor systems, Electropar PLP’s standard ANSI F, J and K Neck pin and post insulators with line
insulator covers are ideal for restoring electrical insulation to angles of up to 10°, Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are a high
an area where a covered conductor has been attached to an quality and cost-effective solution. Electropar PLP’s insulator
insulator.At this location, Electropar PLP’s insulator covers may covers have excellent environmental stress crack resistance
be required because the cable insulation has been removed to and are fully UV-stabilised.
attach it to an insulator with aluminium or steel tie wire.
Contact Electropar PLP for detailed installation instructions.
Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are also ideal for covering an
area of damaged or repaired covered conductor insulation. If the
insulation has been damaged by a flashover at the insulator,
the repair will generally consist of an insulation tape system to
repair the damaged area of conductor, then re-attaching it to
the insulator with a Semi-Conductive Plastic Line Tie/Top Tie.
Application of the insulator cover over the insulation tape and
line tie provides added security that the fault will not re-occur
and that water will not be able to penetrate the cable.
Section 11
INSULATOR COVER - SINGLE PIN OR POST INSULATOR
RPC
Part Catalogue Approximate Overall Maximum

Description Colour
Number Number Length (mm) Line Angle
RPC-0800* Insulator Cover - Tangent 2,030 10° Black
RPC-0801* Insulator Cover - Tangent 2,030 10° Grey
RPC-0810* Insulator Cover – Heavy Angle 2,030 30° Black
RPC-0811* Insulator Cover – Heavy Angle 2,030 30° Grey
RPP-0840 Round Eye Lock Pin N/A N/A Black
Note: * 4 round eye lock pins included with each insulator cover.
RPC-0801
RPC-0810
Cross-section of Electropar PLP RPC-0801 insulator

cover applied over repaired covered conductor, Semi-
Conductive Top Tie and IP-35-F1 polymeric insulator.
Section 11
11
Section
INSULATOR COVER - DOUBLE PIN OR POST INSULATOR

RPC
Systems
Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are rated 42kV for their Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are also ideal for covering an
dielectric strength and are designed to provide additional area of damaged or repaired covered conductor insulation. If the
insulation for medium voltage covered conductor distribution insulation has been damaged by a flashover at the insulator,
lines. the repair will generally consist of an insulation tape system to
repair the damaged area of conductor, then re-attaching it to
At double insulator and crossarm construction (as illustrated) the insulator with a Semi-Conductive Plastic Line Tie/Top Tie.
Electropar PLP’s insulator covers can accommodate insulator Application of the insulator cover over the insulation tape and
distances of 150mm to 545mm. Electropar PLP has cleverly line tie provides added security that the fault will not re-occur
designed the insulator covers so that at double crossarm and that water will not be able to penetrate the cable.
structures, two single insulator covers can simply be joined
together. No special components are required. Manufactured from Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE)
and supplied with four (4) round eye lock pins, Electropar PLP’s
For overhead covered conductor systems, Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are a one piece design, lightweight and easily
insulator covers are ideal for restoring electrical insulation to installed by hand or by hotstick. Suitable for installation over
an area where a covered conductor has been attached to an standard ANSI F, J and K Neck pin and post insulators with line
insulator. At this location, Electropar PLP’s insulator covers may angles of up to 10°, Electropar PLP’s insulator covers are a high
be required because the cable insulation has been removed to quality and cost-effective solution. Electropar PLP’s insulator
attach it to an insulator with aluminium or steel tie wire. covers have excellent environmental stress crack resistance
and are fully UV-stabilised.
Contact Electropar PLP for detailed installation instructions.
Section 11
INSULATOR COVER - DOUBLE PIN OR POST INSULATOR
RPC
Part Catalogue Approximate Overall Maximum

Description Colour
Number Number Length (mm) Line Angle
RPC-0800* Insulator Cover - Tangent 2,030 10° Black
RPC-0801* Insulator Cover - Tangent 2,030 10° Grey
RPC-0810* Insulator Cover – Heavy Angle 2,030 30° Black
RPC-0811* Insulator Cover – Heavy Angle 2,030 30° Grey
RPP-0840 Round Eye Lock Pin N/A N/A Black
Note: * 4 round eye lock pins included with each insulator cover.
Section 11
11
Section
MIDSUN HIGH VOLTAGE INSULATION

The Midsun High Voltage Insulation E/FUSING COVER™ is The E/FUSING COVER™ can be left in place, will not change
a moulded high temperature vulcanised silicone distribution colour over time, will not chalk, brittle, crack or craze, and
Systems
and substation class cover with a 20 year life span to prevent prevents voltage puncture from phase-to-ground or phase-to-
animal outages on the pole top transformers, reclosers phase contact. All part materials have same UV life cycle.
and substation breaker. Made from 65 Durometer Silicone
and almost 1/8” thick, it will electrically insulate distribution To use, place the E/FUSING COVER™ over bushing, making
and substation equipment, including pole top reclosers, sure that it covers at least the whole bushing connector or the
transformers and substation reactors, transformers, reclosers, top bushing skirt. Push push-pins into the flange making sure
circuit breaker and station service transformers. that the flange is securely sealed and push-pins are seated
properly into flange. E/FUSING TAPE™ and E/INSULATION™
The E/FUSING COVER™ is flexible and hydrophobic. The are recommended to cover bushing leads.
flexibility allows an easy connection between cables and us to
equipment NEMA pads. Regardless whether the connection The Midsun E/FUSING COVER™ comes in three sizes:
is from left, right or straight up, the E/FUSING COVER™ • Half size: Has a bottom diameter that expands
bends to allow complete insulation coverage. Unlike other from 150mm to 175mm. Primarily used on pole top
hard plastic covers, cutting holes, making slits and field transformers.
modifications are virtually eliminated with the E/FUSING • Full size: Has a bottom diameter that expands from
COVER™. 175mm and a height of 300mm.
• Large size: Has a bottom diameter that expands from
The E/FUSING COVER™ can be used in any environment. 205mm and a height of 450mm. Accessories are also
The natural hydrophobicity of silicone along with its superior available to increase the height, width and length of the
UV and chemical resistant properties sustains expected large cover.
life beyond 20 years. No other plastisol, polypropylene,
polyethylene or heat shrink cover has the long term life of an All styles can be used to sit on the first skirt of a bushing, or
E/FUSING COVER™. In addition, the closure flange is held in using the built-in blocking, it can completely encapsulate the
position by the same silicone as the cover. No more rotted tie first and/or second skirt. The conductor exiting port on the top
wraps that allow those other covers to fall off. Our push pins of both styles has been sized to fit cables 6.4mm to 38mm in
are completely reusable on all our Midsun E/PRODUCTS™. diameter depending on the E/FUSING COVER™ to further
insulate your cables or bus.
The Midsun E/FUSING COVER™ is used for preventing
inadvertant animal contact outages and covering and
insulating bushings in substations.
Specifications
Colour Grey, Black, Orange

Hardness, Shore A 25 - 85
Durometer (ASTM D2240) 65 + 5
Tensile Strength, p.s.i. (ASTM D412) 600
Elongation @ Break (ASTM D412) 400
Breaking Strength Excellent
Brittle Point, °F (ASTM D74C) -90
Dielectric Strength (ASTM D-149) v/mil 550
UV Weathering/5,000 hours (ASTM G53) No significant change
Chemical Resistance Excellent
Fire Retardance (UL 94) Self-extinguishing in 15 seconds
Note: Values listed above are typical properties and should not be used for
preparation or specifications. Tested using 40 mil test slabs.
Part Number Catalogue Reference
333500 Bushing Cover, #E/BC-2-S-O

333502 Bushing Cover, #E/BC-2-M-O
Section 11
The Midsun High Voltage Insulation E/INSULATION™ is E/INSULATION™ is used for preventing tree and animal
a super tough silicone split line hose for distribution lines contact outages on uninsulated cable, covering and insulating
and substation cable and bus. E/INSULATION™ is virtually substation aluminium and copper bus and cable, as well as
permanent, flame and arc resistant, and will not discolour like distribution lines, and residential weather head cable covering
EPDM “instant” insulation systems. and replacing expensive line hoses. E/INSULATION™ can be
left in place, will not change colour over time, will not chalk
Midsun E/INSULATION™ is a minimum 20kV phase-to- and prevents voltage puncture from phase-to-ground or
ground flame and arc resistant cover-up. Electrically insulating phase-to-phase contact.
and made from High Temperature Vulcanised Silicone, Midsun
E/INSULATION™ is split for ease of application. The silicone Application:
of E/INSULATION™ is the same type commonly used for
polymer or non-ceramic insulators being sold today. Use the E/INSULATION™ size of which the inner diameter
fits the outer diameter of the bus. Use the proper shape of
The cross-section of E/INSULATION™ allows the substation E/INSULATION™ (round, angle, T-shape or flat). Simply split
electrician or the distribution linesman ease of application. the silicone E/INSULATION™ tube and wrap around bus or
The hose is simply pulled on and split apart, allowing it to conductor. On the horizontal bus, face the slit down to prevent
be slipped into round or angle susbstation cable or bus. water from entering. For E/INSULATION™ over 900mm long,
Because E/INSULATION™ is formed from High Temperature it is recommended that E/FUSING TAPE™ be used to hold the
Vulcanised Silicone, it is very pliable at all temperatures, yet section in place. Midsun recommends that E/INSULATION™
it is tough and robust to allow extremely rough handling, the be used to allow for a minimum 400mm to 500mm clearance
abuse of line trucks and hundreds of on and off applications. for phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground contacts.
Specifications
Colour Grey, Black, Orange

Breaking Strength Excellent
Brittle Point, °F (ASTM D74C) -90
UV Weathering/5,000 hours (ASTM G53) No significant change
Chemical Resistance Excellent
Fire Retardance (UL 94) Self-extinguishing in 15 seconds
Note: Values listed above are typical properties and should not be used for
preparation or specifications. Tested using 40 mil test slabs.
Section 11
11
Section

Midsun High Voltage Insulation E/FUSING TAPE™ is a The use of E/FUSING TAPE™ instead of vinyl or heat shrink
self-fusing silicone rubber tape that functions as a Class tapes will allow the utility to have one product that can insulate
Systems
“H” insulation material. When applied to any connector, bus against animal outages to house services.
or cable, the Midsun E/FUSING TAPE™ forms a void-free
electrical insulation protection system. When wrapped on E/FUSING TAPE™ is used for insulating wire harness, motor
itself, the E/FUSING TAPE™ creates a uniform, inseparable leads, bus bar, emergency repair kits, automatic splices,
cohesive thickness. Flexible cable, bus and connector oil leak repair, SF6 gas leak repair, transformer insulation,
insulation is easily applied with an essential 2/3” overlap on terminal splicing, rigging tape, aircraft connectors, pot head
the tape. T&D equipment can be taped to form a void-free terminations and water leak repairs.
system of electrical protection which is durable under extreme
conditions and is offered only by a silicone material such as Application:
E/FUSING TAPE™.
Unwrap a 300mm to 400mm section of tape, cut tape and
E/FUSING TAPE™’s self-bonding properties make application remove clear backing. Hold tape firmly down against object
quick and easy, and offers 15kV phase-to-ground insulation being wrapped and begin to wrap object. While wrapping,
when applied in a 2/3” overlap within 10% stretch, and 30kV stretch tape to about 10% and use a 2/3” overlap. Over
or more phase-to-ground insulation with a subsequent certain square pieces, it is best to lay strips of tape over top
application. crisscrossed with a 2/3” overlap and 25mm overhang, then
begin wrapping around the sides. When tape is being applied,
Less voltage strength can be achieved by varying the overlap prevent any air pockets from developing by firmly pushing
width. E/FUSING TAPE™ can also be covered in a void-free down on tape. Stretching tape over 10% will affect the tape’s
manner. Having a void-free insulated surface is key to long- dielectric properties. Dust and dirt on hands will prevent tape
term avoidance of animal caused outages. It is important to adhesion to itself (an E/NEMA pad is recommmended over
use 2/3” overlap and not stretch beyond 10%. nuts and bolts).
Specifications
Colour White, Grey, Red, Black

Breaking Strength, 1BS 8.0
Brittle Point, °F (ASTM D746) -90
Tack (Release) 0.125 inch
Note: The above specifications are obtained from 1” x 0.023” tape.
333552 Fusing Tape, 1 inch, #E/FTP - 1.00 R (Red)

Fusing Tape, 1.5 inch, #E/FTP - 1.50 R (Red)
333554 Fusing Tape, 2.5 inch (63mm), #E/FTP - 2.50 R (Red)
333556 Fusing Tape, 2.5 inch (63mm), #E/FTP - 2.50 G (Grey)
Fusing Tape, 4.0 inch, #E/FTP - 4.0 R (Red)
333558 Fusing Tape, 4.0 inch, #E/FTP - 4.0 G (Grey)
Note: Fusing Tape is available in a 36m roll.
Additional Midsun Products
Animal Control Strips, E/ACS - 4

Animal Control Strips, E/ACS - 4 -100ft
333600 Paintable Insulation, # 587 for De-energised Application
Section 11
SPIRAL BIRD-FLIGHT™ DIVERTER - SBFD
SPIRAL BIRD-FLIGHT™ DIVERTER - SWAN - SBFDS
BIRD-FLIGHT™ Diverters are designed to make overhead lines The positive grip on the conductor ensures that the BIRD-
visible to birds and provide an economic means of reducing bird FLIGHT™ Diverters remain in the applied position and cannot
flight hazards.The fitting is lightweight, offers little wind resistance move along the span under aeolian vibration or other conditions.
and is easily and quickly applied by hand or by hot stick. The diverter section increases the visible profile of the cable or
conductor to a degree necessary to ensure safety, but avoids
an undesirably bulky outline.
Spiral Bird Flight Diverter - SBFD
Conductor Diameter Range

Part Catalogue (mm) Length
Number. Number (mm)
Minimum Maximum
SBFD-001 4.45 6.34 178

SBFD-002 6.35 8.88 216
SBFD-003 8.89 11.42 241
SBFD-004 11.43 15.21 279
SBFD-005 15.22 19.55 330
SBFD-006 19.56 21.81 380
Spiral Bird Flight Diverter - Swan - SBFDS
Conductor Diameter Range

Part Catalogue (mm) Length
Number Number (mm)
Minimum Maximum
SBFDS445634-# 4.42 6.34 675

SBFDS635829-# 6.35 8.29 675
SBFDS830117-# 8.30 11.74 725
SBFDS118143-# 11.75 14.30 725
SBFDS118143-# 14.40 19.30 725
SBFDS194235-# 19.40 23.50 1150
SBFDS236278-# 23.60 27.82 1150
SBFDS279350-# 27.83 35.00 1150
Note: Replace “#” with “W” for White or “G” for Grey (e.g. “SBFDS445634-W”).
Section 11
12
Section
SECTION 12 - INSULATORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Insulators
Section Page
Tie Top Polymer Pin Insulator for 11kV NZ Distribution Systems - IP-25............................. 12 230
Tie Top Polymer Pin Insulator for 22kV or 33kV Systems - IP-35........................................ 12 233
Insulator Pin - Nylon Head.................................................................................................. 12 236
Tension Insulator - Silicone Rubber, 70kN - FBX................................................................ 12 239
Henley Standoff EPDM Insulator........................................................................................ 12 240
Crucifix Kit and Parts.......................................................................................................... 12 240
Station Post Insulator - I-C.................................................................................................. 12 241
LV/MV Distribution Insulators - I-SHLV, I-GY, I-SLP, I-ALP.................................................. 12 242
Section 12
INSULATORS AND INSULATOR PINS
TIE TOP POLYMER PIN INSULATOR FOR 11kV NZ DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE)
IP-25
Electropar PLP polymer insulators are for use in overhead Benefits:

distribution lines using bare or covered conductors. They are
particularly suited for use with covered conductor, spacer cable • The polymer insulators match the dielectric properties of
and tree wire as a better electrical alternative to porcelain the covered conductor jacket.
insulators.
• The polyethylene surface coupled with the multiple skirt
Electropar PLP insulators are made from a proprietary, High- design with descending skirt diameters and long leakage
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) based compound with a dielectric distances provides superior moisture and contamination
constant compatible with polyethylene covered conductors shedding properties.
(XLPE and HDPE). They are designed to meet most of the
dimensional, electrical, and mechanical requirements of the • UV-stabilised for long-term service.
ANSI C29.5 insulator standards, even though this standard
applies only to Wet-Process porcelain insulators. These • High impact resistance – designed to reduce breakage
insulators can be used in any application that calls for porcelain and vandal / gunshot damage.
insulators requiring adherence to this ANSI standard.
• The lightweight design reduces shipping costs and
The tie top design offered is available for application on 1 inch linesman handling requirements.
or 1-3/8 inch pins depending upon the specific ANSI class or
voltage application. • ANSI compliant tie top head design facilitates the use of
factory formed ties for exceptional fit and performance.
Tie top insulators are designed to meet most ANSI C29.5
insulator head dimensional standards for appropriate insulator • Polyethylene material eliminates abrasion at the insulator/
classes with C or F necks. Therefore they are compatible with conductor interface.
all Electropar PLP formed wire, coated wire and plastic ties as
well as covered or bare tie wire.
Section 12
12
Section
IP-25
Insulators
Electropar PLP tie top polymer insulators are designed to match
most head and neck dimensional standards for ANSI C29.5, class
55-5 or 55-6, 55-7, 56-1 pin type insulators. C Neck (Ø 57.2mm
nominal) and F Neck (Ø 73.0mm nominal) sizes are available.
By using ANSI head and neck dimensional standards, Electropar

PLP coated metal or plastic factory formed ties will install easily
and provide superior holding and electrical performance on
Electropar PLP tie top polymer insulators.
Covered or bare hand tie wire is also suitable for use with
Electropar PLP tie top polymer insulators depending upon
conductor type.
Polymer Insulator Ordering Guide
Approximate
Voltage Part Catalogue Carton Pallet
Description Unit Weight
Application Number Number Quantity Quantity
(kg)
F Neck Tie Top
11kV ANSI Class 55-5/56-1 IP-25-F1 1.9 12 195
1 inch Pin
F Neck Tie Top
11kV ANSI Class 55-5/56-1 IP-25-F2 1.8 12 195
1-3/8 inch Pin
Nominal Dimensions
Nominal Insulator Dimensions

Insulator Type
Tie Top (mm)
Catalogue Number
IP-25-F1 and IP-25-F2
A 152.4
B 190.5
C 116.8
D 73.0
E 25.4
F 19.1
Number of Skirts 3
Maximum Conductor Outer Diameter, Top Groove 44.5
Maximum Conductor Outer Diameter, Side Groove 41.3
IP-25-F1 Insulator Pin Size/Type 1 inch per ANSI Standard C135.17 with nylon head
IP-25-F2 Insulator Pin Size/Type 1-3/8 inch per ANSI Standard C135.17 with nylon head
Section 12
IP-25
Performance Data for Covered Conductor or Bare Wire Applications
Catalogue Number and Application IP-25-F1 Tie Top IP-25-F2 Tie Top
Nominal ANSI Class 55-5/56-1 (F Neck) 55-5/56-1 (F Neck)

Neck Size F F
Typical Operating Voltage Application, -Q-Q 11kV 11kV
Leakage Distance 388mm 388mm
Dry Arcing Distance 183mm 183mm
Pin Hole Diameter 25.4mm 34.9mm
Suggested Minimum Pin Length 190mm 190mm
60Hz Dry Flashover 87kV 1
87kV
60Hz Wet Flashover 50 kV1 82kV
Positive Impulse Flashover 141kV 1
141kV
Negative Impulse Flashover -235kV 1 -235kV
Low Frequency Puncture 197kV 197kV
RIV @ 1MHz 15kV to Earth < 5µV 1 < 5µV
Cantilever Strength 12.5kN 12.5kN
Approximate Weight 1.9kg 1.8kg
Maximum Operating Temperature 120°C 120°C
Note: 1 Electrical test data extrapolated from similar design pin insulators with 1-3/8 inch pin.
Section 12
12
Section
TIE TOP POLYMER PIN INSULATOR FOR 22kV OR 33kV SYSTEMS
IP-35
Insulators
Electropar PLP polymer insulators are for use in overhead Benefits:
distribution lines using bare or covered conductors. They are
particularly suited for use with covered conductor, spacer cable • The polymer insulators match the dielectric properties of
and tree wire as a better electrical alternative to porcelain the covered conductor jacket.
insulators.
• The polyethylene surface coupled with the multiple skirt
Electropar PLP insulators are made from a proprietary, High- design with descending skirt diameters and long leakage
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) based compound with a dielectric distances provides superior moisture and contamination
constant compatible with polyethylene covered conductors shedding properties.
(XLPE and HDPE). They are designed to meet most of the
dimensional, electrical, and mechanical requirements of the • UV-stabilised for long-term service.
ANSI C29.5 insulator standards, even though this standard
applies only to Wet-Process porcelain insulators. These • High impact resistance – designed to reduce breakage
insulators can be used in any application that calls for porcelain and vandal / gunshot damage.
insulators requiring adherence to this ANSI standard.
• The lightweight design reduces shipping costs and
The tie top design offered is available for application on 1 inch linesman handling requirements.
or 1-3/8 inch pins depending upon the specific ANSI class or
voltage application. • ANSI compliant tie top head design facilitates the use of
factory formed ties for exceptional fit and performance.
Tie top insulators are designed to meet most ANSI C29.5
insulator head dimensional standards for appropriate insulator • Polyethylene material eliminates abrasion at the insulator/
classes with C or F necks. Therefore they are compatible with conductor interface.
all Electropar PLP formed wire, coated wire and plastic ties as
well as covered or bare tie wire.
Section 12
IP-35
Electropar PLP tie top polymer insulators are designed to match

most head and neck dimensional standards for ANSI C29.5, class
55-5 or 55-6, 55-7, 56-1 pin type insulators. C Neck (Ø 57.2mm
nominal) and F Neck (Ø 73.0mm nominal) sizes are available.
By using ANSI head and neck dimensional standards, Electropar

PLP coated metal or plastic factory formed ties will install easily
and provide superior holding and electrical performance on
Electropar PLP tie top polymer insulators.
Covered or bare hand tie wire is also suitable for use with
Electropar PLP tie top polymer insulators depending upon
conductor type.
Polymer Insulator Ordering Guide
Approximate
Voltage Part Catalogue Carton Pallet
Description Unit Weight
Application Number Number Quantity Quantity
(kg)
F Neck Tie Top
22kV or 33kV ANSI Class 55-6 IP-35-F1 1.27 12 216
1 inch Pin
F Neck Tie Top
22kV or 33kV ANSI Class 55-7 IP-35-F2 1.27 12 216
1-3/8 inch Pin
Nominal Dimensions
Nominal Insulator Dimensions

Insulator Type
Tie Top (mm)
Catalogue Number
IP-35-F1 and IP-35-F2
A 185.4
B 193.0
C 139.5
D 73.0
E 25.4
F 19.1
Number of Skirts 4
Maximum Conductor Outer Diameter, Top Groove 44.5
Maximum Conductor Outer Diameter, Side Groove 41.3
IP-35-F1 Insulator Pin Size/Type 1 inch per ANSI Standard C135.17 with nylon head
IP-35-F2 Insulator Pin Size/Type 1-3/8 inch per ANSI Standard C135.17 with nylon head
Section 12
12
Section
IP-35
Insulators
Performance Data for Covered Conductor or Bare Wire Applications
Catalogue Number and Application IP-35-F1 Tie Top IP-35-F2 Tie Top
Nominal ANSI Class 55-6 (F Neck) 55-7 (F Neck)

Neck Size F F
Typical Operating Voltage Application, -Q-Q 22kV or 33kV 22kV or 33kV
Leakage Distance 530mm 530mm
Dry Arcing Distance 241mm 241mm
Pin Hole Diameter 25.4mm 34.9mm
Suggested Minimum Pin Length 190mm 190mm
60Hz Dry Flashover 126kV 1
126kV
60Hz Wet Flashover 82kV 1 82kV
Positive Impulse Flashover 175kV 1
175kV
Negative Impulse Flashover -238kV 1 -238kV
Low Frequency Puncture 223kV 235kV
RIV @ 1MHz 15kV to Earth < 5µV 1 < 5µV
Cantilever Strength 12.5kN 12.5kN
Approximate Weight 1.27kg 1.27kg
Maximum Operating Temperature 120°C 120°C
Note: 1 Electrical test data extrapolated from similar design pin insulators with 1-3/8 inch pin.
Section 12
INSULATOR PIN - NYLON HEAD
Electropar PLP’s forged steel insulator pins are designed to Electropar PLP insulator pins have a nylon thread over-moulded
be used in conjunction with medium voltage distribution pin onto the steel forging which screws into the pin insulator. Insulator
insulators. The pin is manufactured so that a spanner can be pins are supplied galvanised for long life and with hardware
applied to the bottom of the shank with a wide base to distribute that includes a double helix spring washer, nut, lock nut and
load stresses. load spreading washer.
Electropar PLP insulator pins can be used with steel or wooden

crossarms and are attached to the crossarm by an M16, M20,
M22 or M24 stud. The length of the stud can be customised to
suit any utility crossarm dimensions, with standard stud lengths
being listed in the table on the following page.
A
Porcelain or Polymer
Insulators
Pin Base
50mm
D
Steel, Wooden or
Fibreglass Crossarm
Stud Size
Section 12
Pin Height Thread
Stud Suits Suits
above Length on
Part Catalogue Length Insulator Crossarm
Crossarm Stud Size Stud Description
Number Number Dim. “C” Catalogue Size
Dim. “A” Dim. “D”
(mm) Number Dim. “B”
(mm) (mm)
Forged Insulator Pin, 1" Nylon Head, M20, 152mm Pin, 190mm stud IP-25-F1
FIP100-155/190-M20 155 M20 190 120 (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 1x 50x50x5mm load IP-35-F1
spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer 1130W
Forged Insulator Pin, 1" Nylon Head, M20, 216mm Pin, 190mm stud IP-25-F1
FIP100-216/190-M20 216 M16 190 120 (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 1x 50x50x5mm load IP-35-F1
spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer 1130W
Forged Insulator Pin, 1 3/8" Nylon Head, M20, 216mm Pin, 190mm stud
IP-25-F2
FIP138-216/190-M20 216 M20 190 120 (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 1x 50x50x5mm load
IP-35-F2
spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer
Forged Insulator Pin, 1 3/8" Nylon Head, M20, 171mm Pin, 190mm stud
FIP138-171/190-M20 171 M20 190 120 (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 1x 50x50x5mm load 1540W 75mm
spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer 100mm
Forged Insulator Pin, Pattern C Nylon Head, M20, 200mm Pin, 190mm stud 125mm
FIPC-200/190-M20 200 M20 190 120 (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 1x 50x50x5mm load ALP22/450 150mm
Forged Insulator Pin, Pattern C Nylon Head, M24, 200mm Pin, 190mm stud
FIPC-200/190-M24 200 M24 200 120 (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 1x 50x50x5mm load ALP22/451
Forged Insulator Pin, BS3288 Large Steel Head Thread (R29), M22,
FIPR29-230/190-M22 230 M22 190 120 230mm Pin, 190mm stud (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 3370W
1x 50x50x5mm load spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer
Forged Insulator Pin, BS3288 Large Steel Head Thread (R31), M22,
ALP33/920
FIPR31-305/190-M22 305 M22 190 M22 305mm Pin, 190mm stud (120mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut,
4490W
1x 50x50x5mm load spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer
Forged Insulator Pin, 5/8"" Nylon Head to British Standard 16, M16, 120mm
FIP58-120/150-M16-1 120 M16 150 80 Pin, 150mm stud (80mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x 821
50x50x5mm load spreading flat washer & 1x double coil spring washer
75mm
Forged Insulator Pin, 5/8"" Nylon Head to British Standard 16, M16, 120mm 100mm
Pin, 150mm stud (80mm thread) c/w 1xHDG nut, 1xHDG half nut, 1x
FIP58-120/150-M16-2 120 M16 150 80 821
50x50x5mm load spreading flat washer, 1x Nylon Flat Washer & 1x double
coil spring washer
Nylon Flat Washer Suit Forged Insulator Pin, 5/8"" Nylon Head to British
FIP58-NWasher N/A N/A N/A N/A 821 N/A
Standard 16, M16
Distribution Catalogue
Section
Page: 237
Section 12
Insulators
12
Spacer Cable Bracket Application
High voltage forged steel insulator pins - FIP1-216-M16-5 or FIP2-216-M16-6 with IP-25-F1 or IP-25-F2 insulator
250mm 275mm
217mm
IP-25-F1 or IP-25-F2
Pin Base
Bracket Arm
M16
Spacer Cable Bracket Application
Stud Length Pin Base

Stud - Fully Threaded Insulator Pin (mm) Diameter (mm)
Thread Type
Part Catalogue (ANSI) C D
Number Number
FIP1-216-M16-5 1 inch 100 ± 5 50
FIP2-216-M16-6 1-3/8 inch 100 ± 5 50
Section 12
12
Section
TENSION INSULATOR - SILICONE RUBBER, 70kN
FBX
Insulators
Electropar PLP’s silicone rubber longrod insulators are designed Electropar PLP longrod insulators are type tested in accordance
for tension or suspension applications in utility distribution with the requirements of IEC 61109:2008. The insulator has a
networks. Suitablefor both bare wire and covered conductor minimum failing load of 70kN and features clevis and tongue
applications, the insulator weather sheds are manufactured end fittings that are hot dip galvanised and designed to work
from hydrophobic silicone rubber. seamlessly with Electropar PLP clevis thimbles.
Catalogue Number FBX-15/70-CT FBX-25/70CT FBX-35/70CT
Part Number 332332 332336

Application Voltage 11kV 22kV 33kV
Creepage Distance 480mm 700mm 920mm
Dry Arcing Distance 210mm 310mm 400mm
Lightning Flashover Impulse Voltage
140kV 235kV 250kV
(Positive)
Lightning Flashover Impulse Voltage
120kV 250kV 275kV
(Negative)
Wet Power Frequency Flashover Voltage 50kV 90kV 110kV
Dry Power Frequency Flashover Voltage 70kV 110kV 145kV
Overall Length 354mm +/- 10mm 440mm +/- 10mm 525mm +/- 10mm
Specified Mechanical Load 70kN 70kN 70kN
Weathershed Material Silicone Rubber Silicone Rubber Silicone Rubber
Clevis Opening 20mm 20mm 20mm
Clevis Pin Diameter 16mm 16mm 16mm
Tongue Hole Diameter 18mm 18mm 18mm
Tongue Thickness 16mm 16mm 16mm
Galvanising Thickness 86um 86um 86um
Test Standard IEC61109 IEC61109 IEC61109
Drawing Number ECIS14060904 ECIS11052605 ECIS14052606
Section 12
HENLEY STANDOFF EPDM INSULATOR
CRUCIFIX KIT AND PARTS
Henley’s polymeric standoff insulator is a one-piece Standoff insulators can be purchased as individual units or in
lightweight, low profile construction with unique EPDM sets. Each insulator is supplied with M12 studs at either end
cladding that has over 25 years of service history. Henley’s together with necessary nuts and washers. Stainless steel end
standoff insulator has been primarily designed to be used in fittings are supplied as standard. Henley’s standoff insulator
conjunction with modern MV cable pole terminations. Henley’s has been cladding/GRP bond tested.
standoff insulator has superb impact performance, high
pollution resistance, excellent UV stability, outstanding
anti-vandal capabilities and high cantilever strength.
Catalogue Number Specification
Part Number 56141-10 56141-08 56141-09 56141-12 -

System Voltage 15kV 24kV 33kV 36kV -
Weight 0.85kg 2.00kkg 2.50kg 3.25kg -
Fixing Height 230mm 350mm 395mm 506mm -
M12 End Fitting Length 40/65mm 40/65mm 40/65mm 40/65mm -
Shed Diameter 99mm 100mm 115mm 104mm -
Creepage 465mm 615mm 845mm 1160mm
IEC 815
Taut String 179mm 240mm 375mm 400mm
Impulse Flashover (Dry) 130kVp 160kVp 236kVp 234kVp
Impulse Withstand (Dry) 125kVp 150kVp 220kVp 222kVp
AC 1min Flashover (Dry) 95kVp - 170kVp 165kVp IEC 383: 1983
AC 1min Withstand (Dry) 85kVp - 160kVp 158kVp BS 137: 1982
AC 1min Flashover (Wet) 65kVp 80kVp 120kVp 134kVp

AC 1min Withstand (Wet) 55kVp 70kVp 108kVp 115kVp
Cantilever Deflection at 1kN Load 18mm 15mm 25mm 25mm
Minimum Failing Tensile Load < 50kN < 50kN < 50kN < 50kN WT Henley Ltd
Minimum Failing Torque < 45Nm < 65Nm < 65Nm < 65Nm
Crucifix Kit (EP DRG 5730)
332382 11kV Crucifix Kit without insulators

332384 11kV Crucifix kit with insulators
Crucifix Parts
332390 11kV Universal Crucifix

332392 UKR 90 Cable Clamp, 20-90mm dia cable
332375 11kV Henley Stand-off EPDM Insulator, # 56141-10
Section 12
12
Section
STATION POST INSULATOR
I-C
Insulators
Electropar PLP’s station post insulator is manufactured and The station post insulator is manufactured from non-porous
supplied by Aditya Birla Insulators in India, the fourth largest electrical porcelain and tested as per Australian and IEC
manufacturer of insulators in the world with state-of-the-art standards.
manufacturing and in-house test facilities.
Catalogue Number and I-C6-150-I I-C4-200-I I-C10-200-II I-C6-200-I I-C8-350-II

Application 355HT 458HT 58HT 508HT 762HT
System Voltage 22kV 33kV 33kV 33kV 66kV
Highest System Voltage 24kV 36kV 36kV 36kV 72.5kV
Minimum Creepage Distance 610mm 850mm 950mm 840mm 1690mm
Protected Creepage Distance 260mm 300mm 300mm 325mm 775mm
Arcing Distance 230mm 325mm 325mm 370mm 640mm
Height 355mm 458mm 458mm 508mm 762mm
BIL 150kV 200kV 200kV 200kV 350kV
50kV (dry) 105kV (dry) 105kV (dry) 90kV (dry) 190kV (dry)
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage
50kV (wet) 85kV (wet) 85kV (wet) 80kV (wet) 150kV (wet)
Minimum Bending Strength 6kN 4kN 10kN 6kN 8kN
Minimum Tensile Strength 40kN 25kN 54kN 34kN 90kN
Minimum Torsion Strength 1.5kNm 1kNm 1.2kNm 2kNm 4.5kNm
Fixing Arrangement Top/Bottom 4 x M12, 76 PCD 4 x M12, 76 PCD 4 x M12, 76 PCD 4 x M12, 76 PCD 4 x M16, 127 PCD
Note: Details of station posts above 66kV are available on request.
Section 12
LV/MV DISTRIBUTION INSULATORS
I-SHLV, I-GY, I-SLP, I-ALP
A wide range of LV/MV porcelain distribution insulators from Manufactured and tested as per Australian Standards,
LV to 33kV in guy, shackle and pin configurations are available. insulators are batch tested at PLP’s Glendenning test
laboratory.
Shackle & Pin Type
Dimensions
Part Catalogue (mm) Min. F.L.
Thread Pin
Number Number (kN)
A B C D E
I-SHLV1 54 57 39 17 17 - - 9
I-SHLV2 76 80 54 17 12 - - 20
I-SHLV8 32 57 40 17 7 - - 9
I-LVLP 91 82 52 - 11 Patt “B” B/100/3.5 7
Note: Dimensional and performance characteristics in accordance with AS2947.2. Threads in accordance with AS2947.3.
Guy Strain
Dimensions
Part Catalogue (mm) Min. F.L.
Number Number (kN)
A B C D E F G H I K
I-GY2 73 41 44 73 44 146 22 51 22 37 71
I-GY3 115 57 67 115 57 216 38 51 38 63 222
I-GY4 115 57 67 115 57 280 38 51 38 95 222
Section 12
12
Section
LV/MV DISTRIBUTION INSULATORS
I-SHLV, I-GY, I-SLP, I-ALP
Insulators
Standard Line Pin
Dimensions
Part Catalogue Voltage Creepage (mm) Min F.L.
Thread Pin
Number Number (kV) (mm) (kN)
A B C D E
I-SLP11-180 11 180 106 140 76 R13 R16 Patt “A” A/130/7 7

I-SLP22-420 22 420 168 228 113 R13 R16 Patt “C” C/150/11 11
I-SLP33-534 33 534 194 279 113 R13 R16 Patt “C” C/200/11 11
Aerodynamic Line Pin
Creepage Dimensions
Part Catalogue Voltage (mm) (mm) Min. F.L.
Pin
Number Number (kV) kN
X -Y X-Z A B C D E F
I-ALP11-275 11 235 275 136 102 76 152 76 136 A/150/7 7

I-ALP22-450 22 365 450 148 102 76 200 74 160 C/200/11 11
I-ALP22-520C 22 380 520 127 102 76 240 89 165 C/200/11 11
I-ALP33-920 33 755 920 240 102 76 320 133 240 C/300/7 11
Section 12
Section 12
13
Section
SECTION 13 - SWITCHING AND PROTECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Switching & Prrotection

Section Page
S&C Fuse Cut-Out Features............................................................................................... 13 246

S&C Fuse Cut-Out Specifications....................................................................................... 13 247
S&C Fuse Cut-Out Details and Descriptions...................................................................... 13 248
S&C Fuse Cut-Out Accessories.......................................................................................... 13 249
S&C Silver Positrol Fuse Link for Cut-Outs......................................................................... 13 250
S&C Omni-Rupter Switch 11kV and 22kV........................................................................... 13 253
Load Control Relay.............................................................................................................. 13 259
Section 13
SWITCHING AND PROTECTION
S&C FUSE CUT-OUT FEATURES
One-piece channel - heavy galvanised steel

Parallel groove connector - tin-plated cast red brass. (which is also used for inserts, hangers, and
For ease of conductor connection, accommodates two structural bolts and nuts)
conductors of unlike size in a single connector.
Other styles of connectors are also available
Composite-polymer silicone insulator - lighter than

porcelain, highly break-resistant, provides better
performance in coastal and high-pollution areas
Upper contacts - silver-to-silver; stainless

steel spring provides high contact pressure
Rugged attachment hooks - for

Loadbuster - guide tube during
closing
Fuse tube - features MultiWind™ - liner that is virtually

Lower contacts (not visible) - silver-to-silver; impervious to water ingress.
provide dual current path, independent of Special UV-resistant finish assures long life. Models also
hinge pivot. Stainless steel backup springs available with disconnect blade
prevent arcing when tube rises in hinge
during recoil
Toggle joint - assures reliable dropout after operation
Trunnion - high-strength cast bronze, silver

plated. Surfaces around trunnion bear on broad
hinge surfaces to keep tube in alignment during
closing
Sturdy ferrules - cast red brass. Pinned to top and
bottom of tube for permanent alignment.
Either the large, accessible lifting ring or the
keyhole (not visible in photo) may be engaged with
a hookstick for secure control of fuse tube during
Trunnion pocket - secures tube in hinge fuse-tube installation or removal
during closing
Flipper - gives high-speed terminal separation, quick

cable flip-out, and (in conjunction with the toggle joint)
reduces transmission of forces to fuse link during closing
Section 13
13
Section
S&C FUSE CUT-OUT SPECIFICATIONS

Cut-Outs with Porcelain or Polymer Insulators
S&C Catalogue Number 89032-R10 89052-R10 89053-R10 89052-R10-P
Porcelain, Porcelain, Porcelain,

Insulator Silicone Polymer
Maunsell Grey Maunsell Grey Maunsell Grey
Typical Application Voltage 11kV 22kV 33kV 11kV or 22kV
9.6KA (3 shots) 9.6kA (3 shots) 9.6KA (3 shots)
Interrupting Ability (Asym.) 9.6kA
12.8kA (1 shot) 12.8kA (1 shot) 12.8kA (1 shot)
BIL 125kV 150kV 170kV 150kV
Leakage Distance 279mm 432mm 660mm 432mm
Maximum Current Rating with Fuse Link 100amps 100amps 100amps 100amps
Maximum Current Rating with Solid Link
300amps 300amps 300amps 300amps
Disconnect Blade
89032-R10 89052-R10 89053-R10 89052-R10-P
11kV 22kV 33kV 11kV or 22kV
Section 13
Page: 248
Section 13
Part Crossarm Extension Earth
Type Cut Out Fuse Tube/Solid Link Connector Surge Arrestor
Number Bracket Bracket Stirrup
323352 2 11kV, Porcelain, HDG Solid Link 300amp NEMA Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
323400 3A 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Fuse/Arrestor L Type No Yes Std PG Clamp Joslyn 15kV, 10kA
Ohio Brass 9kV, 10kA
323357 3B 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Fuse/Arrestor L Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
+ Termination kit
323402 3C 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Fuse/Arrestor L Type No Yes Std PG Clamp Ohio Brass 9kV, 10kA
Ohio Brass 12kV,
323406 3E 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Fuse/Arrestor L Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
10kA
Ohio Brass 12kV,
323407 3F 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Fuse/Arrestor L Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
10kA c/w X-Arm Bolt
323356 4 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Z Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
Distribution Catalogue
323372 7 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard NEMA Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
323371 7A 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard L Bracket No Yes Std PG Clamp
323390 7C 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard L Bracket No Yes Special PG Clamp
323369 7D 11kV, Porcelain, HDG Solid Link 300amp (No Tape) L Bracket No Yes Std PG Clamp
323381 7E 11kV, Porcelain, HDG No Fuse Tube or Solid Link NEMA Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
323375 8A 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard NEMA Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
323376 8B 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA with Aux Spring NEMA Type No Yes Std PG Clamp
323377 8C 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard NEMA Type No No Std PG Clamp
323391 8E 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard NEMA Type No Yes Special PG Clamp
323382 8F 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard NEMA Type Yes Yes Std PG Clamp
S&C FUSE CUT-OUT DETAILS AND DESCRIPTIONS
323383 8G 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard NEMA Type Yes Yes Std PG Clamp
323389 8H 11kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA with Aux Spring NEMA Type No Yes Eyebolt Connector
323393 9C 22kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA with Aux Spring Fastenings/No Bracket No Yes Eyebolt Connector
323395 9D 22kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard Fastenings/No Bracket No Yes Eyebolt Connector
323397 10A 33kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard No Bracket No Yes Eyebolt Connector
323394 10XS 33kV, Porcelain, HDG 12kA Standard No Bracket No No Eyebolt Connector
323360 11 11 or 22kV, Polymer, HDG 12kA with Aux Spring L Bracket No Yes Std PG Clamp
323362 11B 12 or 22kV, Polymer, HDG 12kA with Aux Spring L Bracket No Yes Std PG Clamp
323363 11C 13 or 22kV, Polymer, HDG Solid Link 300amp No Bracket No Yes Std PG Clamp
323408 12 11kV, Porcelain, S/S Standard 12kA NEMA Type No Stirrup Std PG Clamp
323409 12B S/S 11kV, Porcelain, S/S 12kA with Aux Spring NEMA Type No Stirrup Std PG Clamp
323410 12C S/S 11kV, Porcelain, S/S 12kA with Aux Spring NEMA Type No Stirrup Std PG Clamp
13
Section
S&C FUSE CUT-OUT ACCESSORIES

323303 Fuse Tube 12.8kA

323314 Fuse Tube 12.8kA with Auxiliary Toggle Spring
323308 Solid Disconnect Blade (turns Cut-Out into 300amp single Ø isolator)
323317 Eyebolt Connector
323310 Earth Stirrup
323315 HDG NEMA Mounting Bracket
323312 HDG Mounting Bracket Z Type
323335 HDG Mounting Bracket L Type
323330 HDG Mounting Bracket Cut-Out/Arrestor Type
Standard cable - Standard cable -

clamping bolt clamping bolt
Cable-clamping bolt with auxiliary

toggle spring
Fuse Tube 11kV and 22kV Fuse Tube 11kV and 22kV Solid Disconnect Blade for
323303 with Auxiliary Toggle Spring Fuse Cut-Outs 11kV and
323314 22kV
323308
Eyebolt Connector Earth Stirrup HDG NEMA Mounting

323317 323310 Bracket
323315
HDG Mounting Bracket HDG Mounting Bracket

Z Type L Type
323312 323335
Section 13
S&C SILVER POSITROL FUSE LINK FOR CUT-OUTS
Features Superior Fault-Interrupting Performance

On today’s power distribution systems, fuse cut-outs The superior fault-interrupting performance of S&C Positrol
are assigned an essential role in system and equipment Fuse Links—particularly with respect to low-current
protection. However, a key determinant in any cut-out’s transformer secondary-side faults—has been conclusively
ability to function properly is the fuse link, and failure of demonstrated in extensive testing performed by S&C with
the fuse link to perform as planned can result in fuse Positrol Fuse Links installed in S&C Type XS Fuse Cut-outs
mis-coordination, nuisance fuse operations (sneak-outs), as well as cut-outs of other manufacturers. In all of these
and needless outages. To a utility, that’s dollars and tests, S&C Positrol Fuse Links provided superior performance
cents . . . and not limited merely to the cost of a replacement across the full range of secondary-fault current levels and
fuse link. Although use of other makes of fuse links may under realistic transient-recovery-voltage (TRV) conditions.
result in small economies up front, the expense of finding and The outstanding fault-interrupting performance of S&C
replacing fuse links that sneak out can cost many times the Positrol Fuse Links is attributable to the fuse-link sheath and,
initial savings. In addition, the low-current fault-interrupting with respect to low-current transformer secondary-side faults
capabilities essential to a reliable fuse are provided not so typically handled by fuse links rated 50 amperes and below,
much by the cut-out, but by the fuse link. Proper application attributable to a special high-strength extruded thermo-plastic
of non-damageable S&C Positrol Fuse Links will eliminate sheath. The extruded thermo-plastic sheath is essential
nuisance fuse operations and, at the same time, provide in the lower-ampere-rated fuse links because low-current
reliable protection in the event of a fault within the fuse’s transformer secondary-side faults are not only the most
zone of protection. The following features of S&C Positrol difficult to clear, but also the most frequently experienced.
Fuse Links provide benefits unobtainable in any other make S&C Universal Style Positrol Fuse Links provide unsurpassed
of fuse link. secondary-fault performance for applications 14.4 kV through
24.9 kV, and to single-phase-to-neutral applications through
Non-damageability 38 kV.
S&C Standard Speed, S&C “K” Speed, and S&C “T” Speed
Positrol Fuse Links rated 6 amperes through 100 amperes,
and S&C “QR” Speed and S&C “N” Speed Positrol Fuse
Links rated 10 amperes through 100 amperes employ nickel-
chrome or helically coiled silver or silver-copper eutectic
fuse elements that are not affected by mechanical shock
or vibration, nor by transient surges that may heat the
element nearly to the severing point. Consequently, these
fuse links are non-damageable—eliminating nuisance fuse
operations and providing the permanently accurate time-
current characteristics essential to the integrity of carefully
engineered system coordination plans. Also, because
S&C Positrol Fuse Links are non-damageable, there is
no need to replace companion Positrol Fuse Links
on suspicion of damage following an adjacent-fuse operation.
Close Tolerance
S&C Positrol Fuse Links incorporating silver or silver-
copper eutectic fusible elements have a total melting-current
tolerance of 10% within the coordinating range (i.e., melting
times less than 10 seconds), compared to the 20% tolerance
for tin-element fuse links. The close tolerance is possible
because of physical properties inherent to silver and silver-
copper eutectic fuse-element materials and, also, because of
the meticulous care exercised in the manufacture, handling,
and assembly of S&C Positrol Fuse Links (Fuse-element wire
is inspected at S&C using a sophisticated laser micrometer
to ensure diametral tolerances as small as 0.0002 inch).
The narrow tolerance band for precision-manufactured S&C
Positrol Fuse Links not only permits closer fusing for improved
protection, but also more precise series coordination of fuse
links with other fuse links or with reclosers for enhanced
service reliability.
Section 13
13
Section

S&C Positrol Fuse Links are available in universal, indicating and open styles.
Typical construction features for the universal style are illustrated below.
Corona shield
5
Fuse element (nickel chrome)
S&C Standard Speed Fuse Links rated less than 6 amperes; S&C “QR” Speed
and S&C “N” Speed Fuse Links rated less than 10 amperes.
Fuse element (silver or silver-copper eutectic)

Helically coiled to absorb mechanical vibration and thermal shock (typical)
50K
Strain wire
Restrains static force of flipper spring (typical)
S&C Standard Speed, S&C “K” Speed and S&C “T” Speed Fuse Links rated 6
amperes through 100 amperes; S&C “QR” Speed and S&C “N” Speed Fuse Links
rated 10 amperes through 100 amperes.
Fuse element (silver-tin, cast-tin or silver-copper eutectic)

140K
S&C Standard Speed, S&C “K” Speed, S&C “T” Speed, S&C “QR” Speed, S&C “N”
Speed and S&C Co-ordinating Speed Fuse Links rated greater than 100 amperes.
Section 13
S&C Silver Positrol Fuse Links for Cut-Outs
Each Positrol Fuse Link is supplied individually wrapped. The In addition, Electropar PLP colour codes the fuse links so that
amperage of the Positrol Fuse Link is labelled on the packet they replicate the fuse link colour codes historically used in
and the fuse link itself is stamped with the fuse amperage. New Zealand.
Part Number Catalogue Reference Colour Code Part Number Catalogue Reference Colour Code
Standard Speed K Speed
323101 1 amp #64001-U Brown 323080 6 amp #265006-S100 No colour

323102 2 amp #64002-U Red 323081 8 amp #265008-S100 Green
323103 3 amp #64003-U Orange 323082 10 amp #265010-S100 Blue
323105 5 amp #64005-U Yellow 323083 12 amp #265012-S100 No colour
T Speed 323084 15 amp #265015-S100 Purple

323085 20 amp #265020-S100 Grey
323106 6 amp #279006-U No colour
323086 25 amp #265025-S100 Clear
323108 8 amp #279008-U Green
323087 30 amp #265030-S100 White
323110 10 amp #279010-U Blue
323088 40 amp #265040-S100 Black
323112 12 amp #279012-U No colour
323089 50 amp #265050-S100 Grey
323115 15 amp #279015-U Purple
323090 65 amp #265065-S100 Gold
323120 20 amp #279020-U Grey
323091 80 amp #265080-S100 No colour
323125 25 amp #279025-U Clear
323092 100 amp #265100-S100 Lime
323130 30 amp #279030-U White
323140 40 amp #279040-U Black
323150 50 amp #279050-U Grey
323165 65 amp #279065-U Gold
323180 80 amp #279080-U No colour
323200 100 amp #279100-U Lime
Universal Adapter and Colour Coding
S&C Positrol Fuse Links supplied by Electropar PLP fit all types copper braid extension piece for fitment to double vented cut-out
of commonly used cut-out fuses in New Zealand. Positrol Fuse fuse tubes, as illustrated below.
Links are supplied with a ferrule crimped onto the tail of a tinned
Positrol Fuse Link with button Universal Adapter supplied with Positrol Fuse Link with button head
head for use in S&C electric every Positrol Fuse Link as standard removed and Universal Adapter fitted
single vented cut-out fuses for use in double vented DDO’s
Section 13
13
Section
S&C OMNI-RUPTER® SWITCH 11kV AND 22kV

Specifications - 11kV and 22kV
• 900A Continuous Rating • Hard Drawn Copper, silver plated contact blades that
• Fault Current Ratings have an inherent positive wiping action on opening and
• Momentary 40kA closing.
• 1 sec 25kA • Circuit interruption is achieved within the interrupter
• 3 sec 16kA devices, without external arc or flame.
• Load Interrupt Rating • During closing, the circuit is established at specially
• 630A designed copper-tungsten blade tips and not via the
• Emergency Load Interrupt 1kA main contact.
• Fault Closing Capability • Rotating insulators are mounted on stainless steel
• 2 Time Duty Cycle Rating 20kA RMS Asym sleeved journals and bronze bearings to provide
• 3 Time Duty Cycle Rating 15kA RMS Asym corrosion resistance in marine environments.
• Switch can be positively locked in the open or closed • Switches may be opened and closed under 20mm thick
positions by use of a hot stick with standard DDO ice formation.
prong end. • Fully factory assembled and adjusted. Approximate
• S&C Cypoxy Resin Insulators for lightness, non-tracking, weight 90kg.
self-scouring and non-weathering properties. • Available for hot stick operation (as illustrated) or with
ground level mounted operating handle.
Standard Features
• Pole mounting bracket: Galvanised steel pole mounting • Deadending bracket: Deadending requires optional pole
bracket that accommodates concrete, steel or wood band and J-bolts, and extension link assemblies.
poles, 140mm to 355mm in diameter. • Hookstick operating mechanism is operable from the
• Integrated single-point lifting bracket provides easy ground and reduces installation time by up to 60%.
hoisting and installation. Retracts for storage. Includes integrated lockout/tag out tab.
Ratings
Fault Closing Capability,

kV Amperes
Amperes Peak
One-Second, Three-Second, Two-Time Ten-Time
Nominal Maximum BIL Continuous Interrupting* Peak
T RMS Sym. Duty Cycle Duty Cycle
11 17.0 110 900 900 65,000 25,000 20,000 50,000 21,000
22 29.0 150 900 900 65,000 25,000 20,000 50,000 21,000
Note: * Line and cable dropping interrupting ratings are dependant on the length of line. Contact Electropar PLP for more
information.
Section 13
C A
E F
No-external arc interrupter. Provides circuit interruption without external arc. Employs a specially-designed trailer
A and liner formulation which creates deionising gases for efficient circuit interruption. Same interrupter is used on
14.4kV and 25kV models.
Blade with copper-tungsten arcing-tip. Nickel-silver-plated copper blade is aligned at the factory without any
B
requirement for field adjustment. All current path parts are copper or copper-based materials.
Articulating hinge-end terminal pad. Pivoting terminal pads minimise loading of the blade and provide greater
C
flexibility when making jumper connections.
Stationary jaw and contact assembly. Floating jaw contact buttons provide even contact forces between the upper
D
and lower jaw contacts, reducing friction during operation.
Re-designed spindle and bronze flange bearing, and stainless steel shaft and drive lever. Provide all-weather
E
durability and performance.
F Double point lifting bracket. Provides permanent means of lifting for convenient rigging and hoisting.
Section 13
13
Section

Switch Operation
When the switch is closed, each interrupter shunt arm is

positioned between the auxiliary return arm and the opening
shunt contact. The return arm is an extra visual assurance
that the interrupter was reset, and is ready for the opening
operation.
Figure 1
Switch in closed position. Interrupter shunt arm is between
shunt contact and auxiliary return arm.
As the switch is opened, each interrupter shunt arm

engages the shunt contact, transferring current through
the interrupter. The curved shape of the shunt contact
guides the shunt arm through its travel and keeps the arm
centered on the contact surface. A copper-bronze alloy
inset minimises display (see Figure 2).
As each blade reaches 45° open, the latch inside the

interrupter holding the spring loaded trailer releases.
This provides a consistent interrupting speed. Switching
performance is independent of the speed of the operating
pipe or hookstick mechanism. As the blades open to 90°,
the interrupter shunt arm snaps back into position beneath
the interrupter.
Figure 2
Switch during opening. Interrupter shunt arm engages shunt
contact, transferring current through the interrupter.
As the switch is closed, each interrupter shunt arm

is guided into position by the curved back of the shunt
contact, as the blade closes into the jaw contact guide
fingers (see Figure 3). The shunt arm again comes to rest
between the return arm and the shunt contact as shown
in Figure 1.
Figure 3
Switch during closing. Interrupter shunt arm is guided into
place by shunt arm guide, as jaw contact guide fingers guide
blade into place.
Section 13
For Top Mount Applications - Hook Stick Operation

Part Number Catalogue Reference Description
324950 EPS1FS T OMNI R4 H2S 11KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Top Mount
324953 EPS2FS T OMNI R4 H2S 22KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Top Mount
11KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Top Mount
324966 EPS1FS T OMNI R4 H2S LS
Limit Switch Retrofit Possible *Note 1
For Mid Mount Applications - Hook Stick Operation

324951 EPS1FS M OMNI R4 H2S 11KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Mid Mount
324954 EPS2FS M OMNI R4 H2S 22KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Mid Mount
11KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Mid Mount
324967 EPS1FS M OMNI R4 H2S LS
Limit Switch Retrofit Possible *Note 1
Hook Stick Operation - Pole Mounting Brackets Not Included

11KV, Hook/Stick Operation, Pole
324952 EPS1FS OMNI R4 H2S
Mounting Bracket Not Included *Note 2
324955 EPS2FS OMNI R4 H2S
Mounting Bracket Not Included *Note 2
324968 EPS1FS OMNI R4 H2S LS Mounting Bracket Not Included Limit
Swtich Retrofit Possible *Note 1 & 2
For Mid Mount Applications - S&C Cutout Brackets

324962 EPS1FS M OMNI R4 H2S CO
Cutout Brackets *Note 3
324964 EPS2FS M OMNI R4 H2S CO
Cutout Brackets *Note 3
Notes
1 - Allows fitment of EPS OMNI R4 limit switch retrofit kit (ordered separately). Notes
2 - Pole mounting brackets not included. Use with either EPSFS T OMNI R4 5 - Pole mounting bracket kit for use with hook stick operation EPSFS OMNI R4
PMB top mount bracket kit or EPSFS T OMNI R4 PMB mid mount bracket kit H2S models only.
(ordered Separately). 6 - Pole mounting bracket kit for use with rotating handle operation
3 - Allows fitment of S&C cut-outs (ordered separately) to EPSRH OMNI R4 models only.
EPS OMNI R4 Crossarm. 7 - Limit switch retrofit kit for use with EPS FS OMNI R4 is models only.
4 - Pole mounting brackets not included. Use with either EPSRH OMNI R4 PMB
top mount bracket kit or EPSRH OMNI R4 PMB mid mount bracket
(ordered separately).
Section 13
13
Section

For Top Mount Applications - Rotating Handle Operation
11KV, Rotating Handle Operation
324956 EPS1RH T OMNI R4
Top Mount
324959 EPS2RH T OMNI R4
Top Mount
For Mid Mount Applications - Rotating Handle Operation

324957 EPS1RH M OMNI R4
Mid Mount
324960 EPS2RH M OMNI R4
Mid Mount
Rotating Handle Operation - Pole Mounting Brackets Not Included

324958 EPS1RH OMNI R4
Mounting Brackets Not Included *Note 4
324961 EPS2FS OMNI R4
Mounting Brackets Not Included *Note 4
Top Mount Bracket Kits

Top Mount Bracket Kit for EPSFS Model
324784 EPSFS T OMNI R4 Kit
*Note 5
Top Mount Bracket Kit for EPSRH Model
324839 EPSRH T OMNI R4 Kit
*Note 6
Notes
(ordered Separately). 6 - Pole mounting bracket kit for use with rotating handle operation
EPS OMNI R4 Crossarm. 7 - Limit switch retrofit kit for use with EPS FS OMNI R4 LS models only.
Section 13
Mid Mount Bracket Kits

Mid Mount Bracket Kit For EPSFS Models
324714 EPSFS M OMNI R4 KIT
*Note 6
Mid Mount Bracket Kit For EPSRH Models
324840 EPSRH M OMNI R4 KIT
*Note 5
Limit Switch Retrofit Kits

Limit Switch Retrofit Kit For EPS LS
324979 EPS LS OMNI R4 KIT
Models *Note 7
Notes
(ordered separately). 6 - Pole mounting bracket kit for use with rotating handle operation
EPS OMNI R4 Crossarm. 7 - Limit switch retrofit kit for use with EPS FS OMNI R4 LS models only.
Section 13
13
Section
LOAD CONTROL RELAY

Electropar PLP’s Load Control Relay is tested and certified Electropar PLP’s Load Control Relay is suitable for metering
to international standards, for a 30 amp resistive load. It is enclosures and terminals are suitable for up to 10mm2
suitable for hot water plus other load control. Electropar PLP’s conductors.
Load Control Relay has a single pole and is enclosed in a
purpose-built relay enclosure with captured fastenings.
Catalogue Number
Part Number
Rated Current 30 amps
Rated Contact Load AC1 7,200VA
Dielectric Strength Between Coil and
1,000V AC
Contacts
Dielectric Strength Between Open
1,000V AC
Contacts
Coil Thermal Insulation Class B B = 130°C
Temperature Range for Use -20°C + 75°C
1 x 105 Operations (Electrical)
Operational Life
1 x 107 Operations (Mechanical)
Rated Coil Voltage 2VA @ 230V
Section 13
Section 13
14
Section
SECTION 14 - SURGE & LIGHTNING PROTECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Surge & Lightning

Protection
Section Page
Surge Arrestor - Heavy Duty 10kA - PVD-100.................................................................... 14 262

Bolted Connector Arc Protection Device - BCAPD.............................................................. 14 263
Insulation Piercing Arc Protection Device - IPAPD.............................................................. 14 263
Section 14
SURGE & LIGHTNING PROTECTION
SURGE ARRESTOR - HEAVY DUTY 10kA
PVD-100
Electropar PLP’s surge arrestors for protecting overhead The major differences between Electropar PLP’s normal duty
distribution equipment are a gapless metal oxide type. When (5kA) and heavy duty (10kA) surge arrestor designs are the
installed and under normal operating conditions, the nominal protective characteristics and high current short duration strength
phase to earth voltage is applied continuously across the surge of the designs. A heavy duty distribution class arrestor has a
arrestor terminals. When a surge occurs, the surge arrestor higher current discharge capability than the normal duty arrestor.
immediately limits the overvoltage by conducting the surge
current to earth where it is safely discharged without damage Electropar PLP surge arrestors can be supplied with or without
to adjacent equipment. an insulated mounting bracket and with or without an earth
lead disconnect which indicates when the arrestor has been
The rating of Electropar PLP’s surge arrestors is derived from discharged and needs replacement. For specific surge arrestor
the maximum power frequency phase to earth voltage at which application recommendations for medium voltage overhead
the arrestor is designed to pass an operating duty cycle test. covered conductor systems, contact Electropar PLP.
The primary objective in arrestor application is to select the
lowest rated device that will provide adequate system protection. All stock items include:
For a solidly earthed distribution system, generally a surge • Protective cap on line side terminal
arrestor with a Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) • Earth lead disconnector for earth terminal connection
greater than or equal to the maximum phase to earth voltage • Insulated mounting bracket
is recommended. MCOV is defined as the recommended limit • NEMA crossarm mounting bracket
to the magnitude of voltage that may be applied continuously
to the surge arrestor.
Temporary Over Voltages (TOV) can be caused by electrical
395660 PDV-100, 9kV, 7.65kV MCOV, 10kA
distribution system events like switching surges and phase
to earth faults. The primary effect of a TOV on metal oxide 395676 PDV-100, 12kV, 10.2kVMCOV, 10kA
surge arrestors is increased current and power dissipation and 395672 PDV-100, 18kV, 15.3kVMCOV, 10kA
increased temperature. These conditions affect the protection
and survivability characteristics of the arrestor. PDV-100, 21kV, 17kVMCOV, 10kA
PDV-100, 27kV, 22kVMCOV, 10kA
395670 PDV-100, 30kV, 24.4kVMCOV, 10kA
395685 PDV-100, 36kV, 28kVMCOV, 10kA
Section 14
14
Section
BOLTED CONNECTOR ARC PROTECTION DEVICE - BCAPD
INSULATION PIERCING ARC PROTECTION DEVICE - IPAPD
Surge & Lightning

Protection
Line
Electrode
Fork
Electrode
Arc Protection Device Arc Protection Device

Insulation Piercing Type Bolted Connector Type
Electropar PLP’s Arc Protection Devices (APDs) consist of a Aside from the fact that they are lower cost, the advantage of
fork electrode for the earth end connection and a parallel groove an APD over a surge arrestor is that, unlike a distribution class
connector or insulation piercing connector attached electrode surge arrestor, the APD will operate hundreds or even thousands
for the line end connection. of times. Most distribution class surge arrestors are single use
devices and, if the surge arrestor is not fitted with an earth lead
• For the bolted type APD, the line electrode consisting disconnect, it is difficult to determine whether the arrestor is
of a 12.0mm OD galvanised steel rod is attached to the discharged without subjecting it to an insulation resistance test.
conductor via an Electropar PLP parallel groove clamp with
the rod inserted in place of the tap conductor. The extent to which arc protection devices are used by power
utilities is a function of the local keraunic level in the area the
• Tested in accordance with EN50397-2 (2009), the insulation covered conductor system is installed. The keraunic level is a
piercing type APD consists of a line electrode of 12.0mm system that describes lightning activity in an area based upon
OD galvanised steel rod that is attached to the conductor the audible detection of thunder. It is defined as the average
via an Electropar PLP insulation piercing parallel groove number of days per year when thunder can be heard in a given
clamp. The key benefit of this design is that the cable area, and the likelihood thereby of a thunderstorm.
insulation does not have to be stripped.
Generally, Electropar PLP recommends that to best protect
The same fork end electrode is used for the bolted and insulation a covered conductor system in a moderate keraunic level
piercing APD solutions.The fork end electrode features the same environment, APDs are installed on all phases every 300m
12.0mm galvanised steel rod, but the rod is threaded so that or on staggered phases every 100m. For site specific
the arc gap between the line and earth electrode is adjustable. recommendations, contact Electropar PLP.
The fork electrode is captured under the insulator pin base.
The "sandwich type" metal to metal connection between the
insulator pin, the fork electrode and the crossarm allows the
arc generated surge current to be discharged to the individual
power pole earth bank when an arc occurs.
Section 14
Arc Protection Device Excluding Aluminium Grading Coil
Bolted Insulation Piercing

Connector APD Connector APD Conductor Size
(mm2)
Part Number Catalogue Number Part Number Catalogue Number
BCAPD-35 - 35
BCAPD-40 - 40
BCAPD-50 IPAPD-50 50
BCAPD-180 - 180
BCAPD-185 - 185
BCAPD-240 - 240
Arc Protection Device Including Aluminium Grading Coil
Deploying APDs successfully may also require the use of

an insulator grading coil. Manufactured from fully annealed
aluminium wire, the grading coil is looped around the neck
of the insulator (as illustrated) and connected to the APD to
grade the voltage stress at the insulator in the event of an arc.
Use of a grading coil ensures the flashover will occur at the

APD rather than the insulator, avoiding damage to the insulator
and covered conductor cable attached to it.
Bolted Insulation Piercing

Connector APD Connector APD Conductor Size
(mm2)
Part Number Catalogue Number Part Number Catalogue Number
BCAPDG-35 - 35
BCAPDG-40 - 40
BCAPDG-50 IPAPDG-50 50
BCAPDG-180 - 180
BCAPDG-185 - 185
BCAPDG-240 - 240
Section 14
14
Section
Surge & Lightning

Typical Arc Protection Device Installation on Covered Conductor
Protection
Semi-Conductive Top Tie Installed aluminium
grading coil Insulation piercing or bolted
connector bonded to conductor
IP-35-F1 HDPE
Ø12mm line
polymer insulator
end electrode
1 Inch nylon head

insulator pin
M12 threaded rod
Fork electrode for arc gap adjustment
Earth C channel
crossarm
Uninstalled Aluminium
Grading Coil
Arc Protection Device Arc Protection Device

Insulation Piercing Type Bolted Connector Type
Section 14
Section 14
15
Section
SECTION 15 - EARTHING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Earthing
Section Page
Earth Rods - ER.................................................................................................................. 15 268

Earth Rod Accessories - ER............................................................................................... 15 269
Section 15
EARTHING
EARTH RODS
Earth Rod (Tapered)
Copper Clad (Sheathed)
Electropar PLP's tapered earth rods feature tapers at both ends and are joined by
a one piece tapered coupling which locks upon driving. These rods can be driven
by hand or machine.
Part Catalogue Outer Diameter Length

ER13-1200 13 1,200
ER13-1440 13 1,440
ER13-1800 13 1,800
ER15-1200 15 1,200
ER15-1440 15 1,440
ER15-1800 15 1,800
*Note: Copper plated earth rods available upon request, MOQ applies.
Earth Rod (Flushed Coupled)
Flush coupled earth rods are deep driving with identical swaged ends to take
driving points and coupling pins. These rods can be driven by hand or machine.

ER13D-1200 13 1,200
ER13D-1440 13 1,440
ER13D-1800 13 1,800
ER15D-1200 15 1,200
ER15D-1440 15 1,440
ER15D-1800 15 1,800
ER15D-2500 15 2,500
Earth Rod (Domestic)
Domestic earth rods are non-extendable. Each rod incorporates an integral driving
point which is machined to preserve the strength and rigidity of cold drawn steel.

ER13D-1200 13 1,200
ER13D-1440 13 1,440
ER13D-1800 13 1,800
ER15D-1200 15 1,200
ER15D-1440 15 1,440
ER15D-1800 15 1,800
ER15D-2500 15 2,500
Section 15
15
Section
EARTHING
EARTH ROD ACCESSORIES
Earth Rod (Tapered Accessories)
Part Catalogue
Description
Number Number
Earthing
ER13-C 13mm tapered coupler
ER15-C 15mm tapered coupler
ER13-D 13mm driving head
ER13-P 13mm driving point
ER13-PH 13mm driving point hard
ER13-PWC 13mm push on wire clip
ER15-PWC 15mm push on wire clip
ER13-BWC 13mm bolted wire clamp
Earth Rod (Flushed Coupled Accessories)
Part Catalogue
Description
Number Number
ER13F-C 13mm flush coupler
ER15F-C 15mm flush coupler
ER13F-D 13mm driving head
ER15F-D 15mm driving head
ER13F-D 13mm driving point
ER15F-D 15mm driving point
ER13F-P Driving pin for 13mm and 15mm rod
Earth Rod (Domestic Accessories)
Part Catalogue
Description
Number Number
ER13D-C 13mm domestic coupler
ER15D-C 15mm domestic coupler
Section 15
Section 15
16
Section
SECTION 18 - LINESMAN’S TOOLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Linesman’s Tools
Section Page
Cable Cutters....................................................................................................................... 18 272

Hexagon Crimpers.............................................................................................................. 18 272
12 Ton Hydraulic Compression Tool and Dies..................................................................... 18 273
60 Ton Hydraulic Compression Tool and Dies..................................................................... 18 274
Voltage Tester...................................................................................................................... 18 275
Cable Stripping Tool............................................................................................................ 18 275
Come-a-long Grips............................................................................................................. 18 276
Fork Wrench - JCQ............................................................................................................. 18 276
Web Strap Ratchet Puller - WS.......................................................................................... 18 277
4-Way Ratchet Spanner - RS............................................................................................. 18 277
Stainless Steel Wire Brush - WBSS................................................................................... 18 277
Glove and Barrier Accessories........................................................................................... 18 278
Live Line Rubber Insulating Gloves, Overgloves and Sleeves............................................ 18 279
Section 16
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
CABLE CUTTERS
HEXAGON CRIMPERS
Cable Cutters for Aluminium and Copper Cables
Max. Diameter for Cutting

Part Number Catalogue Number
(mm2)
302062 LK-325 325
302064 LK-520A 400
302066 SC-16A 16
Hexagon Crimpers for Uninsulated Aluminium and Copper
Diameter Range for Crimping

Part Number Catalogue Number
(mm2)
302052 HX-4 1-4
302054 HX-10 2 - 10
302056 HX-16 6 - 16
302058 HX-50B 6 - 50
302060 HX-120B 10 - 120 HX-50B
Section 16
16
Section
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
12 TON HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION TOOL AND DIES
Linesman’s Tools
12 Ton Hydraulic Compression Tool
302050 Electropar 12TT 12 Ton 38mm Jaw Integral Head *

302003 Case Only 12 Ton Integral Head Tool
Note: * Includes carrying case.
12 Ton Compression Dies for Compressing Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Manufactured from steel billet, hardened and stamped with the applicable die
size, Electropar PLP’s aluminium dies carry the prefix “DA”, while copper dies
feature the prefix “DCU”. When compressing solid aluminium conductor, peg dies
should always be used and these are specified by the suffix “P”.
12 and 14 Ton Tool Aluminium CDA 12 and 14 Ton Tool Aluminium AF

Series Compression Dies Series Compression Dies
Part Number Catalogue Number Part Number Die AF (mm)
302080 CDA2 302150 9.0

302082 CDA3 11.0
302084 CDA4 302153 13.2
302086 CDA5 14.0
302098 CDA5P 302155 17.3
302088 CDA6 18.0
302090 CDA7 302157 22.0
302092 CDA8 28.4
302094 CDA9 302158 28.5
12 and 14 Ton Tool Aluminium 12 and 14 Ton Tool Copper CDCu/AF Series
Compression Dies Compression Dies
Part Number Catalogue Number Part Number Catalogue Number Die AF (mm)
302096 EJ Die 302104 CDCU16 6.3

302701 CT1 302106 CDCU25 7.7
302702 CT2 302108 CDCU35 9.2
302703 CT3 302110 CDCU50 10.4
302112 CDCU70 11.5
12 and 14 Ton Tool Steel Compression Dies 302114 CDCU95 14.2

302116 CDCU120 16.5
Part Number Catalogue Number 302118 CDCU150 18.3

302120 CDCU185 20.0
302215 CDS5
302122 CDCU240 23.1
302201 CDS7
302124 CDCU300 26.0
Section 16
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
60 TON HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION TOOL AND DIES
60 Ton Compression Dies for Compressing Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Manufactured from steel billet, Electropar PLP’s 60 tonne tool dies are precision
machined, hardened and stamped with the applicable die size.
• 60 tonne tool dies for installing Alcan pattern aluminium compression fittings
carry the prefix “JDA”
• 60 tonne tool dies for installing copper compression fittings carry the
prefix “JDCU”
• 60 tonne tool dies for installing aluminium AF series compression fittings
carry the prefix “JDAF”
60 Ton Tool Aluminium JDA Series 60 Ton Tool Aluminium AF Series

Compression Dies Compression Dies
Part Number Catalogue Number Part Number Die AF (mm)
JDA6 JDAF18.0
JDA7 JDAF22.0
JDA8 JDAF28.4
JDA9 JDAF28.5
JDA10 JDAF34.5
JDA11 JDAF39.0
JDA12 JDAF40.0
JDAF43.2
JDAF44.5
JDAF47.5
60 Ton Tool Copper CDCu/AF Series

Compression Dies
Part Number Catalogue Number Die AF (mm)
JDCU185 20.0
JDCU240 23.1
JDCU300 26.0
JDCU400 28.1
JDCU500 31.0
JDCU630 39.0
• Special dies manufactured to order.
Section 16
16
Section
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
VOLTAGE TESTER
CABLE STRIPPING TOOL
Linesman’s Tools
Non Contact Modiewark AC Voltage Tester - MWB
Designed to detect the presence of an alternating electric field, the Modiwark AC

Voltage Tester identifies AC voltages from 240V to 33kV.
Used for checking the voltage on live or de-energised outdoor overhead

conductors and indoor conductors, the Modiewark AC Voltage Tester consists of
a 4.5V transistor amplifier, diode lamp, audio buzzer and a sensitivity attenuator.
The sensor plate in the cap is flat, allowing for directional checks. For example, it
is easy to check for low voltages when high voltage is nearby as the tester faces
away from high voltages. As well as the off settings, there are six voltage settings.
All high voltage tests should be carried out with the tester attached to a hot stick
or, alternatively, rubber insulating gloves may be used. Verification of a “dead”
conductor should include checking the tester on a nearby “live” conductor. Induced
voltages on isolated conductors are checked by increasing the sensitivity. Failure
of the attenuator through a damaged switch or resistor will cause the tester to
operate at full sensitivity.
It is recommended that the tester be moved progressively closer until warning of

voltage is indicated or until it touches conductor apparatus or test point.
Other models are also available for voltages up to 500kV and include features
such as self test, battery check and up to nine voltage settings.
Part Catalogue
Voltage Level
Number Reference
333380 MWB Self Test 240V to 33kV
Cable Stripping Tool for Covered Conductors - IBST
Electropar PLP’s IBST cable stripping tool is designed to remove insulation from
overhead covered conductors. Used by linesmen with the line de-energised or
when working with live lines and gloved hands, the IBST cable stripping tool will
easily and quickly remove cable insulation from the end of a cable or in the middle
of an overhead or underground cable.
Featuring a long life blade, the IBST cable

Cable stripper is a high quality linesman's
Outer
Part
tool. In the event ofCatalogue
damage to theDiameter
tool, replacement
Range
Maximum Insulation
blades are readily available
Number Reference Thickness For Stripping
from Electropar PLP. Application
IBST 12 - 32mm 5.5mm
Section 16
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
COME-A-LONG GRIPS
FORK WRENCH - JCQ
Wire Grips
Midget Macho Macho Master Medium Medium Maxi Maxi

Catalogue Reference
ST CU/ST AL/CC CU/ST CU/ST AL/CC CU/ST AL/CC
Maximum Safe Limit 10kN (1.0T) 10kN (1.0T) 10kN (1.0T) 20kN (2.0T) 20kN (2.0T) 20kN (2.0T) 20kN (2.0T) 20kN (2.0T)
Cable Diameter
2.6 - 15mm 4 - 20mm 4 - 20mm 4 - 20mm 5 - 25mm 5 - 25mm 16 - 32mm 16 - 32mm
Range
Jaw Length 35mm 62mm 62mm 62mm 114mm 114mm 114mm 114
Copper, Copper, Copper, Copper,
Aluminium Aluminium Copper Aluminium
steel steel steel steel
For Use On and covered and covered or steel or covered
conductor, conductor, conductor, conductor,
conductor conductor conductor conductor
wire rope wire rope wire rope wire rope
Weight 0.7kg 1.4kg 1.4kg 1.4kg 2.2kg 2.2kg 2.4kg 2.4kg
Box Quantity 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Carton Quantity 18 18 18 18 12 12 12 12
Part Number 322420 322428 322430 322424
Note: Safety latch and large eye lever supplied as standard.
Master Grip CU/ST

Medium CU/ST
Midget ST
Fork Wrench - JCQ
The JCQ fork wrench is designed for holding an IPC while tightening bolts.
Manufactured from stainless steel with durable plastic handle to be as tough as
NZ linesmen are.
Part Package Weight

Type Application
Number (pcs) (kg/per unit)
JBC16-70/16-70 20 0.44
JBC16-95/2.5-35 20 0.44
JBC35-150/6-35 20 0.44
JCQ-1 JBC25-95/25-95 20 0.44
JBC25-120/25-120 20 0.44
JBC35-70/6-35 20 0.44
JBC35-150/35-150 20 0.44
JBC16-70/1.5-10 20 0.37
JCQ-2
JBC35-150/35-150/2 20 0.37
Section 16
16
Section
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
WEB STRAP RATCHET PULLER - WS
4-WAY RATCHET SPANNER - RS
STAINLESS STEEL WIRE BRUSH - WBSS
Linesman’s Tools
Web Strap Ratchet Puller - WS
Electropar PLP’s Web Strap Ratchet Puller is lightweight and compact.The insulated
handle rotates 360° and features an automatic brake with a “notch at a time” ratchet
operation. The Web Strap Puller can be used with either a double or single strap.
When clean and dry, the web strap is non-conductive and ideal for live line use.
Catalogue Reference WS1000 WS1500
In Double Strap Pull Configuration

Maximum Safe Work Limit 10kN (1.0T) 15kN (1.5T)
Minimum Length 690mm 660mm
Maximum Length 2,120mm 1,960mm
In Single Strap Pull Configuration
Maximum Safe Work Limit * 5kN (0.5T) 7.5kN (0.75T)
Minimum Length 540mm 640mm
Maximum Length 3,030mm 3,330mm
Weight 4kg 5.2kg
Box Quantity 1 1
Carton Quantity 6 6
Part Number 322416 322418
Strap Only Part Number 322440 322441
Note: * When using as a single strap, the safe working limit is reduced by 50%.
4-Way Ratchet Spanner - RS
Electropar PLP’s RS1 4-Way Ratchet Spanner is the most useful tool in a linesman’s
kit. The 4-Way Ratchet Spanner is cleverly designed to fit M10, M12, M16 and M20
fastenings. Without removable sockets, the RS1 can be used for both distribution and
transmission and is ideal for crossarm braces, insulator spindles and tower bolts.
322426 RS1 4 way Ratchet Spanner
Stainless Steel Wire Brush
Electropar PLP’s stainless steel wire brush is a heavy duty linesman’s quality wire
brush that is used for cleaning copper or aluminium conductors prior to jointing
or terminating. The green handle identifies the bristles as stainless steel, differing
from orange handled wire brushes which have mild steel bristles.
23900 WBSS Stainless Steel Wire Brush
Note: Never use the same wire brush to clean copper and aluminium conductors.
• Brush may differ from illustration depending on stock availability at time of order.
Section 16
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
GLOVE AND BARRIER ACCESSORIES
Glove Dust
Electropar PLP’s Ten-Four Glove Dust is a cooling, frictionless powder that absorbs
moisture and perspiration when wearing rubber gloves. Ten-Four Glove Dust
provides extra comfort while preventing gloves from getting sticky. The 6oz bottle
easily fits in a pocket or glove bag.
333034 Ten-Four Glove Dust 6oz Bottle
Glove Bag
Using proper storage such as Electropar PLP’s glove bag extends the service
life of linesman’s gloves and sleeves. Folds and creases strain rubber and cause
gloves and sleeves to crack from ozone prematurely. By storing rubber gloves and
sleeves in the right sized bag or rollup and never forcing more than one pair into
each bag, equipment will lie flat and last longer.
333033 Glove Bag With Pocket - White Canvas

333035 Glove & Sleeve Bag
2-Piece Sleeve Buttons for Blankets
2-piece sleeve buttons screw together.
333294 2-Piece Sleeve Buttons B23
Salisbury #21 Blanket Pegs
In addition to other uses in the utility industry, Salisbury #21 Blanket Pegs can be
effectively used to hold insulating blankets in place. Springs are used for tension
while extra holes in the body of the pin are used to grip conductors and prevent
line hose from sliding.
333292 Salisbury #21 Blanket Pegs
Hot Stick Accessories
333360 #10-090 Silicone Wiping Cloth
Section 16
16
Section
LINESMAN’S TOOLS
LIVE LINE RUBBER INSULATING GLOVES, OVERGLOVES AND SLEEVES
Linesman’s Tools
Live Line Rubber Insulating Gloves
Electropar PLP’s live line insulating gloves are manufactured in a curved hand style
with seamless construction. Before leaving the factory, each rubber insulating glove
is visually inspected inside and out, and electrically tested at its proof test voltage
in accordance with ASTM 120. Low voltage gloves are supplied in single colours.
For easier inspection, high voltage gloves feature two colour construction. Deeper
snags or scratches expose the inner colour and clearly signify damage serious
enough to remove the glove from the field.
Available in full and half sizes, correct glove sizing is important because ill-fitting
gloves cause hand cramps, reduced flexibility and fatigue. To determine the correct
size, measure around the knuckles in inches (excluding the thumb) and then add
one inch. The most common size of glove is a 10. Allow extra room if cotton glove
liners are to be worn. Live Line Insulating Gloves Sizing Chart
Working Cuff Measurement

Glove Proof Test
Voltage Colour Length Sizes Available
Class Voltage AC Size
ASTM D120 (inches)
mm inches
00 500V 4kV Red 11 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11
9.5 241 9.5
0 1kV 5kV Yellow 11 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11
10 254 10
1 7.5kV 10kV Yellow/Black 14 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11
10.5 267 10.5
2 17kV 20kV Yellow/Black 16 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11
11 279 11
4 36kV 40kV Yellow/Black 16 9.5, 10, 10.5
Live Line Leather Insulating Overgloves
For mechanical protection against cuts, abrasions and puncture, leather overgloves
should always be worn in addition to rubber insulating gloves. Manufactured from top
grade leathers, all overgloves are steam-pressed on curved hand forms to ensure a
good fit and feature extra wide leather reinforcement over the thumb seams. Overgloves
should be selected to match the class and size of the rubber gloves being used.
Overgloves fit either 9.5/10 rubber glove or 10.5/11 rubber glove. Standard sizes of
leather overglove listed in the table below.
Overglove Suit Rubber Glove Cuff Length

Description Suit Rubber Glove Sizes
Description Class (inches)
Low voltage 00, 0 10 Leather with elastic back 9.5 or 10 10.5 or 11
High voltage 1, 2, 4 12 Pigskin with neoprene cuff 9.5 or 10 10.5 or 11
Live Line Rubber Insulating Sleeves
For protection against accidental cross-phase and phase-to-earth contacts when

working from a fully insulated platform, rubber insulating sleeves should be worn.
Featuring a seamless, curved elbow design, rubber insulating sleeves are flexible and
bend easily without bunching at the elbow. For added comfort, a halogenous finish
reduces any surface friction between sleeve and arm. Inspected and tested in accordance
with ASTM D105, insulating sleeves are supplied in two colour construction for easy
ongoing inspection. Standard sizes of insulating sleeves are listed in the table below.
Working Voltage Proof Test

Sleeve Class Colour Sizes Available
ASTM D 120 Voltage AC
2 17kV 20kV Yellow/Black Regular (675mm) and Large (707mm)
4 36kV 40kV Yellow/Black Regular (675mm) and Large (707mm)
Talk to Electropar Performed Line Products for all your Salisbury Glove, Barrier and ARC Flash safety requirements.
Section 16
His world in your hands, your safety in ours.
Come Home Safe.

Your profession relies on you to operate safely among electrical and
arc flash hazards. You can rely on Salisbury to provide head to toe PPE
solutions to protect you from harm. We are committed to putting the best
products on the market and standing behind them with a name that has World leader in electrical safety PPE
been trusted for over 150 years.
Lives depend on you. Protect yourself with Salisbury © 2014 Honeywell International Inc.
Section 16
17
Section
SECTION 17 - FIBREFORMX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FibreformX
Section Page
FibreformX Composite Crossarms..................................................................................... 17 282
Section 17
FIBREFORMX
FIBREFORMX COMPOSITE CROSSARMS
In the near future, good quality timber crossarms will be FibreformX Properties
increasingly difficult to source at economical prices. Hardwood
supplies are diminishing and thus timber crossarms are FibreformX Crossarms can be drilled, tapped, cut and
becoming ever more costly. Wood is susceptible to water fundamentally treated the same way as any existing timber
ingress, rotting, attack by termites and borers, can be crossarm. Their flexural strength exceeds the requirement
flammable in dry conditions and conductive in wet salty of Item 1 (Attachment 3) of the Energex Standard Technical
conditions. Furthermore, expansion and contraction of Specification for Composite Fibre Crossarms TS426B. A
timber adds to the material’s unpredictability. These many power-assisted hydraulic impact wrench may be used on the
disadvantages of timber crossarms in the power distribution crossarms because of their extremely high crush resistance.
industry point towards a new direction in conductor stringing. The Electropar PLP FibreformX Composite Crossarm is non-
conductive and will not support a flame. This is achieved
Electropar PLP composite crossarms, FibreformX, are the through the material properties of the vinyl ester in conjunction
solution to all the major problems associated with timber with fire-retardant additives. Electropar PLP’s FibreformX
and provide added benefits. Through choice of material Composite Crossarms are significantly less in weight than
and maximum UV protection, Electropar PLP FibreformX traditional timber products and thus handling and installation
Composite Crossarms have a minimum life expectancy of 40 is more cost-effective.
years. Super-lightweight designs allow for ease of installation
while the material’s multi-directional internal layers still provide Environmental Properties
outstanding strength. The 100mm x 100mm square design, In the event that water enters the crossarm through drilled
combined with extremely high crush-resistant properties holes, the ‘self-venting and draining’ end cap design will
makes the Electropar PLP FibreformX Composite Crossarm clear water through evaporation and drainage. This is made
an ideal substitute for timber. possible due to the crossarm’s completely hollow design.
Technical Specifications In addition, the crossarm is manufactured from a vinyl

material which is entirely resistant to hydrolysis and will
• Life Expectancy: 40+ years
not expand like timber. These design features completely
• Weight: Approximately 4.5kg/m
eliminate water as being a cause for concern. FibreformX
• Installation: Easy to handle and lightweight
Composite Crossarms are designed with Australia’s
• Self-drying: Vented end caps for effective water
harshest climates in mind, so elevated and reduced
evaporation and drainage
temperatures will not affect the resin material whatsoever.
• Material: Fire-resistant, corrosion-resistant and
electrically insulating
Hardwood is susceptible to termites and borers which are
• UV-resistant: Utilises a sacrificial layer of resin UV
major problems in some geographical regions. Electropar PLP
inhibitors for UV protection and safe work handling
FibreformX Composite Crossarms are the solution to insect
• Temperature: Stable up to 105°C
attack as well as eliminating the fungal decay associated with
• Size: 100mm x100mm square in lengths up to 3.0m
wet timber.
• Crush-resistant: Greater than 100Nm
Section 17
17
Section
FIBREFORMX
FIBREFORMX COMPOSITE CROSSARMS
The FibreformX Crossarm has been vigorously tested against 120.89
FibreformX
a variety of strength parameters. Its flexural strength can be
seen as a plot of Deflection V’s Force and has been graphed 100.74
against the Energex Standard TS426, Item 1. Electropar PLP’s

80.59
FibreformX Crossarms exceed the flexural requirements,
Y Axis (mm)
falling well below the maximum allowable deflection.
60.45
FibreformX Crossarms exceed the required 17.2kN at 5%

deflection required by the Energex Standard. Upon testing, 40.30
a 36.4kN load was applied to the crossarm and its bending

amplitude recorded. The plot illustrates that the crossarm had 20.15
not yet exceeded its elastic limit as the Deflection V’s Force is
still linear. Furthermore the crossarm returned to its original 0.00
0.00 2.2 4.4 6.7 8.9 11.1 13.3
shape with no permanent distortion.
X Axis (kN)
Test Results The above chart shows the linearity of the stress strain curve
for the crossarm under test.
2700mm - 100mm x 100mm
(Based on Energex Standard TS426)
• Passes the Energex TS426 flexural strength tests
• 36.4kN flexural rating without permanent deformation
(double the required flexural strength)
• 85.9kN insulator pin pull out test
• Greater than 100Nm crush resistance (20mm bolt and
60mm round washer)
Section 17
Section 17
18
Section
SECTION 18 - HANDY STUFF
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Handy Stuff
Section Page
Jointing Compound for Aluminium and Copper Jointing..................................................... 18 286

DOW CORNING MOLYKOTE 41 Grease........................................................................... 18 287
DOW CORNING No 4 Compound...................................................................................... 18 287
DOW CORNING & MOLYKOTE Overview.......................................................................... 18 288
EpiLube Cable Pulling Lubricant......................................................................................... 18 288
Transformer Touch-up Paint................................................................................................ 18 288
Section 18
HANDY STUFF
JOINTING COMPOUND FOR ALUMINIUM AND COPPER JOINTING
Electropar PLP’s jointing compounds are formulated to EP Joint Seal - White, 300gm tube
improve jointing conductivity and inhibit oxidation and
corrosion between jointing contact areas. Jointing compound EP Joint Seal is made up of lithium-based 180°C stable
should always be applied to the contact surfaces of all grease and titanium oxide. Joint Seal is recommended for
aluminium to aluminium, aluminium to copper and copper to copper conductors in aluminium fittings and copper to copper
copper connections prior to compression or bolting. connections. EP Joint Seal assists the breakdown of contact
resistance, fills any voids left after compression and prevents
EP Uni-Seal - Grey, 350gm tube water or contaminants from entering the joint.
EP Uni-Seal consists of a lithium-based 180°C stable grease EP Uni-Grip “C” - Brown/Black, 350gm tube
and zinc particles. The base grease prevents water and
contaminants interfering with the connection and prevents the EP Uni-Grip “C” has a noticeably gritty texture as it is made
formation of surface oxides. The zinc particles work to break up of lithium-based 180°C stable grease and aluminium
down existing oxide on the conducting surfaces when those oxide particles. The compound serves as a “locking” device
surfaces are brought together under pressure. EP Uni-Seal for aluminium conductor being joined or terminated by
is ideal for aluminium to aluminium and aluminium to copper compression in full tension situations. The aluminium oxide
compression or bolted joints. breaks down surface oxidation, while the base grease
prevents water or contaminants from entering the joint.
Jointing Compounds Quick Reference Chart
Application Compound
For all BOLTED joints EP Joint Seal, EP Uni-Seal

For COPPER conductors in ALUMINIUM fittings EP Joint Seal
For all NON TENSION ALUMINIUM conductors EP Uni-Seal
For all ALUMINIUM conductors - Full Tension EP Uni-Grip “C”
For FULL TENSION COPPER conductors EP Joint Seal
Part Catalogue
Colour Usage Size
Number Reference
309200 EP Uni-Seal Grey For Aluminium 350g
309201 EP Uni-Grip “C” Brown/Black For Full Tension 350g
309202 EP Joint Seal White For Copper 300g
309210 EP Uni-Seal Grey For Aluminium 24kg Pail
309216 EP Uni-Grip “C” Brown/Black For Full Tension 24 kg pail
309222 EP Joint Seal White For Copper 20 kg pail
Section 18
18
Section
HANDY STUFF
DOW CORNING MOLYKOTE 41 GREASE
DOW CORNING NO 4 COMPOUND
Handy Stuff
DOW CORNING MOLYKOTE 41 Grease
Manufactured by DOW CORNING, MOLYKOTE 41 grease is

a silicone lubricating oil thickened with carbon black that is
ideal for knife contacts on electrical switchgear both indoor Applications:
and outdoor. MOLYKOTE 41 is recommended for use in units
that must remain operable when subjected not only to low and • Knife-type electric power disconnect switches
high operating temperatures, but also to severe weathering • Ball and socket connections of power insulators
and oxidation.
Consistency MOLYKOTE 41
Colour Black
Thickener Carbon Black
ASTM D 217 Penetration, Worked 60 Strokes 260 - 300
N.L.G.I Bleed After 24 Hours at 200°C (%) 5.0
Evaporation After 24 Hours at 200°C (%) 3.0
Dropping Point (°C) None
MIL - L - 15 719 A and Amendment I Dirt Count N/A
Temperature Range (°C) -18 to + 290
Specific Gravity 1.14
Bomb Oxidation, Pressure Drop, Bar in
ASTM D 942 -
500 Hours at 99°C
MIL - L - 15 719 A Water Washout Resistance, Loss (%) 0.5
Thermal Conductivity, W (mK) -
Specific Heat, J (g, K) -
High Temperature Bearing Performance,
Hours at 10,000 rpm, 22.7 N Radial Load,
For lower rpm only
6,204 Bearing at 200°C, Weibull B, Hours
50
Maximum DN Value =
75,000
Outer Diameter + Inner Diameter/2 x rpm
100g tubes 1kg cans
Packaging
5 and 25kg drums
DOW CORNING No 4 Compound
DOW CORNING No 4 Silicone Compound is designed to meet

the requirements of ML - S866OB. Its grease-like consistency
from -57°C to 204°C (-70°F to 400°F). DOW CORNING No
4 Compound has the consistency of petrolatum. It readily
adheres to dry metals, ceramics, rubber, plastics and
insulating resins.
Applications:
• Disconnect junctions in electrical wiring systems

• Electrical assemblies and terminals
• Seal and lubricant for cable connectors, battery
terminals, rubber door seals, switches, and rubber and
plastic O-rings
Section 18
HANDY STUFF
EPILUBE CABLE PULLING LUBRICANT
TRANSFORMER TOUCH-UP PAINT
DOW CORNING / MOLYKOTE OVERVIEW
Dow Corning Industrial Silicone RTV & Adhesives Molykote® Lubricants from Dow Corning
Electropar offers a wide range of Dow Corning Molykote® high-performance lubricants from Dow Corning
RTV’s, suitable for bonding, sealing, a wide range help reduce friction and wear, extend lubrication time and
of materials in harsh environments and demanding reduce maintenance and replacement costs in applications
applications. that would defeat conventional oils and greases.
Electropar stocks a wide range of acetic and Formulated to withstand the rigours of heavy loads, dirty,
neutral sure sealants including products suitable dusty or chemically harsh environments, temperature and
for use in Electrical and Electronic applications. speed extremes, Molykote lubricants are also ideal for
normal service lubrication.
Talk to Electropar today about your application.
Talk to us today to find the best lubricant for your
application.
EpiLube Cable Pulling Lubricant
EpiLube Cable Pulling Lubricant is a non-toxic water soluble Features:

lubricant that is ideal for the placement of sheathed cable
in concrete or PVC ducts. EpiLube can also be used for the • Longer cable pulls - co-efficient of sliding friction is less
assembly of rubber sealed water and sewage systems. than 0.015
• Chemically inert - will not attack rubber, polyethylene or
Specifications: plastics
• No residue - after evaporation, residue is less than 1%
• Appearance: Milky-white viscous liquid • Built-in anti-static agent - protects fibre optic cables
• Specific gravity: 0.96 - 1.00 during pulling operations
• Solubility in water • Non-toxic and non-allergic - contains no ingredients
• Temperature range: -5°C to 70°C harmful by inhalation or skin contact - safe for all
• Compatibility (cable type): applications and environments
- Rubber • Packed in 20 litre jerry cans. A pouring tap for ease of
- Neoprene dispensing is available if required
- Nylon
- PVC
- High-density or cross-linked polylethylene
- Low density polylethylene
- Semi-conducting jacket
- Hypalon
302704 EpiLube, 20 Litre

302705 EpiLube, Cable Puller Plastic Packs (10 pcs)
302708 EpiLube, 1 Litre
*Note: Available in bulk packs / IBC on request.
Transformer Touch-up Paint Aerosol
302712 EP TXER Touch-up Paint, Olive Green - 400ml
Section 18
Americas EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) Asia Pacific
PLP U.S.A. (World Headquarters) PLP Great Britain PLP Australia
660 Beta Drive East Portway 190 Power Street
Cleveland, Ohio 44143 Andover Glendenning NSW 2761
United States of America Hampshire SP10 3 LH Australia
Phone: 1.440.461.5200 United Kingdom Phone: 61.2.8805.0000
Fax: 1.440.442.8816 Phone: 44.1264.366234 Fax: 61.2.8805.0090
E-mail: inquiries@preformed.com
Web Address: www.preformed.com
Fax: 44.1264.356714
E-mail: plp@preformed-gb.com
Web Address: www.preformed-gb.com
E-mail: plpaus@preformed.com.au
Web Address: www.preformed.com.au POWER DISTRIBUTION
PLP Brazil
Avenida Tenente Marques, 1112
Belos PLP Poland
Ul. Gen. J. Kustronia 74
PLP China
#1 Guohuai Jie Development Zone
Line Hardware & Fittings
07750-000 Cajamar, SP 43-301 Bielsko-Biala Liangxiang, Beijing 102488
Brazil Poland China PRC
Phone: 55.11.4448.8000 Phone: 48.33.814.50.21 Phone: 86.10.89360860
Fax: 55.11.4448.8080 Fax: 48.33.814.13.52 Fax: 86.10.89360866
E-mail: plp@plp.com.br E-mail: marketing@belos-plp.com.pl E-mail: sales@plp.com.cn
Web Address: www.plp.com.br Web Address: www.belos-plp.com.pl Web Address: www.plp.com.cn
PLP Canada PLP South Africa PLP Indonesia

1711 Bishop Street 180 Ohrtmann Road Jl. Jababeka Raya Blok V/1
Cambridge, Ontario N1T 1N5 Willowton Cikarang Industrial Estate
Canada Pietermaritzburg Cikarang - Bekasi 17530
Phone: 1.519.740.6666 South Africa Indonesia
Fax: 1.519.740.7917 Phone: 27.33.3975800 Phone: 62.21.893.4866
E-mail: sales@preformed.on.ca Fax: 27.33.3877094 Fax: 62.21.893.4964
Web Address: www.preformed.on.ca E-mail: plppmb@preformedsa.co.za E-mail: teguhh@preformed.asia
Line Hardware & Fittings Product Catalogue - NZ

Web Address: www.preformedsa.co.za Web Address: www.preformed.asia/Indonesia
PLP Mexico PLP Spain PLP Malaysia

Calle la Griega No. 131 Parque Industrial Querétaro Roberto Osborne, 7 No. 3, Jalan BK 1/11, Kinrara Industrial Park
KM 28.5 Carretera Qro. S.L.P. Seville 41007 Bandar Kinrara
76200 Santa Rosa Jauregui, Querétaro Spain 47100 Puchong, Selangor
Mexico Phone: 34.95.499.72.23 Malaysia
Phone: 52.442.238.95.40 Fax: 34.95.499.81.09 Phone: 60.3.807.65922
Fax: 52.442.238.95.56 E-mail: apresa@plp-spain.com Fax: 60.3.807.64922
E-mail: ventas@plpmexico.com Web Address: www.plp-spain.com E-mail: wsyamsulbahri@preformed.asia
Web Address: www.plpmexico.com Web Address: www.preformed.asia/Malaysia
PLP Argentina PLP Thailand

Parque Industrial del Oeste
Ruta 25 cruce con Ruta 24
Moreno (1744). Provincia de Buenos Aires
296 Moo 4, Ladkrabang Industrial Estate, EPZ 3
Chalongkrung Road, Lamplatew
Ladkrabang, Bangkok 10520
Line hardware and fittings
Argentina
Phone: 54.911.3.579.3329
E-mail: hsartor@plpargentina.com.ar
Thailand
Phone: 66.2.739.4026
Fax: 66.2.326.0564
product catalogue for the
Web Address: www.plp.com.br E-mail: sales@preformed.asia
Web Address: www.preformed.asia/Thailand power utility industry
Electropar PLP New Zealand PLP Thailand Representative Office
Vietnam
Unit F, Floor 6, VTP Office Service Center
No. 8, Nguyen Hue Blvd, W. Ben Nghe
35 Lady Ruby Drive Dist 1, Ho Chi Minh City
East Tamaki, Manukau Vietnam
Phone: 84.8.3939.3927
Auckland 2013 Fax: 84.8.3824.3929
New Zealand E-mail: kimdungn@preformed.asia
Web Address: www.preformed.asia
Phone: 64.9.274.2000
Fax: 64.9.274.2001
E-mail: mail@electropar.co.nz
Web Address: www.electropar.co.nz

Line Hardware

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Line Hardware

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Americas EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) Asia Pacific

PLP U.S.A. (World Headquarters) PLP Great Britain PLP Australia

PLP Canada PLP South Africa PLP Indonesia

Line Hardware & Fittings Product Catalogue - NZ

PLP Mexico PLP Spain PLP Malaysia

PLP Argentina PLP Thailand

As part of the PLP Group of companies, Electropar Ltd

This catalogue is focussed on showcasing Electropar’s

PLP DISTRIBUTION PLP TRANSFORMER

PLP TRANSMISSION PLP OVERHEAD FIBRE

Electropar (New Zealand) and Preformed Line

Where PLP does not have the expertise in house to

Electropar and Preformed Line Products (Australia)

PLP designs disconnectors, racks,

All services described in the booklet relate to

PLP composite crossarms

PLP Engineering Services can provide a new

in house testing for mechanical

All services described in the booklet relate to

model creation and testing

PLP Engineering Services has a skilled team of

Solidworks, Creo or Inventor -

All services described in the booklet relate to

From the description of the customer problem to be solved, PLP Engineering

Concept failure mode and

All services described in the booklet relate to

detail design suitable for

type testing and first article

Failure Mode and Effect

All services described in the booklet relate to

Data centres and computer

VIBRATION ANALYSIS VERTICAL TEST FACILITY

GALVANISING THICKNESS MEASUREMENT

POROSITY TESTS THERMAL ENDURANCE

HEAT CYCLE TESTS MAGNETIC LOSS TEST

IANZ is an ILAC Mutual Recognition Authorized Signatory.

• Lab equipment and methods can be adapted SHORT CIRCUIT TESTS

- Heat Unit 3 – 75kVA Max Output:

• Externally calibrated instrumentation and ENVIRONMENTAL ELECTRICAL TESTS

HEAT UNIT-25KVA HEAT CYCLE TEST

Company Name Preformed Line Products Australia Pty Ltd

Company Other Name

Certification Standard AS/NZS ISO9001-2008: Quality Management Requirements

Type of Certification Management System

Certification Review Date 10/02/2011

Certification Expiry Date 10/02/2014

Certificate Issue Date 19/02/2008

Certificate Last Update Date 24/02/2011

APPROVED COMPANY/SITE ADDRESS(S):

190 Power Street Glendenning 2761 NSW Australia

Global-Mark Pty Ltd, Copyright 2005

NATA ACCREDITATION NO. 922

NATA’s accreditation is based on a peer-review • 13.01 Metals and metal products

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

AAC and ACSR Conductors.......................................................................................................................... 1 28

COVERED OVERHEAD CABLES

Introduction to Covered Overhead Cables - COVEREDLIGN™.................................................................... 1 36

SECTION 2 - PREFORMED™ FITTINGS

Aluminium Armour Rod - AAR....................................................................................................................... 2 86

Aluminium Line Guard - ALG........................................................................................................................ 2 89

Aluminium Splice - AFS................................................................................................................................. 2 91

Aluminium Repair Rod - ARR........................................................................................................................ 2 95

SUSPENSION AND SUPPORT

Armor-Grip® Suspension AGS Series - AGS-51 and AGS-58....................................................................... 2 96